U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW
EPA's Mission 1
Annual Performance Plan and Budget Request Overview 1
Goal 1: Clean Air and Global Climate Change 1
Goal 2: Clean and Safe Water 2
Goal 3: Land Preservation and Restoration 2
Goal 4: Healthy Communities and Ecosystems 3
Goal 5: Compliance and Environmental Stewardship 4
Homeland Security 5
Workforce 5
RESOURCE SUMMARY TABLES
Appropriation Summary 1
Budget Authority / Obligations 1
Full-Time Equivalents (FTE) 2
GOAL AND OBJECTIVE OVERVIEW
Goal, Appropriation Summary 1
Budget Authority / Obligations 1
Full-Time Equivalents (FTE) 2
Clean Air and Global Climate Change 5
Clean and Safe Water 13
Land Preservation and Restoration 26
Healthy Communities and Ecosystems 37
Compliance and Environmental Stewardship 52
APPENDIX
Coordination with Other Federal Agencies - Environmental Programs 1
Coordination with Other Federal Agencies - Enabling Support Programs 29
Major Management Challenges 31
EPA User Fee Program 44
Working Capital Fund 46
Carryover and Outlays 47
Annual Performance Goals and Measures - Environmental Programs 48
Annual Performance Goals and Measures - Enabling Support Programs 134
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Introduction and Overview
EPA's Mission
The mission of the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) is to protect and
safeguard human health and the
environment, with a new focus on
collaboration and partnerships with our
Geographic and Regional partners. This
budget supports the Administration's
commitment to environmental results -
increasing the pace of improvement and
identifying new and better ways to carry out
our mission.
Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification Overview
The EPA's FY 2006 Annual
Performance Plan and Congressional
Justification requests $7.6 billion in
discretionary budget authority and 17,631
Full Time Equivalents (FTE). This request
reflects the Agency's efforts to work with its
partners toward protecting air, water, and
land, as well as providing for EPA's role in
safeguarding the Nation from terrorist acts.
The request echoes the Administration's
commitment to setting high environmental
protection standards, while focusing on
results and performance, and achieving
goals outlined in the President's
Management Agenda.
Goal 1: Clean Air and Global Climate
Change
Protect and improve the air so it is healthy
to breathe and risks to human health and the
environment are reduced. Reduce
greenhouse gas intensity by enhancing
partnerships with businesses and other
sectors.
The FY 2006 EPA President's
Budget implements the Clean Air and
Global Climate Change goal through
national programs designed to provide
healthier outdoor and indoor air for all
Americans, protect the stratospheric ozone
layer, minimize the risks from radiation
releases, reduce greenhouse gas intensity,
and enhance science and research. EPA's
key clean air programs - particulate matter,
ozone, acid rain, air toxics, indoor air,
radiation and stratospheric ozone depletion -
address some of the highest health and
environmental risks faced by the nation.
EPA's strategy for achieving clean
outdoor air includes a comprehensive, multi-
pollutant approach that combines national
and local measures, with implementation
responsibilities carried out by the most
appropriate and effective level of
government. To address the high priority of
reducing nitrogen oxides and sulfur dioxide
emissions, the Agency continues to promote
the enactment of the Clear Skies legislation
that the Administration submitted to
Congress in 2002. Although Clear Skies is
the more comprehensive and cost effective
approach and therefore the strongly
preferred solution, the Administration is also
pursuing a regulatory path that would
achieve many of the same benefits should
legislation not be enacted. EPA has
proposed the Clean Air Interstate Rule
(CAIR) which regulates the transport of
power plant emissions of SO2 and NOx
across state lines via a market-based
approach similar to Clear Skies and the
existing Acid Rain program. Clean fuels and
clean technologies are also an integral part
of reducing emissions from mobile sources.
The FY 2006 President's Budget provides
$15.0 million for the Clean Diesel Initiative.
I/O-l
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA and a coalition of clean diesel interests
will work together to expand the retrofitting
of diesel engines into new sectors by
adopting a risk-based strategy, targeting key
places and working with specific use sectors
to identify opportunities to accelerate the
adoption of cleaner technologies.
EPA's Climate Protection Programs
will continue to contribute to the President's
18 percent greenhouse gas intensity
reduction goal by 2012. A FY 2006 funding
initiative for the Climate Change Program is
the Methane to Markets Partnership - a U.S.
led international initiative that promotes
cost-effective, near-term methane recovery
and use as a clean energy source. The
program provides for the development and
implementation of methane projects in
developing countries and countries
experiencing economic transition.
Goal 2: Clean and Safe Water
Ensure drinking water is safe. Restore and
maintain oceans, watersheds, and their
aquatic ecosystems to protect human health,
support economic and recreational
activities, and provide healthy habitat for
fish, plants and wildlife.
The FY 2006 EPA President's
Budget implements the Clean and Safe
Water goal through programs designed to
provide improvements in the quality of
surface waters and drinking water. In FY
2006, EPA will work with States and tribes
to continue to accomplish measurable
improvements in the safety of the nation's
drinking water, and in the conditions of
rivers, lakes, and coastal waters. With the
help of these partners, EPA expects to make
significant progress in these areas, as well as
support a few more focused water
initiatives.
During FY 2006, EPA, the States,
and community water systems will build on
past successes while working toward the FY
2008 goal of assuring that 95 percent of the
population served by community water
systems receives drinking water that meets
all applicable standards. To help ensure that
water is safe to drink, the FY 2006
President's Budget requests $850 million for
the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund.
In FY 2006, EPA will work with
States to make continued progress toward
the clean water goals to implement core
clean water programs, including innovations
that apply programs on a watershed basis,
and to accelerate efforts to improve water
quality on a watershed basis. To protect and
improve water quality, a top priority is to
continue to support water quality
monitoring. The Agency's request expands
the monitoring initiative begun in FY 2005
to establish a nationwide monitoring
network and expand the baseline water
quality assessment to lakes and streams.
The initiative will allow EPA to establish
scientifically defensible water quality data
and information essential for cleaning up
and protecting the Nation's waters. To
support sustainable wastewater
infrastructure, EPA will continue to provide
annual capitalization to the Clean Water
State Revolving Funds (CWSRF). The
budget will allow EPA to meet the
Administration's Federal capitalization
target of $6.8 billion total for 2004 - 2011
and enable the CWSRF to eventually
revolve at a level of $3.4 billion.
Goal 3: Land Preservation and
Restoration
Preserve and restore the land by using
innovative waste management practices and
cleaning up contaminated properties to
reduce risks posed by release of harmful
substances.
The FY 2006 President's Budget
implements the Land Preservation and
I/O-2
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Restoration goal through continued
promotion of the Land Revitalization
Initiative, first established in 2003.
Revitalized land can be used in many
beneficial ways, including the creation of
public parks, the restoration of ecological
systems, the establishment of multi-purpose
developments, and the establishment of new
businesses. Regardless of whether a
property is an abandoned industrial facility,
a waste disposal area, a former gas station,
or a Superfund site, this initiative helps to
ensure that reuse considerations are fully
integrated into all EPA cleanup decisions
and programs. Through the One Clean-up
Program, the Agency will also work with its
partners and stakeholders to enhance
coordination, planning and communication
across the full range of Federal, State, Tribal
and local clean-up programs to promote
consistency and enhanced effectiveness at
site cleanups.
Enforcement activities are also
critical to the Agency's ability to clean up
the vast majority of the nation's worst
hazardous sites, by securing funding from
Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs). The
Agency will continue to encourage the
establishment and use of Special Accounts
within the Superfund Trust Fund to finance
cleanups. These accounts segregate site-
specific funds obtained from responsible
parties that complete settlement agreements
with EPA. These funds create an incentive
for other PRPs to perform work they might
not be willing to perform or used by the
Agency to fund clean up. The result is the
Agency can clean up more sites and
preserve appropriated Trust Fund dollars for
sites without viable PRPs.
The FY 2006 President's Budget
funds the Superfund Appropriation at $1.3
billion. Within this total, the Superfund
Remedial Program provides significant
resources in EPA's effort to preserve and
restore land to productive use. In FY 2006,
EPA anticipates completing construction of
remedies at 40 Superfund sites.
The FY 2006 President's Budget will
also continue to promote the minimization
of waste. Through the Resource
Conservation Challenge, a national effort
has been launched to challenge every
American to prevent pollution and promote
recycling and reuse, and conserve energy
and materials. In FY 2006, EPA's
municipal solid waste program will
implement a set of coordinated strategies,
including source reduction (also called
waste prevention), recycling (including
composting), combustion with energy
recovery, and landfilling.
Goal 4: Healthy Communities and
Ecosystems
Protect, sustain, or restore the health of
people, communities, and ecosystems using
integrated and comprehensive approaches
and partnerships.
The FY 2006 President's Budget
implements the Healthy Communities and
Ecosystems goal through a blend of
regulatory, voluntary and incentive-based
programs. Some environmental issues are
best resolved through multi-media, multi-
stakeholder approaches. The Healthy
Communities and Ecosystems goal seeks to
reduce risks through community and
geographically based programs:
Brownfields, Wetlands protection, and our
nation's great water bodies programs such as
the Great Lakes, Gulf of Mexico and
Chesapeake Bay. Another focus is on
ensuring safer chemicals and pesticides,
which impact all media. FY 2006 will be a
key year for the chemicals and pesticides
programs as the Agency works to complete
the final milestone in the ten-year pesticide
tolerance reassessment program, which
ensures older food-use pesticides meet the
latest scientific standards for safety. Core
research in this goal provides the scientific
I/O-
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
basis for EPA's human health and
ecosystem programs and explores cutting-
edge issues that may become the problems,
or the solutions, of future environmental
protection.
In FY 2006, vital community
restoration of abandoned contaminated
properties will remain a priority as the
Brownfields program continues at $210
million. The Great Lakes program will meld
multi-media and multi-stakeholder efforts to
remedy pollution, with the Great Lakes
Legacy program increasing to $50 million to
remediate sediment contaminated by
improperly managed old industrial
chemicals, Toxic chemicals reduction is also
the emphasis of Community Action for a
Renewed Environment projects, with an
increase of $7 million, which will offer
many more communities the opportunity to
improve their environment through
voluntary action. In the research area, over
$5 million is requested for the Advanced
Monitoring Initiative to combine
information technology with remote sensing
capabilities, to allow faster, more efficient
response to changing environmental
conditions such as forest fires or storm
events, as well as current ecosystems
stressors in sensitive areas such as the Great
lakes or the Everglades.
Goal 5: Compliance and Environmental
Stewardship
Improve environmental performance
through compliance with environmental
requirements, preventing pollution, and
promoting environmental stewardship.
Protect human health and the environment
by encouraging innovation and providing
incentives for governments, businesses, and
the public that promote environmental
stewardship.
The FY 2006 President's Budget
implements the Compliance and
Environmental Stewardship goal through
technical assistance and education,
inspection and enforcement; encouraging
innovation and pollution prevention; and
through capacity-building and support for
tribal environmental programs. Compliance
assistance and enforcement are critical
components of environmental protection.
EPA supports the regulated community by
assuring requirements are clearly
understood, and by helping industry identify
cost-effective compliance options.
Compliance is maximized through
assistance and incentives, and enforcement.
In 2004, the Agency achieved over
one billion pounds in pollutant reduction
through enforcement actions. In FY 2006
EPA will further refine its 'smart
enforcement' strategy that combines
inspection, enforcement and compliance
assistance strategies. The EPA will assist the
regulated community in understanding and
complying with environmental laws and
regulations, and will reduce noncompliance
through inspections, monitoring and
ultimately through enforcement, where
needed. The Agency will respond to
complaints from the public; strive to secure
a level economic playing field for law-
abiding companies; and deter future
violations.
The agency also works to improve
and encourage pollution prevention and
sustainable practices, helping industry move
beyond compliance and become partners in
protecting our national resources and our
citizens' health. EPA works with
manufacturers to increase energy efficiency,
find environmentally preferable substitutes
for chemicals of concern, and change
processes to reduce toxic waste. Innovative
front end approaches also support state- and
tribal-level efforts to reduce pollution,
leverage technology and increase
communication through data sharing and
collaboration.
I/O-4
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
In FY 2006 EPA will continue to
work with industrial sectors to set pollution
reduction goals, provide tools and technical
assistance, and identify innovative strategies
to reduce risks. In the tribal GAP program,
the Agency will support approximately 510
federally recognized Tribes in assessing
environmental conditions on their lands and
building environmental programs tailored to
their needs. In addition, the tribal program
is looking to information technology
solutions and will integrate 10 existing
Agency data systems in using common
Identifier codes and data standards in 2006.
Homeland Security
Homeland security is a top priority
for EPA and the nation. EPA plays a lead
role in protecting U.S. citizens and the
environment from the effects of attacks that
release chemical, biological or radiological
agents. Following the cleanup and
decontamination efforts of 2001, the Agency
has focused on ensuring we have the tools
and protocols needed to detect and recover
quickly from deliberate incidents. The
emphasis for FY 2006 is on several areas:
decontamination of threat agents, protecting
our water and food supplies, and ensuring
trained personnel and key lab capacities are
in place to be drawn upon in the event of an
emergency.
In FY 2006, the Agency request
includes substantial new resources for these
efforts. $44 million will support
deployment of Water Sentinel, a pilot
monitoring and surveillance program that
will promote early warning of intentional
contamination events in drinking water
systems. Critical tools, training, and
exercises will complement this project, in
collaboration with State, local communities
and water utilities. The program includes
resources to create the Water Alliance for
Threat Reduction to train and prepare our
nation's drinking water systems operators.
Response to terrorist events calls for
decontamination from many new hazards.
Environmental decontamination research
and preparedness response will increase by
$19.4 million and an additional $4 million is
requested for the Safe Buildings research
program. To support EPA's water security
and decontamination programs, new
resources ($11.6 million) are also requested
for Environmental Laboratory Preparedness
and Response (ELPR) activities. ELPR will
plan for certain fundamental laboratory
network needs, such as, (1) identification of
labs, (2) appropriate connectivity between
member labs, (3) standardized methods and
measurements for environmental samples of
terrorism-related agents of concern, (4)
training and continuing education for
member laboratories, (5) accreditation and
accountability.
Workforce
EPA values its world class
workforce and its expertise enables us to
meet our urgent responsibilities across a
broad range of national and local
environmental issues. In 2006 we are
making a modest adjustment to EPA's
workforce management strategy that will
help us better align resources, skills, and
Agency priorities. A key step in this
adjustment is improving the alignment
between the total number of positions
authorized and on actual FTE utilization. As
such, EPA is reducing its Agency authorized
FTE base by approximately 300 positions to
17,631, which is still above our current
employee base and consistent with the
Agency's historic FTE levels. The result of
these reductions will not impede Agency
efforts to maximize efficiency and
effectiveness in carrying out its programs
and will not result in overall change in the
numbers of FTE at EPA. The program
project descriptions provided later in this
document, provide the details of these
changes.
I/O-5
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
Resource Tables
Science & Technology
Environmental Program
Inspector General
Building and Facilities
Oil Spill Response
Superfund Program
IG Transfer
S&T Transfer
APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2004 FY 2005
Obligations Pres. Bud.
$758,075.4 $689,185.0
& Management $2,223,528.1 $2,316,958.0
$36,785.0 $37,997.0
$43,871.0 $42,918.0
$17,455.1 $16,425.0
$1,276,070.4 $1,332,133.8
$14,426.1 $13,138.6
$74,451.9 $36,143.6
Hazardous Substance Superfund $1,364,948.4 $1,381,416.0
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks $73,372.4 $72,545.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants $3,908,696.0 $3,23 1,800.0
TOTAL, EPA
$8,426,731.4 $7,789,244.0
FY 2006
Request
$760,640.0
$2,403,764.0 *
$36,955.0
$40,218.0
$15,863.0
$1,235,192.1
$13,536.0
$30,604.9
$1,279,333.0
$73,027.0
$2,960,800.0
$7,570,600.0 *
* The FY 2006 President's Budget includes $50M to be derived from changes to Toxics and Pesticides fees
proposed in subsequent legislation.
Science & Technology
Science and Tech. - Reim
Environmental Program
Envir. Program & Mgmt
APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
FY 2004 FY 2005
Obligations Pres. Bud.
2,424.2 2,460.5
2.7 3.0
& Management 10,985.2 11,271.0
-Reim 49.0 1.5
FY 2006
Request
2,438.1
3.0
11,048.1
1.5
RT- 1
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
Inspector General
Oil Spill Response
Oil Spill Response - Reim
Superfund Program
IG Transfer
S&T Transfer
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Superfund Reimbursables
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
FEMA - Reim
WCF-REIMB
Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund
Pesticide Registration Fund
TOTAL, EPA
FY 2004
Obligations
259.0
89.0
6.3
3,082.3
101.4
138.2
3,321.9
87.7
74.2
5.8
95.6
187.4
22.9
17,610.9
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
271.6
100.0
0.0
3,128.8
94.1
129.8
3,352.7
77.5
79.3
0.0
99.7
187.2
0.0
17,904.0
FY 2006
Request
267.7
99.2
0.0
3,131.2
94.1
106.3
3,331.6
77.5
77.4
0.0
99.7
187.2
0.0
17,631.0*
: Agency Authorized FTE levels are being aligned with actual utilization. See overview section.
RT-2
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
Goal and Objective Overview
GOAL, APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Obligations Pres. Bud. Request
Clean Air and Global Climate Change $932,373.4 $1,011,027.3 $968,882.7
Environmental Program & Management $446,488.0 $474,140.0 $487,626.0
Science & Technology $210,745.0 $205,636.0 $210,821.0
Building and Facilities $9,563.0 $9,604.0 $8,842.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants $257,744.0 $312,750.0 $252,750.0
Inspector General $4,641.0 $5,715.0 $5,459.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund $3,193.0 $3,182.0 $3,385.0
Clean and Safe Water $3,810,107.5 $2,944,875.7 $2,813,028.3
Environmental Program & Management $480,422.0 $484,351.0 $466,863.0
Science & Technology $134,224.0 $102,189.0 $155,305.0
Building and Facilities $6,410.0 $6,469.0 $6,200.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants $3,167,874.0 $2,333,033.0 $2,166,600.0
Inspector General $21,176.0 $18,833.0 $18,060.0
Land Preservation and Restoration $1,722,255.3 $1,805,990.8 $1,691,463.0
Environmental Program & Management $194,219.0 $209,150.0 $220,985.0
Science & Technology $14,945.0 $9,106.0 $14,006.0
Building and Facilities $5,203.0 $5,233.0 $4,933.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants $119,337.0 $144,350.0 $116,350.0
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks $73,372.0 $72,545.0 $73,027.0
Oil Spill Response $17,455.0 $16,425.0 $15,863.0
Inspector General $2,061.0 $2,506.0 $2,372.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund $1,295,662.0 $1,346,676.0 $1,243,927.0
Healthy Communities and Ecosystems $1,222,772.7 $1,292,007.7 $1,336,247.8
Environmental Program & Management $586,080.0 $641,214.0 $677,503.0*
Science & Technology $321,192.0 $321,794.0 $336,730.0
Building and Facilities $15,553.0 $14,993.0 $14,192.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants $249,715.0 $297,867.0 $292,300.0
Inspector General $5,861.0 $7,209.0 $7,349.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund $44,372.0 $8,931.0 $8,174.0
Compliance and Environmental Stewardship $739,222.5 $735,342.5 $760,978.2
Environmental Program & Management $516,319.0 $508,103.0 $550,786.0
Science & Technology $76,969.0 $50,461.0 $43,779.0
Building and Facilities $7,142.0 $6,618.0 $6,051.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants $114,026.0 $143,800.0 $132,800.0
Inspector General $3,046.0 $3,734.0 $3,715.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund $21,721.0 $22,627.0 $23,847.0
Total $8,426,731.4 $7,789,244.0 $7,570,600.0*
* The FY 2006 President's Budget includes $50M to be derived from changes to Toxics and Pesticides fees
proposed in subsequent legislation. In FY 2005 the fees were $30M.
G/O-1
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
GOAL, APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
FY 2004
Obligations
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
Clean Air and Global Climate Change 2,644.3 2,760.2 2,658.1
Environmental Program & Management 1,892.0 1,961.0 1,897.0
Science & Technology 672.0 702.0 679.0
Inspector General 33.0 41.0 40.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund 18.0 18.0 18.0
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim 2.0 0.0 0.0
Science and Tech. - Reim 3.0 3.0 3.0
FEMA-Reim 3.0 0.0 0.0
WCF-REIMB 21.0 35.0 22.0
Clean and Safe Water 2,904.0 3,088.5 2,916.9
Environmental Program & Management 2,256.0 2,448.0 2,250.0
Science & Technology 471.0 489.0 519.0
Inspector General 149.0 135.0 131.0
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim 13.0 0.0 0.0
WCF-REIMB 14.0 16.0 16.0
Land Preservation and Restoration 4,646.4 4,763.6 4,752.2
Environmental Program & Management 1,177.0 1,259.0 1,237.0
Science & Technology 46.0 48.0 52.0
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks 74.0 79.0 77.0
Oil Spill Response 89.0 100.0 99.0
Inspector General 15.0 18.0 17.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund 3,132.0 3,177.0 3,180.0
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim 6.0 0.0 0.0
Oil Spill Response - Reim 6.0 0.0 0.0
FEMA-Reim 3.0 0.0 0.0
Superfund Reimbursables 88.0 78.0 78.0
WCF-REIMB 11.0 4.0 12.0
Healthy Communities and Ecosystems 3,825.4 3,844.8 3,834.7
Environmental Program & Management 2,444.0 2,535.0 2,521.0*
Science & Technology 1,021.0 998.0 1,018.0
Inspector General 41.0 52.0 53.0
Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund 187.0 187.0 187.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund 59.0 42.0 20.0
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim 16.0 0.0 0.0
Pesticide Registration Fund 23.0 0.0 0.0
WCF-REIMB 34.0 31.0 35.0
Compliance and Environmental Stewardship 3,590.8 3,446.9 3,469.3
Environmental Program & Management 3,216.0 3,068.0 3,143.0
Science & Technology 213.0 222.0 170.0
Inspector General 21.0 27.0 27.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund 112.0 116.0 114.0
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim 12.0 0.0 0.0
WCF-REIMB 16.0 14.0 15.0
Total 17,610.9 17,904.0 17,631.0*
* Agency Authorized FTE levels are being aligned with actual utilization. See overview section.
G/O-2
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Clean Air and Global Climate Change
Protect and improve the air so it is healthy to breathe and risks to human health and the
environment are reduced. Reduce greenhouse gas intensity by enhancing partnerships with
businesses and other sectors.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
• Through 2010, working with
partners, protect human health and
the environment by attaining and
maintaining health-based air-quality
standards and reducing the risk from
toxic air pollutants.
• By 2008, 22.6 million more
Americans than in 1994 will be
experiencing healthier indoor air in
homes, schools, and office buildings.
• By 2010, through worldwide action,
ozone concentrations in the
stratosphere will have stopped
declining and slowly begun the
process of recovery, and the risk to
human health from overexposure to
ultraviolet (UV) radiation,
particularly among susceptible
subpopulations, such as children,
will be reduced.
• Through 2008, working with
partners, minimize unnecessary
releases of radiation and be prepared
to minimize impacts to human health
and the environment should
unwanted releases occur.
Through EPA's voluntary climate
protection programs, contribute 45
million metric tons of carbon
equivalents (MMTCE) annually to
the President's 18 percent
greenhouse gas intensity
improvement goal by 2012. (An
additional 75 MMTCE to result from
the sustained growth in the climate
programs are reflected in the
Administration's business-as-usual
projection for greenhouse gas
intensity improvement.)
Through 2010, provide and apply
sound science to support EPA's goal
of clean air by conducting leading-
edge research and developing a
better understanding and
characterization of environmental
outcomes under Goal 1.
GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Clean Air and Global Climate
Change
Healthier Outdoor Air
Healthier Indoor Air
Protect the Ozone Layer
Radiation
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Intensity
Enhance Science and Research
Total Workyears
FY 2004
Obligations
$932,373.4
$588,929.9
$49,526.2
$19,542.4
$33,758.8
$105,114.1
$135,502.1
2,644.3
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$1,011,027.3
$660,428.2
$50,257.9
$22,760.6
$35,132.0
$111,516.0
$130,932.6
2,760.2
FY 2006
Request
$968,882.7
$612,802.7
$48,451.1
$20,573.9
$38,839.2
$114,922.6
$133,293.2
2,658.1
FY 2006 Request v.
FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
($42,144.6)
($47,625.5)
($1,806.8)
($2,186.7)
$3,707.1
$3,406.6
$2,360.7
-102.2
G/O-3
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA implements the Clean Air and Global
Climate Change goal through national
programs designed to provide healthier
outdoor and indoor air for all Americans,
protect the stratospheric ozone layer,
minimize the risks from radiation releases,
reduce greenhouse gas intensity, and
enhance science and research. In
implementing the goal, EPA carries out its
responsibilities through programs that
include several common elements: setting
risk-based priorities; facilitating regulatory
reform and market-based approaches;
partnering with state, Tribal, and local
governments, non-governmental
organizations, and industry; promoting
energy efficiency; and using sound science.
EPA's key clean air programs - particulate
matter, ozone, acid rain, air toxics, indoor
air, radiation and stratospheric ozone
depletion - address some of the highest
health and environmental risks faced by the
Agency. These programs have achieved
results. Every year, state and Federal air
pollution programs established under the
Clean Air Act prevent tens of thousands of
premature mortalities, millions of incidences
Comparison of Growth
200%
150% -
100% -
50% -
0%
-50% -
of chronic and acute illness, tens of
thousands of hospitalizations and emergency
room visits, and millions of lost work days.
Between 1970 and 2003, gross domestic
product (GDP) increased 176 percent,
vehicle miles traveled increased 155 percent,
energy consumption increased 45 percent,
and U.S. population grew by 39 percent.
During the same time period, total emissions
of the six principal air pollutants dropped by
51 percent. The graphic below shows the
decrease in emissions versus the percentage
growth in GDP, vehicle use, energy
consumption, and population since 1970.
The benefits of implementing the Clean Air
Act exceed costs by a factor of six or seven
to one, as noted in OMB's report, Informing
Regulatory Decisions. Based on EPA's
estimates, Clean Air Act costs have been
relatively small compared to the dollar value
of public health and environmental benefits.
For EPA's voluntary climate change
programs, every EPA dollar spent returns
$75 in energy savings. To achieve the Clean
Air and Global Climate Change goal, we
will use the following strategies:
Areas and Emissions
Energy Consumption
Population
Aggregate Emissions
(Six Principal Pollutant
70 80 90 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03
G/O-4
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Long term - We will make decisions today
that increase the pace of environmental
progress and significantly enhance
public health for generations to come.
Collaborate - We will achieve our goals
through meaningful and productive
interaction with others who seek
environmental progress and improved public
health.
Enhance Economic Growth and
Prosperity - Our actions will not
compromise our economic competitiveness,
and will have benefits that justify their costs.
Strategically Focused and Performance-
based - We will link our priorities to EPA 's
2003-2008 Strategic Plan: Direction for the
Future and measure our success by our
outcomes.
National standards, compliance and
enforcement - We will set strong national
standards, assist with compliance, and
bring the full force of the law consistently
and fairly on those who evade.
Markets, incentives and innovation - We
will benefit from the power of markets and
well- crafted incentives to increase the
velocity of progress, stimulate technological
innovation and reward performance.
Best science - We will generate, share and
rely on the best-available scientific,
engineering and economic information to
guide our endeavors.
Historically, environmental progress has
been achieved largely by advances in
environmental technologies - including such
advances as catalytic converters on cars and
trucks, sulfur dioxide (862) scrubbers,
selective catalytic reduction for nitrogen
oxides (NOX) removal, and reformulated
gasoline. EPA can foster demand for new
and innovative, cost-effective technologies
by designing and promoting market-based
strategies, such as the President's Clear
Skies Initiative cap-and-trade program, that
create markets and provide incentives to
develop the most efficient, best-performing
technologies. Technological innovation will
continue to be the foundation that will
enable us to reach aggressive goals over the
next 15 years that will match or exceed the
progress we have made in the past.
Hundreds of new products are under
development, in testing, or coming to market
that will further help meet air quality goals.
Fuel cells, hybrid vehicles, renewable fuels,
and zero-emission power plants are only a
few examples of the new and emerging
technologies that will help us achieve
cleaner air for all Americans over the next
15 years.
EPA's strategy for achieving clean
outdoor air includes the President's Clear
Skies Initiative - a comprehensive, multi-
pollutant approach that combines national
and local measures, with implementation
responsibilities carried out by the most
appropriate and effective level of
government. Air pollution sources with
broad regional, national or global impact -
emissions from power plants and other large
sources, pollution from motor vehicles and
fuels, and stratospheric ozone depletion -
are often most effectively handled at the
Federal level. A national approach allows
for the use of traditional, regulatory tools
where appropriate, and enables EPA to
implement innovative, market-based
techniques such as emissions trading,
banking, and averaging, and other cost-
effective national programs. These Federal
programs help states and Tribes both meet
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) and reduce public exposure to
harmful levels of air toxics. States, Tribes,
and local agencies can best address the
regional and local problems that remain after
Federal measures have been fully applied.
Many of these approaches employ
innovative techniques, such as early action
compacts, diesel retrofits and community-
based approaches to toxics that are well-
G/O-5
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
suited to the local nature of many air-related
problems. EPA works closely with public-
and private-sector partners and stakeholders
to develop the analytical tools - such as
monitoring, modeling, and emission factors
and inventories - that allow states, Tribes,
and localities to address these more
localized problems.
To improve air quality and address the
highest health and environmental risks, EPA
will proceed with Federal stationary and
mobile source programs aimed at achieving
large, nationwide, cost-effective reductions
in emissions of particulate matter (PM) and
its contributors such as SC>2, NOX, and
elemental and organic carbon; ozone-
forming NOX; and volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). In FY 2006, we will
continue our progress towards healthier air
by helping states, Tribes, and localities meet
ozone and particulate matter air quality
standards by their attainment dates under the
Clean Air Act via the President's Clear
Skies Initiative or, should legislation not be
enacted, through the Clean Air Interstate
Rule. EPA is coordinating its efforts to
implement these standards with the Regional
Haze rule to maximize the ability of the
states, Tribes and regulated community to
respond to these requirements in an
integrated fashion. Continued research into
air quality models and other tools will
enable states and local areas to attain these
standards as cost-effectively as possible.
Joint efforts with Canada and Mexico will
address transboundary air pollution in the
U.S.-Canada and U.S.-Mexico border
regions. In their efforts to attain the
standards, states and local areas will be able
to take advantage of market-based
approaches.
While significant progress has been made
under the existing Clean Air Act, further
benefits could be achieved faster, with more
certainty, and at less cost to consumers
through Clear Skies - an Administration
proposal that expands the current Acid Rain
program to dramatically reduce nationwide
power plant emissions of 862 and NOX, as
well as, for the first time ever, reduce
mercury emissions from power plants.
Clear Skies would reduce emissions of these
three pollutants by nearly 70 percent while
encouraging innovation and the deployment
of cleaner, more cost effective technologies.
The Clear Skies legislation was submitted to
Congress in 2002 and the Administration
continues to promote its enactment.
Although Clear Skies is the more
comprehensive and cost effective approach
and therefore the strongly preferred solution,
the Administration is pursuing a regulatory
path that would achieve many of the same
benefits should legislation not be enacted.
EPA has proposed the Clean Air Interstate
Rule (CAIR) which regulates the transport
of power plant emissions of SO2 and NOx
across state lines via a market-based
approach similar to Clear Skies. CAIR is
projected to reduce pollution from electrical
power generation sources by close to 70%
when fully implemented.
Both Clear Skies and CAIR call for utilities
to utilize a cap and trade program modeled
after EPA's successful Acid Rain SC>2
Allowance Trading Program. The Acid Rain
Program provides incentives for operators of
power plants to find the best, fastest, and
most efficient ways to make the required
reductions in emissions as well as to do
make reductions earlier than required.
One of EPA's highest priorities is meeting
the fine particulate matter and ozone
standards. This will be achieved through
implementation of Clear Skies or CAIR; the
on-road and non-road vehicle and fuels
standards; and state, tribal, and local clean
air programs. When combined with
emission reductions from the recently
completed Clean Air Non-road Diesel Rule
and other national control programs, the
reductions resulting from Clear Skies or the
final CAIR will allow most areas of the
country to meet the ozone and fine
G/O-6
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
particulate matter standards without having
to impose additional local controls. States
rely on EPA for modeling, emissions factors
and other tools as they develop their clean
air plans for particulate matter and ozone.
Clean fuels and clean technologies are an
integral part of reducing emissions from
mobile sources. EPA promotes the use of
clean fuels - especially hydrogen,
alternative fuels, and near-zero sulfur fuels -
as well as cleaner technologies. Cost-
effective national standards, public/private
partnerships, market incentives, and
consumer education campaigns are some of
the tools that will be used to accomplish
this. Opportunities exist to obtain
significant reductions from new non-road
and existing diesel engines. The Agency
will continue to work with engine
manufacturers and fuel producers to assure
smooth implementation of the 2007 Clean
Diesel Program for trucks and buses. The
Clean School Bus USA program has also led
the Agency to explore other avenues for
retrofitting or replacing existing diesel
engines.
In FY 2006, EPA and a coalition of clean
diesel interests will work together to expand
the retrofitting of diesel engines into new
sectors by adopting a risk-based strategy,
targeting key places and working with
specific use sectors to identify opportunities
to accelerate the adoption of cleaner
technologies and fuels. EPA will partner
with a diverse group of stakeholders
including industry, state and local
governments, public health officials and
environmental organizations to develop
strategies for four sectors: construction,
ports, freight, and school buses. EPA's
Clean Diesel Initiative will achieve
immediate results by working with this
coalition to leverage Federal funds with
private sector and state and local support.
The Initiative will complement regional
approaches, including the West Coast Diesel
Emissions Reduction Collaborative, the
Midwest Clean Diesel Corridors Initiative,
and the Boston Breathes Better Initiative.
The Clean Air Act includes a variety of
provisions that address air toxics from all
categories of sources. The 188 hazardous
air pollutants (HAPs) listed in the Act are
emitted from mobile sources, major
stationary sources and area stationary
sources. EPA implements a two-phase
program to reduce emissions of air toxics
from major stationary sources. In the first
phase, EPA set Maximum Achievable
Control Technology (MACT) standards. In
the second phase, which is risk-based, EPA
examines each MACT standard eight years
after promulgation to determine if the health
risk remaining from each industrial category
from is considered safe. Where appropriate,
EPA will develop more stringent residual
risk standards to reduce cancer and non-
cancer health risks.
The Indoor Air Program addresses indoor air
quality problems by characterizing the risks
of indoor air pollutants to human health,
developing techniques for reducing those
risks, and educating the public about what
they can do to reduce their risks from indoor
air. Through voluntary partnerships with
non-governmental and professional
organizations, EPA educates and encourages
individuals, schools, industry, the health
care community, and others to take action to
reduce health risks in indoor environments.
EPA also uses technology-transfer to
improve the design, operation, and
maintenance of buildings - including
schools, homes, and workplaces - to
promote healthier indoor air.
EPA's Climate Protection Programs
continues to contribute to the greenhouse
gas reductions required to meet the
President's 18 percent greenhouse gas
intensity reduction goal by 2012. For more
than a decade, businesses and organization
have partnered with EPA through voluntary
climate protection programs to pursue
G/O-7
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
common sense approaches. Energy Star
and other voluntary programs have
increased the use of energy-efficient
products and practices and reduced
emissions of carbon dioxide, as well as
methane and other greenhouse gases with
very high global warming potentials. As
these partnership programs spur investment
in advanced energy technologies and the
purchase of energy-efficient products, they
create emissions reduction benefits that
accrue over the lifetime of the investment or
product.
Offering recognition for innovative solutions
to commuting challenges faced by
employers and employees, Best Workplaces
for Commuters™ is a public-private sector
voluntary program advocating employee
commuter benefits. Established by the EPA
and the U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOT), this program publicly recognizes
employers whose commuter benefits reach
the National Standard of Excellence.
Providing commuter benefits helps
employers address limited or expensive
parking, reduce traffic congestion, improve
employee recruiting and retention, and
minimize the environmental impacts
associated with drive-alone commuting.
EPA continues to expand the ENERGY
STAR program for energy efficiency in the
residential, commercial, and industrial
sectors. The Buildings Sector represents one
of EPA's largest areas of potential, and at
the same time is one of its most successful.
The Industrial Sector goals include the
Agency's work with state and local
governments, and state and local
governments' work with industry to prevent
greenhouse gas emissions. EPA will
continue to build on the success of the
voluntary programs in the industrial sector,
focusing on reducing CO2 emissions and
continuing the highly successful initiatives
to reduce methane emissions and emissions
of the high global-warming-potential gases.
The SmartWay Transport Partnership is a
national voluntary program developed by
EPA and freight industry representatives to
reduce greenhouse gases and air pollution
and promotes cleaner, more efficient ground
freight transportation. By 2012, the
Partnership aims to reduce as much as 33 to
66 million metric tons of carbon dioxide
(CO2) emissions and up to 200,000 tons of
nitrogen oxides (NOX) emissions annually.
Partners achieve goals by adopting
improved practices, processes and energy
saving technologies that are cost effective,
cleaner, more efficient, and capable of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
Under the Clean Automotive Technology
(CAT) program, EPA works to: achieve
ultra-low pollution emissions; increase fuel
efficiency; and reduce greenhouse gases.
By promoting the development of cost-
effective technologies, the CAT program
also encourages manufacturers to produce
cleaner and more fuel-efficient vehicles.
The program encourages the
commercialization of promising
technologies by actively pursuing the
transfer of EPA's technologies into the
private sector. EPA partners with industry
to maximize the viability of targeted
technologies for commercial production
through cooperative research and
development agreements.
An FY 2006 Climate Change Program
initiative is the Methane to Markets
Partnership - a U.S. led international
initiative that promotes cost-effective, near-
term methane recovery and use as a clean
energy source. The Partnership has the
potential to deliver by 2015 annual
reductions in methane emissions of up to 50
MMTCE or recovery of 500 billion cubic
feet (Bcf) of natural gas. The Methane to
Markets Partnership builds on the success of
EPA's domestic methane voluntary
programs by creating an international forum
to promote methane recovery and use
projects in developing countries.
G/O-8
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
The benefits of increasing methane recovery
and use include reduced global methane
emissions, enhanced economic growth,
increased energy security, and improved
local air quality. The Partnership initially
targets three major methane sources:
landfills, underground coal mines, and
natural gas and oil systems. The Partnership
will achieve its goals through collaboration
among developed countries, developing
countries, and countries with economies in
transition - together with strong
participation from the private sector,
development banks, and other governmental
and non-governmental organizations.
EPA's Domestic Stratospheric Ozone
Protection Program will implement the
provisions of the Clean Air Act and the
Montreal Protocol on Substances that
Deplete the Ozone Layer (Montreal
Protocol), which will lead to the reduction
and control of ozone-depleting substances
(ODSs) in the U.S. and lower health risks to
the American public due to exposure to UV
radiation. EPA will focus its efforts on
finding alternatives to methyl bromide, an
ozone-depleting substance.
In FY 2006, EPA will continue upgrading
the national radiation monitoring system.
The response time and data dissemination of
the upgraded monitoring system would be
significantly better than that of the existing
monitoring system, and the population
coverage of the upgraded system would be
significantly better than the population
coverage of the existing fixed monitoring
system as well as allowing for greater
density of sampling locations near and
downwind from incidents and maintenance
and calibration of deployable monitoring
stations. Additionally, EPA will equip up to
two radiation teams with state-of-the-art
radiation equipment and technical tools to
deploy to two simultaneous incidents in any
part of the country. Each team will be fully
capable of providing timely and accurate
information to support the Agency's
decontamination/disposal decision-making
efforts. EPA will also augment existing
applied science radiological labs to meet
emergency homeland security needs by
developing radiochemistry methods, refining
analytical protocols, and conducting
training. EPA will also enhance lab
response capability to ensure a minimal
level of surge capacity for radiological
terrorism incidents.
Research
EPA's air research provides the scientific
foundation the Agency needs to fulfill
responsibilities under the Clean Air Act: to
make the air safe to breathe and protect
human health and the environment. This
research focuses on the NAAQS pollutants,
as well as the HAPs identified in the Act.
In FY 2006, NAAQS research will continue
to strengthen the scientific basis for the
periodic review and implementation of air
quality standards. This research is
concentrated on PM, and includes research
on the other NAAQS pollutants on an as
needed basis (for more information on
EPA's programs to reduce NAAQS
pollutants, visit:
http://www.epa.gov/ord/htm/air.htm). PM
research is aligned with the ten priority
research topics for PM identified by the
National Research Council (NRC). The
NRC has conducted four reviews of EPA's
PM research since 1998 to ensure it is
relevant to the highest priority research
needs and to monitor research performance.
Air toxics research will provide information
on effects, exposure, and source
characterization, as well as other data to
quantify existing emissions and to identify
key pollutants and strategies for cost-
effective risk management. In FY 2006,
research will focus on providing health
G/O-9
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
hazard and exposure methods, data, and
models to enable the Agency to reduce
uncertainty in risk assessments, and the
production of tools that enable national,
regional, state, or local officials to identify
and implement cost-effective approaches to
reduce risks from sources of air toxics.
EPA manages its air-related research
programs according to the Administration's
Investment Criteria for Research and
Development. The Agency's detailed,
externally-reviewed multi-year plans for its
air toxics and NAAQS-related research
programs describe clear goals and priorities,
and are periodically updated to reflect
changes in science and resources. As part of
the periodic multi-year plan revisions, EPA
is examining the design of each program to
help identify its outputs, customers, transfer
needs, and short-, intermediate-, and long-
term outcomes. Beginning in FY 2005,
EPA is implementing regular evaluations by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective and retrospective review of
program relevance, quality, and
performance, including the program's
design and performance goals. The
Agency's Board of Scientific Counselors,
the chosen mechanism for these reviews,
will examine the particulate matter research
program in the second quarter of FY 2005.
The NAAQS program will be reassessed by
OMB's Program Assessment Rating Tool
(PART) in the spring of 2005.
In FY 2006, a portion of EPA's air research
will be accomplished using a new approach
to applied research funding at EPA. This
arrangement, based on the existing
collaborative framework between the media
and research offices, is designed to ensure
continued relevance and quality of applied
research at EPA. In FY 2006, funds will be
provided to the Office of Air and Radiation
to use a fee-for-service arrangement with the
Office of Research and Development to
obtain additional research focusing on the
Agency's highest priority air research needs.
G/O - 10
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Clean and Safe Water
Ensure drinking water is safe. Restore and maintain oceans, watersheds, and their aquatic
ecosystems to protect human health, support economic and recreational activities, and
provide healthy habitat for fish, plants, and wildlife.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
• Protect human health by reducing
exposure to contaminants in drinking
water (including protecting source
waters), in fish and shellfish, and in
recreational waters.
• Protect the quality of rivers, lakes,
and streams on a watershed basis and
protect coastal and ocean waters.
Provide and apply a sound scientific
foundation to EPA's goal of clean
and safe water by conducting
leading-edge research and
developing a better understanding
and characterization of the
environmental outcomes under Goal
2.
GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Clean and Safe Water
Protect Human Health
Protect Water Quality
Enhance Science and Research
Total Workyears
Over the 30 years since enactment of the
Clean Water and Safe Drinking Water Acts
(CWA and SDWA), government, citizens,
and the private sector have worked together
to make dramatic progress in improving the
quality of surface waters and drinking water.
Thirty years ago, much of the Nation's tap
water had either very limited treatment
(usually disinfection) or no treatment at all.
About two-thirds of the surface waters
assessed by states were not attaining basic
water quality goals and were considered
FY 2004
Obligations
$3,810,107.5
$1,293,345.7
$2,382,542.5
$134,219.2
2,904.0
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$2,944,875.7
$1,169,287.4
$1,653,907.9
$121,680.5
3,088.5
FY 2006
Request
$2,813,028.3
$1,195,366.2
$1,483,516.9
$134,145.2
2,916.9
FY 2006 Request v.
FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
($131,847.4)
$26,078.8
($170,391.0)
$12,464.8
-171.6
polluted. * Some of the Nation's waters were
open sewers posing health risks and many
water bodies were so polluted that
traditional uses, such as swimming, fishing,
and recreation, were impossible. Today,
drinking water systems monitor and treat
water to assure compliance with drinking
water standards covering a wide range of
contaminants. In addition, we now protect
sources of drinking water through activities
such as regulating underground injection of
wastes. The number of polluted waters has
1 United States Environmental Protection Agency Office of
Water. 1998. Clean Water Action Plan: Restoring and
Protecting America's Water. Washington, DC:
Government Printing Office.
G/O-11
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
been reduced and many clean waters are
even healthier. A massive investment of
Federal, state, and local funds resulted in a
new generation of wastewater treatment
facilities able to provide "secondary"
treatment or better. EPA has issued national
discharge regulations for over 50 industrial
categories. In addition, sustained efforts to
implement "best management practices"
have helped reduce runoff of pollutants from
diffuse or "nonpoint" sources.
Cleaner, safer water has renewed
recreational, ecological, and economic
interests in communities across the nation.
The recreation, tourism, and travel industry
is one of the largest employers in the nation,
and a significant portion of recreational
spending comes from swimming, boating,
sport fishing, and hunting.2 Each year, more
than 180 million people visit the shore for
recreation.3 In 2001, sportspersons spent a
total of $70 billion- $35.6 billion on fishing,
$20.6 billion on hunting, and $13.8 million
on items used for both hunting and fishing.
Wildlife watchers spent an additional $38.4
billion on their activities around the home
and on trips away from home.4 The
commercial fishing industry, which also
requires clean water and healthy wetlands,
contributed $28.6 billion to the economy in
2001.5 The Cuyahoga River, which once
caught fire, is now busy with boats and
harbor businesses that generate substantial
revenue for the City of Cleveland. The
Willamette River in Oregon has been
restored to provide swimming, fishing, and
water sports. Even Lake Erie, once
infamous for its dead fish, now supports a
2 Travel Industry Association of America. Tourism for
America, 11th Edition. Washington, DC: Travel Industry of
America.
3 Pew Oceans Commission. 2002. America's Living Oceans
Charting a Course for Sea Change. Arlington, VA: Pew
Oceans Commission.
4 U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2002. 2001 National
Survey of Fishing, Hunting and Wildlife-Associated
Recreation. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.
5 National Marine Fisheries Service. 2002. Fisheries of the
U.S. 2001. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.
$600 million per year fishing industry.
Although we have made much progress and
this progress has had important economic as
well as human health and environmental
benefits, there is still work to be done to
realize the vision of clean rivers, lakes,
streams and coastal areas and safe water to
drink. In Fiscal Year 2006, EPA will work
with States and Tribes to continue
accomplishing measurable improvements in
the safety of the nation's drinking water and
in the condition of rivers, lakes and coastal
waters. This Overview summarizes key
environmental and public health goals and
describes the general strategies EPA
proposes to implement to accomplish these
goals. With the help of States, Tribes and
other partners, EPA expects to make
significant progress toward protecting
human health and improving water quality
by 2008, including -
• Water Safe to Drink: increase the rate
of compliance with drinking water
standards from 93% to 95%;
• Fish and Shellfish Safe to Eat: reduce
the percentage of the water miles/acres
identified by States or Tribes as having
fish consumption advisories in 2002
where increased consumption of safe
fish is allowed, (485,205 river miles,
11,277,276 lake acres) while increasing
the percentage of the shellfish growing
acres monitored by states that are
approved or conditionally approved for
use from 77% to 91%;
• Water Safe for Swimming: increase
the percentage of the stream miles and
lake acres identified by States in 2000 as
having water quality unsafe for
swimming where water quality that is
6 United States Environmental Protection Agency Office of
Water. 1998. Clean Water Action Plan: Restoring and
Protecting America's Water. Washington, DC:
Government Printing Office.
G/O - 12
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
restored to allow swimming. (90,000
stream miles, 2.6 million lake acres);
• Cleaner Water and Healthy
Watersheds: restore polluted waters so
that, of the 2,262 major watersheds
across the Nation, at least 600 have few
remaining problems (i.e., at least 80% of
assessed waters meet State water quality
standards (WQS)) and show
improvement in 200 watersheds; and
• Healthy Coastal Waters: show steady
improvement in seven specific indicators
of the health of each of the four major
coastal ecosystems around the country.
The clean and safe water goals are closely
related to goals established in Goal 4 of the
Agency Strategic Plan related to
improvements in wetlands, estuaries,
targeted geographic programs such as the
waters of the Mexico Border region, the
Great Lakes, the Chesapeake Bay, and the
Gulf of Mexico. The key strategies that
EPA plans to implement in FY 2006 to
make progress toward the public health and
environmental goals identified in the
Strategic Plan are briefly described below.
Water Safe to Drink
For almost 30 years, protecting the Nation's
public health through safe drinking water
has been the shared responsibility of EPA,
the States, and over 53,000 community
water systems (CWSs)7 nationwide that
supply drinking water to more than 260
million Americans (approximately 90% of
the U.S. population). Within this time span,
safe drinking water standards have been
7 Although the Safe Drinking Water Act applies to 159,796
public water systems nationwide (as of January 2004),
which include schools, hospitals, factories, campgrounds,
motels, gas stations, etc. that have their own water system,
this implementation plan focuses only on CWSs. A CWS
is a public water system that provides water to the same
population year-round. As of January 2004, there were
52,838 CWSs.
established and are being implemented for
91 microbial, chemical, and radiological
contaminants. Forty-nine States have
adopted primary authority for enforcing
their drinking water programs. Additionally,
CWS operators are better informed and
trained to both treat contaminants and
prevent them from entering the source of
their drinking water supplies.
During 2006, EPA, the States, and CWSs
will build on these successes while working
toward the 2008 goal of assuring that 95
percent of the population served by CWSs
receives drinking water that meets all
applicable standards. Collectively, these
core areas and other interrelated elements of
the national safe drinking water program
form a balanced, integrated framework that
comprises the multiple barrier approach to
protecting public health from unsafe
drinking water. At the national level,
implementation of this approach is expected
to result in significant progress toward the
public health goals described above. EPA
has identified key activities within five core
program areas that are critical to ensuring
safe drinking water. The core program areas
are described below:
Drinking Water Standards
During FY 2006, EPA will continue to
assess the need for new or revised drinking
water standards based on available data on
health effects, occurrence, risks of exposure,
analytical (detection) methods, as well as
information on technologies to prevent,
detect, or remove specific contaminants.
Specifically, EPA will:
• Determine whether to regulate at least
five unregulated contaminants on the
second contaminant candidate list (CCL)
and, through the Six-Year Review of
existing regulations, whether a revision
to an existing standard is warranted;
Continue analysis to prepare the
G/O - 13
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Agency's third CCL;
• Continue the comprehensive Lead and
Copper Rule Review that began in 2004;
• Develop revisions to the Total Coliform
Rule (TCR); and
• Consider additional protections of
drinking water distribution systems.
Drinking Water Implementation
During FY 2006, EPA will support State
efforts to meet existing and new drinking
water standards including the
Cryptosporidium8, Disinfection9 (Stage 2
Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts
Rule), and Ground Water Rules. EPA will
be responsible for directly implementing the
early monitoring requirements under these
rules. In addition, initial monitoring
requirements under the revised arsenic rule
and revised radionuclides rule will be
underway. EPA and the states will use the
following tools to encourage compliance:
• Public Water System Supervision
(PWSS) Program Grants: These
grants provide assistance to implement
and enforce National Primary Drinking
Water Regulations to ensure the safety
of the Nation's drinking water resources
and to protect public health
Sanitary Surveys: Sanitary surveys are
on-site reviews of the water sources,
facilities, equipment, operation, and
maintenance of public water systems.
All States are to be in compliance with
requirements to conduct sanitary surveys
at CWSs once every three years starting
in 2004.
• Data Access, Quality, and Reliability:
EPA will complete the modernization of
the Safe Drinking Water Information
System (SDWIS), which serves as the
primary source of national information
on compliance with all health-based,
regulatory requirements of SDWA.
Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment
9 Stage 2 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts Rule
Promotion of Sustainable Management of
Drinking Water Infrastructure
The Drinking Water State Revolving Loan
Fund (DWSRF), established under the Safe
Drinking Water Act, offers low interest
loans to help public water systems across the
nation make improvements and upgrades to
their water infrastructure, or other activities
that build system capacity. In FY 2006, the
DWSRF program will provide an estimated
600 more loans. EPA will also work with
States to increase the percentage of loan
agreements made each year that return a
system to compliance, estimated to be 30%
of loan agreements in 2002.
Protection of Sources of Drinking Water
In FY 2006, EPA will work with States and
water systems to improve protection of
sources of drinking water in two key areas.
• Voluntary Source Water Protection
Strategies: EPA will promote the
concepts of a multiple barriers approach
to drinking water program management
and will work with States to track, to the
extent feasible, the development and
implementation of source water
protection strategies. EPA has set a goal
of increasing the number of source water
areas (both surface and ground water)
for community water systems that have
minimized risk to public health from an
estimated baseline of 5% of all areas in
2002 to 20% in FY 2006.
• Underground Injection Control: EPA
works with States to regulate injection of
hazardous substances and other waste to
prevent contamination of underground
sources of drinking water. In FY 2006,
EPA will continue to focus on shallow
wells (Class V) in source water areas.
EPA and the States will work to assure
that all identified Class V motor vehicle
waste disposal wells are closed by 2008.
G/O - 14
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA and States will also work to assure
that 100 percent of Class I, II, III and V
wells that are identified in violation are
addressed.
Assurance that Critical Water
Infrastructure Is Secure
In FY 2006, EPA will continue its lead
Federal Agency responsibility in supporting
States and water utilities to secure their
water infrastructure from terrorist threats
and other intentional harm. In addition, due
to its new responsibilities under Homeland
Security Presidential Directives 7 and 9,
EPA will support the water sector in
implementing protective measures and in
launching a new and innovative drinking
water surveillance and monitoring program.
The Agency will also provide critical tools,
training, and exercises that will help utilities
detect, prevent, and respond to threats.
Fish and Shellfish Safe to Eat
Across the U.S., States and Tribes have
issued fish consumption advisories for a
range of persistent, bioaccumulative
contaminants covering more than 840,000
river miles and 14 million lake acres as of
2003.10 The EPA Strategic Plan calls for
improving the quality of water and
sediments to allow increased consumption
of fish and shellfish. EPA's national
approach to meeting safe fish and shellfish
goals is described below.
Safe Fish
Most of the current fish consumption
advisories issued by states are for mercury,
PCBs, and dioxin. EPA is emphasizing
strategic partnerships within the Agency to
address these pollutants. EPA's water
program is also addressing remaining
10 United States Environmental Protection Agency Office
of Water. Fact Sheet: National Listing of Fish Advisories.
EPA-823-F-04-016. August 2004. Available on the
Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/fish/advisories/factsheet.
pdf
controllable sources of fish exposure to
these chemicals. The Agency is:
• developing mercury fish tissue criteria
implementation guidance to ensure new
criteria are incorporated into WQS and
implemented in National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
permits.
• working with states to improve their
advisory programs with particular
emphasis on periodic re-sampling of
previously tested waters that are under
advisory
• working to identify emerging
contaminants to ensure that routes offish
exposure to new, emerging contaminants
are addressed early, before they become
a new reason for waters coming under
advisory
Safe Shellfish
Success in achieving the shellfish goals
relies on implementation of CWA programs
that are focused on sources causing shellfish
acres to be closed. Important new
technologies include pathogen source
tracking, new indicators of pathogen
contamination and predictive correlations
between environmental stressors and their
effects. Once critical areas and sources are
identified, core program authorities,
including expanded monitoring,
development of TMDLs, and revision of
discharge permit limits can be applied to
improve conditions.
In addition, a wide range of clean water
programs that apply throughout the country
will generally reduce pathogen levels in key
waters. For example, work to control
Combined Sewer Overflows (CSOs), to
reduce discharges from Concentrated
Animal Feeding Operations, to reduce storm
water runoff, and to reduce nonpoint
pollution will contribute to restoration of
shellfish uses.
G/O-15
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Finally, success in achieving the shellfish
goal also depends on the efforts of other
agencies. For example, EPA is working
with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration and the Food and Drug
Administration to improve data and data
management on contaminated and closed
shellfishing areas.
Water Safe for Swimming
Recreational waters, especially beaches in
coastal areas and the Great Lakes, provide
recreational opportunities for millions of
Americans. Swimming in some recreational
waters, however, can pose a risk of illness as
a result of exposure to microbial pathogens.
In November 2004, EPA established more
protective health-based WQSs for bacteria
for those States and Territories bordering
Great Lakes or ocean waters that had not yet
adopted standards in accordance with the
Beaches Environmental Assessment and
Coastal Health Act of 2000, an important
step to further protect the quality of the
nation's coastal recreation waters.11 For FY
2006, EPA's national strategy for improving
the safety of recreational waters will include
these key elements:
Improve Beach Monitoring and Public
Notification
Another important element of the strategy
for improving the safety of recreational
waters is improving monitoring of public
beaches and notifying the public of unsafe
conditions. EPA is working with States to
implement the Beaches Environmental
Assessment and Coastal Health Act and
requests grant funding of $10 million to
States to carry out this work. EPA expects
that all Tier 1 public beaches will be
monitored and managed under the BEACH
1' United States Environmental Protection Agency. Federal
Register; November 16, 2004; Volume 69, Number 220;
pages 67217 - 67243. Water Quality Standards for Coastal
and Great Lakes Recreation Waters. Available on the
Interenet at http://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/EPA-
WATER/2004/November/Day-16/w25303.htm
Act in FY 2006 and that states and localities
will be taking actions where possible and
appropriate to address sources of unsafe
conditions that result in the closure of
beaches.
Identify Unsafe Recreational Waters and
Begin Restoration
A key component of the strategy to restore
waters unsafe for swimming is to identify
the specific waters that are unsafe and
develop plans to accomplish the needed
restoration. An important part of this work
is to maintain strong progress toward
development of Total Maximum Daily
Loads (TMDLs) based on the schedules
established by States in conjunction with
EPA. In a related effort, the Agency will
better focus compliance assistance and,
where necessary, enforcement resources on
unsafe recreational waters. In addition,
working with communities that have
frequent wet weather discharges (which are
a major source of pathogens) to ensure
progress to reduce the frequency of these
discharges is one of the Agency's national
enforcement priorities for FY 2005 through
2007.
Reduce Pathogen Levels in Recreational
Waters Generally
In addition to focusing on waters that are
unsafe for swimming today, EPA, States and
Tribes will work in FY 2006 to reduce the
overall level of pathogens discharged to
recreational waters using three key
approaches:
• reduce pollution from CSOs;
• address major sources discharging
pathogens under the permit program;
and
• improve management of septic systems.
G/O - 16
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Restore and Improve Water Quality on a
Watershed Basis
A significant investment of the National
Water Program resources is under the CWA,
which directly support efforts to restore and
improve the quality of rivers, lakes, and
streams. In FY 2006, EPA will work with
States to make continued progress toward
the clean water goals identified in the
Strategic Plan by using a two-part strategy:
• implement core clean water programs,
including innovations that apply
programs on a watershed basis; and
• accelerate efforts to improve water
quality on a watershed basis.
Implement Core Clean Water Programs:
To protect and improve water quality on a
watershed basis in FY 2006, EPA, in
partnership with States and Tribes, needs to
continue to focus the work on integrating the
six key program areas that form the
foundation of the water program. Core
water program work includes:
Strengthen Water Quality Standards:
The top priority for the criteria and
standards program in FY 2006 is the
continued implementation of the Water
Quality Standards and Criteria Strategy,
developed in cooperation with States,
Tribes, and the public in 2003. The
Standards Strategy prioritizes key
strategic actions EPA and the states need
to complete in order to strengthen the
WQS program to guide assessment and
restoration efforts. This Strategy calls
for EPA to continue work in developing
scientific "criteria documents" for key
water pollutants, including
implementation protocols and methods.
In addition, the Strategy identifies key
efforts to strengthen the program,
including developing nutrient criteria,
adopting biological criteria, approving
state WQS in a more timely manner, and
providing technical and scientific
support to the states and Tribes in
conducting Use Attainability Analyses
and developing site-specific criteria.
Finally, EPA will work with States and
Tribes to ensure the effective operation
and administration of the standards
program.
Improve Water Quality Monitoring:
Scientifically defensible water quality
data and information is essential for
cleaning up and protecting the Nation's
waters. Federal and state water quality
monitoring and assessment programs,
the underpinnings of all aspects of the
watershed approach, need strengthening.
Information about the condition of
waterbodies is critical to sound water
quality protection decisions. A top
priority for FY 2006 is to continue to
support States in developing monitoring
programs consistent with national
monitoring guidance published in 2003,
including State participation in efforts to
develop statistically valid monitoring
networks and State support of the
national STORET water quality
database.
Develop Total Maximum Daily Loads
(TMDLs) and Related Plans:
Development of TMDLs for an impaired
waterbody is a critical tool for meeting
water restoration goals. In FY 2006,
EPA will compare States' progress in
developing TMDLs against the approved
schedules. The purpose is to determine
whether states will achieve the goal of
being 100 percent on pace each year to
meet State schedules or straight-line
rates that ensure that the national policy
of TMDL completion within 13 years of
listing is met.
Control Nonpoint Source Pollution on
a Watershed Basis: Polluted runoff
from nonpoint sources is the largest
single cause of water pollution. In FY
2006, EPA will focus grants to States
G/O - 17
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
under Section 319 of the CWA to
expand efforts to manage nonpoint
pollution on a watershed basis through
the development and implementation of
watershed plans. Special emphasis will
be placed on restoring impaired waters
on a watershed basis.
Strengthen NPDES Permit Program:
The NPDES program requires point
sources discharging to water bodies to
have permits. In FY 2006, EPA will
work with States to use the "Permitting
for Environmental Results Strategy" to
address concerns about the workload for
issuing permits and the health of State
NPDES programs. The Strategy focuses
limited resources on the most critical
environmental problems and addresses
program efficiency and integrity,
including activities to streamline permit
issuance and assessments of State
programs and permit quality.
• Support Sustainable Wastewater
Infrastructure: The Clean Water State
Revolving Funds (CWSRFs) provide
low-interest loans to help finance
wastewater treatment facilities and other
water quality projects. Recognizing the
substantial remaining need for
wastewater infrastructure, EPA will
continue to provide significant annual
capitalization to CWSRFs in FY 2006.
Another important approach to closing
the gap between the need for clean water
projects and available funding is to use
sustainable management systems to
prolong the lives of existing systems.
EPA will work to encourage rate
structures that lead to full cost pricing
and other conservation measures.
Accelerate Watershed Protection
Strong execution of core CWA
programs alone is not sufficient to maintain
and accelerate progress toward cleaner water
and accomplish the water quality
improvements called for in the Strategic
Plan. About a decade ago, EPA embraced
the watershed approach, focusing on multi-
stakeholder and multi-program efforts
within hydrologically defined boundaries, as
a better way to address water quality
problems. In FY 2006, EPA will accelerate
watershed protection by working in three
key areas:
• Core Programs Organized by
Watershed: In addition to development
of watershed based plans, discussed
below, core programs can be
implemented on a watershed basis.
Some examples in practice as a result of
innovations developed by State, EPA
Regions, and others are development of
TMDLs and NPDES permits on a
watershed basis and implementing water
quality "trading" programs within a
watershed.
• Local Watershed Protection Efforts:
EPA is developing national tools,
training, and technical assistance that
will help community partnerships to be
more effective at improving watershed
health. For FY 2006, EPA will expand
support for protection of key watersheds
by building on the success of the
Watershed Initiative (now called the
Targeted Watershed Grants Program -
see Goal 4).
• Apply an Adaptive Management
Framework: The best way to achieve
progress in improving and protecting
waters and watersheds is by applying an
adaptive management approach to better
understand the problems, set challenging
but realistic goals, and address
opportunities associated with developing
programs and building partnerships at
the watershed level. In FY 2006, EPA
will continue to work with States and
Tribes to apply an adaptive management
framework to identify the specific mix of
watershed tools that best suit local needs
and conditions. Each State and EPA
G/O-18
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Region will work to define the extent to
which implementation of watershed
approaches should be accelerated over
the coming years in order to meet the
watershed/waterbody restoration and
improvement goals for 2008 in the EPA
Strategic Plan.
Protect Coastal and Ocean Waters
Coastal waters are among the most
productive ecosystems on Earth, but they are
also among the most threatened ecosystems,
largely as a result of rapidly increasing
growth and development. About half of the
U.S. population now lives in coastal areas
and coastal counties are growing three times
faster than counties elsewhere in the Nation.
The work described here will be closely
coordinated with the implementation of the
National Estuary Program (described in
Goal 4). For FY 2006, EPA's national
strategy for improving the condition of
coastal and ocean waters will include the
following key elements:
Reduce Vessel Discharges
EPA will also focus on enhancing regulation
of discharges of pollution from vessels. Key
work for FY 2006 includes developing
standards for cruise ships operating in
Alaskan waters; cooperating with the
Department of Defense to develop discharge
standards for certain armed forces vessels;
and assessing the effectiveness of current
regulations for marine sanitation devices.
Manage Dredged Material
Several hundred million cubic yards of
sediment are dredged from waterways,
ports, and harbors every year to maintain the
Nation's navigation system. All of this
sediment must be disposed of safely. EPA
and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(COE) share responsibility for regulating
how and where the disposal of sediment
occurs. In FY 2006, EPA and COE will
continue to focus resources on improving
how disposal of dredged material is
managed, including evaluating disposal
sites, designating and monitoring the sites.
EPA will also review and concur on the
disposal permits issued by COE.
Manage Invasive Species
One of the greatest threats to U.S. waters
and ecosystems is the uncontrolled spread of
invasive species. Invasive species
commonly enter U.S. waters through the
discharge of ballast water from ships. In FY
2006, EPA will assist the U.S. Coast Guard
in its efforts to develop ballast water
exchange requirements and discharge
standards and is addressing this issue at the
international level. In addition, EPA will
work to develop improved measures for
monitoring the rate of increase of invasive
species.
Address International Activities
Internationally, our objective is to protect
the environmental quality of U.S. coastal
and ocean waters. U.S. waters are subject to
international sources of pollution and EPA's
international efforts in this area are focused
on the development and implementation of
international standards necessary to address
transboundary sources of pollution,
pollution effecting shared ecosystems, and
the introduction of non-indigenous species
introduced through maritime shipping. To
reach these ends we are seeking to reduce
the successful introduction of invasive
species to U.S. waters through the
negotiation of effective international
standards addressing ballast water
discharges, harmful anti-foulants, and air
emissions from ships. In addition, we are
isolating high-level radioactive wastes in
Northwest Russia that threaten the health of
shared natural resources in the Arctic
ecosystem. Achievement of the objective
and strategic targets will enhance U.S. water
quality, human health, and help stabilize
aquatic ecosystems in North America.
G/O - 19
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Research
EPA's drinking water and water quality
research programs conduct leading edge,
problem-driven research to provide a sound
scientific foundation for Federal regulatory
decision-making. These efforts will result in
strengthened public health and aquatic
ecosystem protection by providing data
methods, models, assessments, and
technologies for EPA program and regional
offices, as well as state and local authorities.
The drinking water research program will
focus on filling key data gaps and
developing analytical detection methods for
measuring the occurrence of chemical and
microbial contaminants on the Contaminant
Candidate List (CCL) and developing and
evaluating cost-effective treatment
technologies for removing pathogens from
water supplies while minimizing
microbial/disinfection by-product (M/DBP)
formation. The water quality research
program will provide approaches and
methods the Agency and its partners need to
develop and apply criteria to support
designated uses, tools to diagnose and assess
impairment in aquatic systems, and tools to
restore and protect aquatic systems.
In FY 2006, important areas of research
emphasis will include: 1) arsenic treatment
technologies for the removal of arsenic from
small community drinking water systems; 2)
immune response associated with exposures
to waterborne pathogens (e.g.,
Cryptosporidium, Norwalk virus) and
chemicals (e.g., arsenic, disinfection
byproducts) that may contaminate drinking
water; 3) habitat alteration; 4) treatment and
contaminant transport and fate from
biosolids; 5) reproductive health effects
associated with exposures to DBFs; and 6)
improved detection methods for
Pharmaceuticals and personal care products
in effluents.
EPA manages its water-related research
programs according to the Administration's
Investment Criteria for Research and
Development. The Agency's detailed,
externally-reviewed multi-year plans for its
drinking water and water quality research
programs describe clear goals and priorities,
and are periodically updated to reflect
changes in science and resources. As part of
the periodic multi-year plan revisions, EPA
is examining the design of each program to
help identify its outputs, customers, transfer
needs, and short-, intermediate-, and long-
term outcomes. Beginning in FY 2005,
EPA is implementing regular evaluations by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective and retrospective review of
program relevance, quality, and
performance, including the program's
design and performance goals. The
Agency's Board of Scientific Counselors,
the chosen mechanism for these reviews,
will examine the drinking water research
program in the second quarter of FY 2005.
EPA's Science to Achieve Results (STAR)
grants program is also managed according to
the Investment Criteria for Research and
Development, ensuring the quality of its
extramural research through a competitive,
peer-reviewed awards process. The STAR
program engages the Nation's best scientists
to provide high quality, innovative research
and solutions to protect human health and
the environment.
In FY 2006, a portion of EPA's water
research will be accomplished using a new
approach to applied research funding at
EPA. This arrangement, based on the
existing collaborative framework between
the media and research offices, is designed
to ensure continued relevance and quality of
applied research at EPA. In FY 2006, funds
will be provided to the Office of Water to
use a fee-for-service arrangement with the
Office of Research and Development to
obtain additional research focusing on the
Agency's highest priority water research
needs.
G/O - 20
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Land Preservation and Restoration
Preserve and restore the land by using innovative waste management practices and cleaning up
contaminated properties to reduce risks posed by releases of harmful substances.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
• By 2008, reduce adverse effects to
land by reducing waste generation,
increasing recycling, and ensuring
proper management of waste and
petroleum products at facilities in
ways that prevent releases.
• By 2008, control the risks to human
health and the environment by
mitigating the impact of accidental
or intentional releases and by
Cleaning up and restoring
contaminated sites or properties to
appropriate levels.
Through 2008, provide and apply
sound science for protecting and
restoring land by conducting leading-
edge research and developing a
better understanding and
characterization of environmental
outcomes under Goal 3.
GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Land Preservation and Restoration
Preserve Land
Restore Land
Enhance Science and Research
Total Workyears
FY 2004
Obligations
$1,722,255.3
$200,414.0
$1,450,870.8
$70,970.5
4,646.4
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$1,805,990.8
$239,585.1
$1,509,152.0
$57,253.7
4,763.6
FY 2006
Request
$1,691,463.0
$216,930.9
$1,416,681.8
$57,850.4
4,752.2
FY 2006 Request v.FY
2005 Pres. Bud.
($114,527.7)
($22,654.2)
($92,470.2)
$596.7
-11.4
Left uncontrolled, hazardous and
nonhazardous wastes on the land can
migrate to the air, groundwater, and surface
water, contaminating drinking water
supplies, causing acute illnesses or chronic
diseases, and threatening healthy ecosystems
in urban, rural, and suburban areas.
Hazardous substances can kill living
organisms in lakes and rivers, destroy
vegetation in contaminated areas, cause
major reproductive complications in
wildlife, and otherwise limit the ability of an
ecosystem to survive.
EPA leads the country's activities to reduce
the risks posed by releases of harmful
substances and by contaminated land. The
most effective approach to controlling these
risks incorporates developing and
implementing prevention programs,
improving response capabilities, and
maximizing the effectiveness of response
and cleanup actions. This approach will
help to ensure that human health and the
environment are protected and that land is
returned to beneficial use.
G/O-21
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA will work to preserve and restore the
land with the most effective waste
management and cleanup methods available.
EPA will use a hierarchy of approaches to
protect the land: reducing waste at its
source, recycling waste, and managing
waste effectively by preventing spills and
releases of toxic materials, and cleaning up
contaminated properties. The Agency is
especially concerned about threats to our
most sensitive populations, such as children,
the elderly, and individuals with chronic
diseases.
The Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA, or Superfund) and the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
provide the legal authority for most of
EPA's work toward this goal. The Agency
and its partners use Superfund authority to
clean up uncontrolled or abandoned
hazardous waste sites and return the land to
productive use. Under RCRA, EPA works
in partnership with States and Tribes to
address risks associated with leaking
underground storage tanks and with the
generation and management of hazardous
and nonhazardous wastes at industrial
facilities.
EPA also uses authorities provided under the
Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, and Oil
Pollution Act of 1990 to protect against
spills and releases of hazardous materials.
Controlling the many risks posed by
accidental and intentional releases of
harmful substances presents a significant
challenge to protecting the land. EPA's
approach integrates prevention,
preparedness, and response activities to
minimize these risks. Spill prevention
activities keep harmful substances from
being released to the environment.
Improving its readiness to respond to
emergencies through training, development
of clear authorities, and provision of proper
equipment will ensure that EPA is
adequately prepared to minimize
contamination and harm to the environment
when spills do occur.
Four themes characterize EPA's land
program activities under Goal 3:
Revitalization; One Cleanup Program;
Recycling, Waste Minimization and Energy
Recovery; and Homeland Security.
• Revitalization: EPA and its partners are
restoring contaminated land to make it
economically productive or available as
green space. Like the Agency's
Brownfields program included under
Goal 4, these revitalization efforts
complement the Agency's traditional
cleanup programs, and enable affected
communities to reuse contaminated
lands in beneficial ways. EPA is
developing performance measures to
assess its success in restoring and
revitalizing sites under all its cleanup
programs.
• One Cleanup Program: Through the
One Cleanup Program, the Agency is
looking across its programs to bring
consistency and enhanced effectiveness
to site cleanups. The Agency will work
with its partners and stakeholders to
enhance coordination, planning, and
communication across the full range of
Federal, State, tribal, and local cleanup
programs. This effort will improve the
pace, efficiency, and effectiveness of site
cleanups, as well as more fully integrate
land reuse and continued use into
cleanup programs. The Agency will
promote information technologies that
describe waste site cleanup and
revitalization information in ways that
keep the public and stakeholders fully
informed. Finally, the Agency will
develop environmental outcome
performance measures that report
progress among all cleanup programs,
such as the number of acres able to be
G/O - 22
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
reused after site cleanup. A crucial
element to this effort is a national
dialogue, currently underway, on the
future of Superfund and other EPA
waste cleanup programs. A crucial
element to this effort is a national
dialogue, currently underway, on the
future of Superfund and other EPA
cleanup programs.
• Recycling, Waste Minimization and
Energy Recovery: EPA's strategy for
reducing waste generation and
increasing recycling is based on (1)
establishing and expanding partnerships
with businesses, industries, States,
communities, and consumers; (2)
stimulating infrastructure development,
environmentally responsible behavior by
product manufacturers, users, and
disposers ("product stewardship"), and
new technologies; and (3) helping
businesses, government, institutions, and
consumers through education, outreach,
training, and technical assistance.
• Emergency Preparedness, Response, and
Homeland Security: EPA has a major
role in reducing the risk to human health
and the environment posed by accidental
or intentional releases of harmful
substances and oil. EPA will continue to
improve its capability to effectively
prepare for and respond to these
incidents, working closely with other
Federal agencies within the National
Response System.
Controlling Risks to Human Health and
the Environment at Contaminated Sites
EPA and its partners work to clean up
contaminated land to levels sufficient to
control risks to human health and the
environment and to return the land to
productive use. The Agency's cleanup
activities, some new and some well-
established, include removing contaminated
soil, capping or containing contamination in
place, pumping and treating groundwater,
and bioremediation.
EPA uses a variety of tools to accomplish
cleanups: permits, enforcement actions,
consent agreements, Federal facility
agreements, and many other mechanisms.
As part of EPA's One Cleanup Program
Initiative, programs at all levels of
government will work together to ensure
that appropriate cleanup tools are used; that
resources, activities, and results are
coordinated with partners and stakeholders
and communicated to the public effectively;
and that cleanups are protective and
contribute to community revitalization. The
Agency's two major cleanup programs,
Superfund and RCRA Corrective Action,
now rely on similar human health and
groundwater protection environmental
indicators. Through the One Cleanup
Program Initiative, EPA is working to
coordinate across all of its cleanup
programs, while maintaining the flexibility
needed to accommodate differences in
program authorities and approaches.
EPA fulfills its cleanup and waste
management responsibilities on tribal lands
by acknowledging tribal sovereignty and
recognizing tribal governments as being the
most appropriate authorities for setting
standards, making policy decisions, and
managing programs consistent with Agency
standards and regulations. EPA and its
partners follow four key steps to accomplish
cleanups and control risks to human health
and the environment: assessment,
stabilization, selection of appropriate
remedies, and implementation of remedies.
EPA will continue to work with its Federal,
state, tribal, and local government partners
at each step of the process to identify
facilities and sites requiring attention and to
monitor changes in priorities.
Through strong policy, leadership, program
administration, and a dedicated workforce,
EPA's cleanup programs will merge sound
science, cutting-edge technology, quality
G/O - 23
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
environmental information, and stakeholder
involvement to protect the Nation from the
harmful effects of contaminated property.
To accomplish its cleanup goals, the Agency
continues to forge partnerships and develop
outreach and education strategies.
To meet its objective to control the risks to
human health and the environment at
contaminated properties or sites through
cleanup, stabilization, or other action, and to
make land available for reuse, EPA intends
to achieve the following results in FY 2006:
• Make 500 final site-assessmentdecisions
under Superfund;
• Control all identified unacceptable
human exposures from site
contamination to at or below health-
based levels for current land and/or
groundwater use conditions at 10 of the
Superfund human exposure sites;
• Control the migration of contaminated
groundwater through engineered
remedies or natural processes at 10 of
the Superfund groundwater exposure
sites;
• Select final remedies (cleanup targets) at
20 Superfund sites; and
• Complete construction of remedies at 40
Superfund sites.
EPA's enforcement program is critical to the
Agency's ability to cleanup the vast majority
of the nation's worst hazardous waste sites.
This program secures cleanups from
Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs) at
EPA's priority sites. The PRPs perform
approximately 70% of the long-term
cleanups and EPA uses appropriated dollars
to pay for the other 30% of the long-term
cleanups. If PRPs do not perform a cleanup,
and EPA uses appropriated dollars to clean
up sites, the enforcement program recovers
EPA's expenditures from the PRPs.
The Agency has also been encouraging the
establishment and use of Special Accounts
within the Superfund Trust Fund. These
accounts segregate site-specific funds
obtained from responsible parties that
complete settlement agreements with EPA.
These funds can be provided as an incentive
for other PRPs to perform work they might
not be willing to perform or used by the
Agency to fund cleanup. The result is the
Agency can clean up more sites and allows
the Agency to preserve appropriated Trust
Fund dollars for other sites without viable
PRPs.
This program pursues an "enforcement first"
policy to ensure that sites for which there are
viable responsible parties are cleaned up by
those parties. In tandem with this approach,
various reforms have been implemented to
increase fairness, reduce transaction costs,
and promote economic redevelopment.
Enforcement maximizes PRP participation
in cleanups while promoting fairness in the
enforcement process, and recovering costs
from PRPs when EPA expends funds. For
more information regarding EPA's
enforcement program, and its various
components, please refer to
www.epa.gov/compliance/cleanup/superfun
d/.
In FY 2006, the Agency will negotiate
remedial design/remedial action cleanup
agreements and removal agreements at
contaminated properties. Where
negotiations fail, the Agency will either take
unilateral enforcement actions to require
PRP cleanup or use appropriated dollars to
remediate sites. When appropriated dollars
are used to clean up sites, the program will
recover this money from the PRPs. The
Agency will also continue its efforts to
establish and use Special Accounts to
facilitate clean up.
By pursuing cost recovery settlements, the
program promotes the principle that
polluters should perform or pay for cleanups
G/O - 24
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
preserves the Superfund Trust Fund
resources for site remediation where there is
no known or viable PRP. The Agency's
expenditures will be recouped through
administrative actions, CERCLA section
107 case referrals, and through settlements
reached with the use of alternative dispute
resolution.
EPA's financial management offices provide
a full array of support services to the
Superfund program including managing
oversight billing for Superfund site cleanups
and financial cost recovery.
Encouraging Land Revitalization and
Reuse
The goals of the Land Revitalization
Initiative are to restore and return
contaminated, and potentially contaminated,
properties to beneficial use for America's
communities; to ensure that cleanups protect
public health and the environment and that
anticipated future uses are fully considered
in all cleanup decisions; and to remove
unintended barriers to the restoration and
beneficial reuse of contaminated properties.
To achieve this mission, EPA has been
working over the last two years to develop a
comprehensive approach to revitalization,
and has developed and implemented a wide
range of demonstration projects,
redevelopment tools, and educational
efforts. The Agency is also forming
partnerships with States, Tribes, other
Federal agencies, local governments,
communities, landowners, lenders,
developers, and parties potentially
responsible for contamination that can help
bring about reuse of formerly contaminated
sites.
Usable land is a valuable resource.
However, where contamination presents a
real or perceived threat to human health and
the environment, options for future land use
at that site may be limited. EPA's cleanup
programs have set a national goal of
returning formerly contaminated sites to
long-term, sustainable, and productive use.
This goal creates greater impetus for
selecting and implementing remedies that, in
addition to providing clear environmental
benefits, will support reasonably anticipated
future land use options and provide greater
economic and social benefits.
Reducing and Recycling Waste
Preventing pollution before it is generated
and poses harm is often less costly than
cleanup and remediation. Source reduction
and recycling programs can increase
resource and energy efficiencies and thereby
reduce pressures on the environment.
RCRA directs EPA to minimize the amount
of waste generated and to improve recovery
and conservation of materials through
recycling. To this end, EPA builds on
partnerships with other Federal agencies;
state, tribal, and local governments; business
and industry; and non-governmental
organizations. These voluntary partnerships
provide information sharing, recognition,
and assistance to improve practices in both
public and private sectors.
EPA launched the Resource Conservation
Challenge (RCC) as a major national effort
to find flexible, yet more protective ways to
conserve our valuable natural resources
through waste reduction, energy recovery
and recycling. Through the RCC, EPA
challenges every American to prevent
pollution and promote recycling and reuse,
and conserve energy and materials. The
RCC programs foster source reduction and
recycling in business, industry, and
government; encourage local adoption of
economic incentives that further source
reduction and recycling; reduce hazardous
wastes containing priority chemicals;
promote waste-based industries that
concurrently create jobs; foster cost-
effective recycling programs in communities
and Tribes; enhance markets for recycled
materials by increasing procurement of
recycled-content products; encourage
G/O - 25
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
innovative practices that result in more cost-
effective source reduction and recycling;
implement the President's Climate Change
Action Plan; and provide information to
assess and track progress in reaching
national goals.
Reducing waste generation has clear
benefits in combating the ever-growing
stream of municipal solid waste (MSW).
MSW includes waste generated from
residences, commercial establishments,
institutions, and industrial non-process
operations. Annual generation of MSW
grew steadily from 88 million to 232 million
tons between 1960 and 2000. 1 In FY 2006,
EPA's municipal solid waste program will
implement a set of coordinated strategies,
including source reduction (also called
waste prevention), recycling (including
composting), combustion with energy
recovery, and landfilling. Preference will be
given to strategies that maximize the
diversion of waste from disposal, with
source reduction (including reuse) as the
highest priority.
To meet its objective for reducing materials
use through product and process redesign,
and increasing materials and energy
recovery from wastes otherwise requiring
disposal, EPA intends to achieve the
following results in FY 2006:
• Maintain the national average municipal
solid waste generation rate at no more
than 4.5 pounds per person per day; and
• Divert 33.4 percent (80 million tons) of
municipal solid waste from landfilling
and combustion.
Recognizing that some hazardous wastes
cannot be completely eliminated or recycled,
the RCRA program works to reduce
1 US Environmental Protection Agency. Municipal Solid
Waste in the United States: 2001 Facts and Figures,
Executive Summary, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC, October 2003. Available online at
www.epa.gov/epaoswer/non-hw/muncpl/msw99.htm. Last
updated November 5, 2003.
exposure to hazardous wastes by
maintaining a cradle-to-grave approach to
waste management. The program's primary
focus is to prevent hazardous releases from
RCRA facilities and reduce emissions from
hazardous waste combustion through a
combination of regulations, permits and
voluntary standards. State program
authorization provides the States with
primary RCRA implementation and
enforcement authority; reduces overlapping
and dual implementation by the States and
EPA; provides the regulated community
with one set of regulations; reduces overall
Federal enforcement presence in the States;
and can provide the opportunity for some of
the newer, less-stringent RCRA regulations
to be implemented by the States. To date,
48 States, Guam, and the District of
Columbia are authorized to issue permits.
Strong state partnerships, the authorization
of States for all portions of the RCRA
hazardous waste program, including
regulations that address waste management
issues contained in permits, and results-
oriented state oversight are important goals.
In managing petroleum products properly,
EPA works with States, Tribes and
Intertribal Consortia to prevent, detect, and
correct leaks into the environment from
federally regulated underground storage
tanks (USTs) containing petroleum and
hazardous substances. Achieving significant
improvements in release prevention and
detection requires a sustained emphasis by
both EPA and its partners. Because States
are the primary enforcers of the UST
program requirements, EPA has adopted a
decentralized approach to UST program
implementation by building and supporting
strong state and local programs. Concerns
about the use of fuel oxygenates (e.g.,
methyl tertiary butyl ether, or MTBE) in
gasoline further underscores EPA's and the
States' emphasis on promoting compliance
with all UST requirements. EPA provides
technical information, forums for
G/O - 26
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
information exchanges and training
opportunities to States, Tribes and Intertribal
Consortia to encourage program
development and/or implementation of the
UST program.
To meet its objective for reducing releases
to the environment by managing hazardous
wastes and petroleum products properly,
EPA intends to achieve the following results
in FY 2006:
• Prevent releases from RCRA hazardous
waste management facilities by
increasing the number of facilities with
permits or other approved controls by
2.5 percent over the FY 2005 level. At
the end of FY 2004, 86 percent of the
facilities had permits or other approved
controls;2
• Increase the percentage of UST facilities
that are in significant operational
compliance with both release detection
and release prevention (spill, overfill,
and corrosion protection) requirements
to 66 percent of the estimated universe
of approximately 256,000 facilities; and
• Reduce the number of confirmed
releases at UST facilities to 10,000 or
fewer. (Between FY 1999 and FY 2004,
confirmed releases averaged 12,641).
Emergency Preparedness, Response, and
Homeland Security
EPA will continue to improve its emergency
preparedness and response capability,
particularly in terms of homeland security.
EPA plays a major role in reducing the risks
that accidental and intentional releases of
harmful substances and oil pose to human
health and the environment. Under the
multi-agency National Response System
(NRS), EPA evaluates and responds to
thousands of releases annually. EPA's
primary role in the NRS is to serve as the
2 Approximately 2,750 hazardous waste management
facilities are currently regulated under RCRA. EPA plans
to reassess this universe in FY 2006.
Federal On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) for
spills and releases in the inland zone. As a
result of NRS efforts, many major oil spills
and releases of hazardous substances have
been contained, minimizing the adverse
impacts on human health and the
environment.
An important component of EPA's land
strategy is to prevent oil spills from reaching
our Nation's waters. Under the Oil
Pollution Act, the Agency requires certain
facilities (defined in 40 CFR 112.2) to
develop and implement spill prevention,
control, and countermeasure (SPCC) plans.
Compliance with these requirements reduces
the number of oil spills that reach navigable
waters and prevents detrimental effects on
human health and the environment should a
spill occur.
Each year, EPA personnel assess, respond
to, mitigate, and clean up thousands of
releases, whether accidental, deliberate, or
naturally occurring. These incidents range
from small spills at chemical or oil facilities
to national disasters, such as hurricanes and
earthquakes, to large-scale terrorist events.
EPA will work to improve its capability to
respond effectively to incidents that may
involve harmful chemical, oil, biological,
and radiological substances. The Agency
will explore improvements in field and
personal protection equipment and response
training and exercises; review response data
provided in the "after-action" reports
prepared by EPA emergency responders
following a release; and examine "lessons
learned" reports to identify which activities
work and which need to be improved.
Application of this information and other
data will advance the Agency's state-of-the-
art emergency response operations.
Responding to small and large-scale
disasters is one of EPA's traditional
responsibilities supported by the OSCs, the
Environmental Response Team (ERT), and
the National Decontamination Team (NDT).
G/O - 27
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
The Agency's crucial role in responding to
the World Trade Center and Pentagon
attacks, the decontamination of anthrax and
ricin in a U.S. Senate Office Building, and
the response to the Columbia shuttle disaster
have further defined the nation's
expectations of EPA's emergency response
capabilities.
The FY 2006 President's Budget request
includes additional funding to enable EPA to
improve the capabilities of EPA's
responders through procurement of state-of-
the-art equipment, develop a new
Environmental Laboratory Preparedness and
Response (ELPR) program to strengthen
such lab capabilities, support readiness for
pre-deployments to national security special
events, and develop decontamination
protocols.
In FY 2006, EPA will continue to
implement its homeland security plans and
procedures and meet its responsibilities to
respond to major hazardous substance, oil,
weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or
nationally significant terrorist incidents.
EPA will prepare for the possibility of
simultaneous attacks on more than one
target and will implement the National
Approach to Response (NAR), which is
EPA's internal multi-faceted mechanism to
effectively manage and conduct responses to
nationally significant events. The NDT will
improve its specialized decontamination
capabilities to address chemical and
biological and/or radiological agents in both
environmental and building contamination
situations. The ERT will provide training
and specialized scientific, technical, and
health and safety support to EPA's
responders.
To meet its objective to reduce and control
the risks posed by accidental or intentional
releases of harmful substances by improving
our Nation's capability to prepare for and
respond more effectively to these
emergencies, EPA intends to achieve the
following results in FY 2006:
• Improve the Agency's emergency
preparedness by achieving and
maintaining the capability to respond to
simultaneous large-scale emergencies
and by improving response readiness by
10 percent from the previous year using
the core emergency response criteria;
• Respond to 350 hazardous substance
releases and 300 oil spills; and
• Inspect or conduct exercises or drills at
approximately 100 oil storage facilities
required to have Facility Response
Plans.
Enhancing Science and Research to
Restore and Preserve Land
The FY 2006 land research program
supports the Agency's objective of reducing
or controlling potential risks to human
health and the environment at contaminated
waste sites by accelerating scientifically-
defensible and cost-effective decisions for
cleanup at complex sites, mining sites,
marine spills, and Brownfields in
accordance with CERCLA. These research
efforts will improve the range and scientific
foundation for contaminated sediment
remedy selection options by improving risk
characterization and site characterization,
and increasing understanding of different
remedial options, in order to optimize
environmental and human health protection
and the cost-effectiveness of remedial
decisions.
Funding for the Superfund Innovative
Technology Evaluation (SITE) program will
be reduced, existing contracts will be closed
out, and the program will be terminated in
FY 2006. As the Superfund program has
matured, innovative approaches evaluated
through the SITE program and other
mechanisms have become standard tools for
remediation. Additionally, the business of
environmental remediation has matured and
the private sector now offers many more
G/O - 28
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
opportunities for vendors to promote their
products and systems.
Multimedia decision-making and waste
management constitute the two major areas
of research under RCRA in F Y 2006, as the
Agency works toward preventing releases
through proper facility management.
Multimedia research will focus on resource
conservation (e.g., electronic waste
recycling and waste-derived products),
corrective action, and multimedia modeling.
Research will enhance sustainability by
providing technical reports and technical
support on methods to improve industrial
and municipal waste management. Waste
management research continues to advance
multimedia modeling and
uncertainty/sensitivity analyses
methodologies that support core RCRA
program needs as well as emerging RCRA
resource conservation needs.
EPA manages its research to support land
preservation and remediation programs
according to the Administration's
Investment Criteria for Research and
Development. The Agency's detailed,
externally-reviewed multi-year plans for its
Contaminated Sites and RCRA-related
research programs describe clear goals and
priorities, and are periodically updated to
reflect changes in science and resources. As
part of the periodic multi-year plan
revisions, EPA is examining the design of
each program to help identify its outputs,
customers, transfer needs, and short-,
intermediate-, and long-term outcomes.
Beginning in FY 2005, EPA is
implementing regular evaluations by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective and retrospective review of
program relevance, quality, and
performance, including the program's
design and performance goals. The
Agency's Board of Scientific Counselors,
the chosen mechanism for these reviews,
will examine the land protection and
restoration research program in 2005.
In FY 2006, a portion of EPAs land
preservation and restoration research will be
accomplished using a new approach to
applied research funding at EPA. This
arrangement, based on the existing
collaborative framework between the media
and research offices, is designed to ensure
continued relevance and quality of applied
research at EPA. In FY 2006, funds will be
provided to the Office of Solid Waste and
Emergency Response to use a fee-for-
service arrangement with the Office of
Research and Development to obtain
additional research focusing on the Agency's
highest priority land preservation and
restoration research needs.
G/O - 29
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Healthy Communities and Ecosystems
Protect, sustain, or restore the health of people, communities, and ecosystems using
integrated and comprehensive approaches and partnerships.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
• Prevent and reduce pesticide,
chemical, and genetically engineered
biological organism risks to humans,
communities, and ecosystems.
• Sustain, clean up, and restore
communities and the ecological
systems that support them.
• Protect, sustain, and restore the
health of natural habitats and
ecosystems.
• Enhance the Nation's capability to
prevent, detect, protect, and recover
from acts of terror.
• Through 2008, provide a sound
scientific foundation for EPA's goal
of protecting, sustaining, and
restoring the health of people,
communities, and ecosystems by
conducting leading-edge research
and developing a better
understanding and characterization
of environmental outcomes under
Goal 4.
GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2004 FY2005 FY2006 FY 2006 Request v.
Obligations Pres. Bud. Request FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
Healthy Communities and Ecosystems $1,222,772.7 $1,292,007.7 $1,336,247.8
Chemical, Organism, and Pesticide Risks $364,699.2 $366,759.0 $392,044.8
Communities $282,939.8 $324,792.2 $325,437.0
Ecosystems $155,528.1 $205,463.2 $203,902.9
Enhance Science and Research $419,605.6 $394,993.3 $414,863.1
Total Workyears 3,825.4 3,844.8 3,834.7
$44,240.1
$25,285.8
$644.8
($1,560.2)
$19,869.8
-10.1
To promote healthy communities and
ecosystems, EPA must bring together a
variety of programs, tools, approaches and
resources. The support of a multitude of
stakeholders, along with strong partnerships
with Federal, state, tribal and local
governments, are necessary to achieve the
Agency's goal of protecting, sustaining or
restoring healthy communities and
ecosystems.
A key component of this goal is protecting
human health and the environment by
identifying, assessing, and reducing the
potential risks presented by the thousands of
chemicals and pesticides on which our
society and economy have come to depend.
EPA must also address the emerging
challenges posed by a growing array of
biological organisms—naturally occurring
and, increasingly, genetically engineered—
G/O - 30
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
that are being used in industrial and
agricultural processes.
Biological agents are potential weapons that
could be exploited by terrorists against the
United States. EPA's pesticides
antimicrobial program has been very
responsive to addressing this threat.
Antimicrobials play an important role in
public health and safety. EPA is conducting
comprehensive scientific assessments and
developing test protocols to determine
product safety and efficacy of products used
against chemical and biological weapons of
mass destruction, and registering products as
necessary.
EPA programs under this Goal have many
indirect benefits. For example, each year
the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
New Chemicals program reviews and
manages the potential risks from
approximately 1,800 new chemicals and 40
products of biotechnology that enter the
marketplace. This new chemical review
process not only protects the public from the
possible immediate threats of harmful
chemicals, but it has also contributed to
changing the behavior of the chemical
industry, making industry more aware and
responsible for the impact these chemicals
have on human health and the environment.
Americans come into daily contact with any
number of chemicals that entered the market
before the New Chemicals Program was
established in 1978, yet relatively little is
known about many of their potential
impacts. Obtaining basic hazard testing
information on large volume chemicals is
one focus of EPA's work in the Existing
Chemicals program. The voluntary High
Production Volume program challenges
industry to develop chemical hazard data
critical to enabling EPA, States, Tribes, and
the public to screen chemicals already in
commerce for any risks they may be posing.
EPA's responsibility for managing the
known risks of other chemicals centers on
reducing exposure through proper handling
or disposal.
The Acute Exposure Guideline Levels
(AEGLs) Program was designed by EPA to
provide scientifically credible data to
directly support chemical emergency
planning, response, and prevention programs
mandated by Congress. Emergency workers
and first responders addressing accidental or
intentional chemical releases need to know
how dangerous a chemical contaminant may
be to breathe or touch, and how long it may
remain dangerous. The program develops
short-term exposure limits applicable to the
general population for a wide range of
extremely hazardous substances
(approximately 400).
This goal also focuses on geographic areas
with human and ecological communities
most at risk. For example, the Mexican
Border is an area facing unique
environmental challenges. At the Mexican
Border, EPA addresses local pollution and
infrastructure needs that are priorities for the
Mexican and the U.S. governments under
the Border 2012 agreement.
As the population in coastal regions grows,
the challenges to preserve and protect these
important ecosystems increase. Through the
National Estuary Program, coastal areas
have proved valuable grounds for combining
innovative and community-based
approaches with national guidelines and
interagency coordination to achieve results.
Wetlands are among the most productive
ecosystems in the world, comparable to rain
forests and coral reefs. Yet the nation loses
an estimated 58,000 acres per year, and
existing wetlands may be degraded by
excessive sedimentation, nutrient
enrichment, and other factors.1
1 Dahl, I.E. 1990. Status and Trends of Wetlands in the
Conterminous United States, 1986 to 1997. Washington,
DC: U.S. Department of the Interior, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service. Available online at:
G/O-31
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
In 2001 the Supreme Court determined that
some isolated waters and wetlands are not
regulated under the Clean Water Act. Many
waters with important aquatic values may no
longer be covered by CWA Section 404
protections. However, in FY 2006, EPA and
the Army Corps of Engineers (CORPS) will
continue to strive towards the
Administration's commitment of "no net
loss" of wetlands in the United States.
Large water bodies like the Gulf of Mexico,
the Great Lakes, and the Chesapeake Bay
are surrounded by industrial and other
development and have been exposed to
substantial pollution over many years at
levels higher than current environmental
standards permit. As a result, the volume of
pollutants in these water bodies has
exceeded their natural ability to restore
balance. Working with stakeholders, EPA
has established special programs to protect
and restore these unique resources by
addressing the vulnerabilities for each.
EPA's Brownfields Initiative to clean up
brownfields and return them to use funds
pilot programs and other research efforts;
clarifies liability issues; enters into Federal,
state and local partnerships; conducts
outreach activities; and creates related job
training and workforce development
programs.
The Agency will continue to support the
National Environmental Justice Advisory
Council (NEJAC) which provides the
Agency significant input from interested
stakeholders such as community-based
organizations, business and industry,
academic institutions, State, tribal and local
governments, non-governmental
organizations and environmental groups.
EPA also has a responsibility to ensure that
efforts to reduce potential environmental
http://wetlands.fws.gov/bha/SandT/SandTReport.html:
Report to Congress on the Status and Trends of Wetlands in
the Conterminous United States, 1986 to 1997.
G/O - 32
risks are based on the best available
scientific information. Strong science
allows identification of the most important
sources of risk to human health and the
environment as well as the best means to
detect, abate, and avoid possible
environmental problems, and thereby guides
our priorities, policies, and deployment of
resources. Under Goal 4, EPA will conduct
research in many areas, including emerging
areas such as biotechnology and
computational toxicology, to help develop
better understandings and characterizations
of positive environmental outcomes related
to healthy communities and ecosystems.
In coordination with our state and tribal co-
regulators and co-implementers and with the
support of industry, environmental groups,
and other stakeholders, EPA will use
multiple approaches to address risks
associated with chemicals and pesticides.
Improving communities' ability to address
local problems is a critical part of our efforts
to reduce risk.
Pesticides and Chemicals Programs
EPA will continue using both voluntary and
regulatory approaches to address risks
associated with the use of pesticides in the
home, work environment and agricultural
settings. These approaches include
identifying and assessing potential risks
from pesticides, setting priorities for
addressing these risks, strategizing for
reducing these risks, and promoting
innovative and alternative measures of pest
control, such as environmental
stewardship/integrated pest management
(IPM). In addition, EPA will strengthen
education and training of workers and the
public and promote the registration and use
of reduced risk pesticides.
EPA will make progress towards its
objective of protecting human health,
communities and ecosystems from pesticide
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
use by focusing on meeting our Food
Quality Protection Act (FQPA) statutory
mandate of completing the assessment of all
existing tolerances (9,721). This process
includes the issuance of all food use
Reregi strati on Eligibility Decisions (REDs).
These regulatory actions will ensure that
pesticides on the market and the associated
tolerance residues remain safe for the public
and the environment. EPA will also
continue identifying candidates for
countering potential bioterrorist use of
pesticides and biopesticides.
EPA plans to emphasize the continuation
and further development of programs for the
review of new and existing chemicals. On
the new chemicals front, the Agency will
continue to carry out its mandate to review
hazardous and less risky.
In addressing chemicals that have entered
the market before the inception of the new
chemical review program, EPA will
continue to implement its voluntary High
Production Volume (HPV) Chemicals
Program, which challenges industry to
develop chemical hazard data on existing
chemicals that it chooses to "sponsor." This
will enable EPA and the public to screen
many chemicals already in commerce for
risks they may be posing. Complementing
FIPV is the Voluntary Children's Chemical
Evaluation Program (VCCEP), a high-
priority screening program targeting existing
chemicals believed to have particular impact
on children's health. We will make special
efforts to assess the potential risks of newly
*TOLERANCE REASSESSMENT SUMMARY BREAKDOWN
Category
Organophosphates
Carbamates
Organochlorine
Carcinogen
High Hazard Inert
Other
TOTALS
*EPA's
Tolerances
to be
Reassessed
1691
545
253
2008
5
5219
9721
Total
Reassessed as
of 7/20/04
1131
305
253
1329
3
3723
6744
Tolerances
Remaining
560
240
0
679
2
1496
2977
Tolerance Index. Tolerance Tracking Systems and Tolerance Reassessment
Percentage
Reassessed
66.88%
55.96%
100%
66.19%
60.00%
71.33%
69.37%
Database.
potential risks from newly manufactured or
imported chemicals before they are
introduced to commerce. EPA's
"Sustainable Futures" program encourages
chemical manufacturers to apply pollution
prevention techniques in the design of new
chemicals, so that chemicals entering the
new chemical review process will be less
developed substitutes for a chemical
category of emerging concern: brominated
flame retardants. EPA is working to engage
stakeholders in a cooperative process to
evaluate the efficacy and potential risks of
developing flame retardants.
The Agency will continue to manage its
G/O - 33
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
programs to address specific chemicals of
concern, including lead, mineral fibers,
dioxin, mercury, polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCBs), and persistent, bioaccumulative and
toxic (PBT) chemicals generally. The lead
program will shift its focus from oversight
and rule development at the Headquarters
level to regional oversight of activities
supported through grant funding — such as
state-implemented lead-based paint training
and certification programs and efforts
targeted to high-risk areas - and on
implementation of a few of the highest
priority regulatory and outreach efforts.
EPA will continue to implement a national
voluntary phase-out of PCB Large
Capacitors and PCB Transformers, focusing
on major Federal and private owners and
operators of electrical equipment. Priorities
include the identification of opportunities
for replacement of older, less efficient
equipment with newer, more efficient
equipment and the accelerated phase-out of
PCB-containing electrical equipment as
supplemental environmental projects. The
Agency will continue to work with the
Maritime Administration (MARAD) in
order to dispose of its fleet of obsolete ships
containing equipment that uses PCBs.
The Agency will continue Homeland
Security activities focused on identifying
and reviewing proposed pesticides for use
against pathogens of greatest concern for
crops, animals, and humans in advance of
their potential introduction, including testing
of antimicrobial products to determine
which are effective against human
pathogens. If the safety concerns are met,
and the product is effective (in the case of
antimicrobials), EPA can approve use of the
product. Close cooperation with other
Federal agencies and industry will continue
in order to carry out these activities which
directly respond to requirements in
Homeland Security Presidential Directives 9
and 10. Additionally, EPA's Acute
Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs)
program will continue to develop proposed
AEGL values.
The Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) program
provides the public with information on the
releases and other waste management of
toxic chemicals. Two laws, Section 313 of
the Emergency Planning and Community
Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA) and Section
6607 of the Pollution Prevention Act (PPA),
mandate that EPA annually collect
information on listed toxic chemicals from
certain industries and make the information
available to the public through various
means, including a publicly accessible
national database.
Mexico Border Water Quality
The United States and Mexico have a long-
standing commitment to protect the
environment and public health in the U.S.-
Mexico Border Region. The U.S.-Mexico
Border 2012 Program, a joint effort between
the U.S. and Mexican governments, will
work with the 10 border States and with
border communities to improve the region's
environmental health using the Border 2012
Plan. Under this Plan, EPA expects to take
several key actions to improve water quality
and protect public health.
• Core Program Implementation: EPA
will continue to implement core
programs under the Clean Water Act
(CWA) and related authorities, ranging
from discharge permit issuance, to
watershed restoration, to nonpoint
pollution control.
• Wastewater Treatment Financing:
Federal, state, and local institutions
participate in border area efforts to
improve water quality through the
construction of infrastructure and
development of pretreatment programs.
Specifically, Mexico's National Water
Commission (CNA) and EPA provide
G/O - 34
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
funding and technical assistance for
project planning and construction.
• Build Partnerships: Since 1995, the
NAFTA-created institutions, the Border
Environment Cooperation Commission
(BECC) and the North American
Development Bank (NADBank), have
had the primary role in working with
communities to develop and construct
infrastructure projects. In FY 2006,
EPA will establish a workgroup with
Mexico to develop a workplan to define
specific steps needed to accomplish the
water quality improvement goals
expressed in the Border 2012 Plan.
Protection and Restoration of Ecosystems
The National Estuary Program (NEP) is a
key tool for restoring and protecting the
quality of the nation's ecosystems. The NEP
provides inclusive, community-based
planning and action at the watershed level
and has an established record of
improvements to ecosystem conditions.
A top priority in FY 2006 is to continue
supporting the efforts to implement
Comprehensive Conservation and
Management Plans in all 28 NEP estuaries.
A critical measure of success is the number
of priority actions in these plans that have
been initiated and the number that have been
completed. EPA created a baseline to track
priority actions in 2004 and now tracks
implementation of actions.
The health of the Nation's estuarine
ecosystems also depends on the maintenance
of high-quality habitat. Diminished and
degraded habitats are less able to support
healthy populations of wildlife and marine
organisms and perform the economic,
environmental, and aesthetic functions on
which coastal populations depend for their
livelihood. A key success has been the
restoration of over 500,000 acres of habitat
over the past decade. For 2006, EPA has set
a goal of protecting or restoring an
additional 25,000 acres of habitat within the
28 study areas.
Finally, EPA will work with National
Estuary Programs in FY 2006 to improve
information about conditions in the
estuaries. Starting in FY 2005, each
program will have indicators in place to
track environmental trends in the estuary. In
FY 2006, EPA will develop and issue a
baseline report on the condition of NEP
estuaries modeled after the National Coastal
Condition Report.
Wetlands Protection
Wetlands are among our Nation's most
critical and productive natural resources.
They provide a variety of benefits, such as
water quality improvements, flood
protection, shoreline erosion control, and
ground water exchange. Wetlands are the
primary habitat for fish, waterfowl, and
wildlife, and as such, provide numerous
opportunities for education, recreation, and
research. EPA recognizes that the
challenges the Nation faces to conserve our
wetland heritage are daunting and that many
partners must work together for this effort to
succeed. EPA's strategy for meeting
wetland goals in FY 2006 is described
below.
• Net Gain Goal: Meeting the "net gain"
element of the wetland goal will be
accomplished by other Federal programs
(Farm Bill agriculture incentive
programs and wetlands acquisition and
restoration programs, including those
administered by Fish and Wildlife
Service) and non-Federal programs.
EPA contributes to achieving no overall
net loss through EPA's regulatory
programs, including the Clean Water Act
Section 404/401 permit review,
compliance and enforcement, and other
programs. EPA will also support States,
Tribes, and others to protect and restore
G/O - 35
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
wetlands and build capacity to increase
wetland functionality.
In implementing these responsibilities,
each Region will identify watersheds
where wetlands and other aquatic
resources are most at risk, including
from cumulative impacts. EPA will
improve levels of protection through
actions that include: working with and
integrating wetlands protection into
other EPA programs such as Section
319, State Revolving Fund, National
Estuary Program; working with the
Corps of Engineers (COE) and/or States
on permitting and mitigation
compliance; providing grants and
technical assistance to state, tribal or
local organizations; and developing
information, education and outreach
tools.
• No Net Loss: Building upon the
analysis of existing mitigation data base
systems, the Corps, EPA, USDA, DOT,
and NOAA will establish a shared
mitigation database by FY 2005.
Utilizing the shared database, the
Agencies will provide an annual public
report card on compensatory mitigation
to complement reporting of other
wetlands programs. To help ensure no
net loss of aquatic resources the Corps
has initiated six new performance
measures designed to improve
permitting and mitigation compliance,
including compliance inspections and
audits, and resolution of enforcement
actions.
EPA will work with the COE to ensure
application of the 404(b)(l) guidelines,
which require that discharges into waters of
the U.S. be avoided and minimized to the
extent practicable. Each Region will also
identify opportunities to partner with the
Corps in meeting performance measures for
compensatory mitigation for unavoidable
impacts.
Targeted Watershed Grant Program
The Targeted Watersheds Grant Program,
now in its third year, is designed to
encourage successful community-based
approaches and management techniques to
protect and restore the nation's waters. This
a competitive grant program predicated on
the following fundamental principles of
environmental improvement: collaboration,
new technologies, market incentives, and
results-oriented strategies. The organizations
chosen to receive funds use the resources for
a variety of restoration, protection and
trading projects. Money is used to stabilize
stream banks, demonstrate innovative
nutrient management schemes, establish
pollutant credits, and work with local
governments and private citizens to promote
sustainable practices and strategies. Grants
range from $300,000 to $1,300,000, with an
additional 25 percent leveraged from other
sources.
Protecting the Great Lakes
As the largest freshwater system on the face
of the earth (containing 20 percent of the
earth's surface water and 90 percent of the
surface water in the United States), the Great
Lakes ecosystem holds the key to the quality
of life and economic prosperity for tens of
millions of people. While significant
progress has been made to restore the
environmental health of the Great Lakes,
work remains.
Over the upcoming year, the local, state,
tribal, and Federal Great Lakes Regional
Collaboration will work together to develop
a strategy to address Great Lakes water
quality. The Regional Collaboration was
called for as part of the President's May
2004 Executive Order, directing EPA to
establish the great Lakes Task force to
coordinate the Federal effort to improve
G/O - 36
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
water quality in the Great Lakes. The
strategy will focus on outcomes like cleaner
water and sustainable fisheries, and targeting
measurable results and build upon priority
setting work done by the eight Great Lakes
governors and by partners to the Great
Lakes Strategy 2002: A Plan for the New
Millennium. Objectives of strategy include
cleaning up and de-listing at least 10 Areas
of Concern by 2010, a 25 percent reduction
in PCB concentrations in lake trout and
walleye, and restoration or enhancement of
100,000 acres of wetlands in the Great
Lakes Basin. In FY 2006, EPA will give
special attention to work in the following
three areas:
• Core Clean Water Programs: While
the Great Lakes face a range of unique
pollution problems (extensive sediment
contamination) they also face problem
common to most other waterbodies
around the country. Core clean water
programs must be fully and effectively
implemented throughout the Great Lakes
Basin. EPA will focus on assuring that
by 2008, 100 percent of the major,
permitted discharges to the Lakes or
major tributaries have permits that
reflect the most current standards. In
addition, EPA will focus on assuring that
95 percent of permits are consistent with
the national Combined Sewer Overflow
Policy.
Great Lakes Legacy Act: Restoration
of contaminated sediments around the
Great Lakes is a critical step toward
meeting water quality goals. In FY
2006, EPA will expedite work to address
contaminated sediment. In FY 2006
EPA anticipates remediation efforts will
result in cleanup of over one-quarter
million cubic yards of contaminated
sediments, with cleanup beginning at
approximately 6 sites.
• Implementing Expanded Beach Safety
Programs: In FY 2006, EPA will work
with States to both improve the state
water quality standards for bacteria in
recreational waters and to implement the
BEACH Act (see Goal 2). EPA has a
goal that lOOpercent of high priority
beaches around the Great Lakes are
served by water quality monitoring and
public notification programs consistent
with the BEACH Act guidance.
Chesapeake Bay Protection and
Restoration
The Chesapeake Bay is the largest estuary in
the United States and a water resource of
tremendous ecological and economic
importance. For over twenty years, efforts
to protect and restore the Bay have been led
by the Chesapeake Bay Executive
Council—Bay area governors, the mayor of
the District of Columbia; the EPA
Administrator, and the chair of the
Chesapeake Bay Commission, a tri-state
legislative body. This unique regional
partnership has defined environmental
improvements needed in the Bay and
developed a strategy that blends regulatory
and voluntary processes.
One of the key measures of success in
achieving improved Chesapeake Bay water
quality will be the restoration of submerged
aquatic vegetation. To achieve improved
water quality needed to restore submerged
aquatic vegetation, the Chesapeake Bay
Program partners committed to reducing
nutrient and sediment pollution loads
sufficiently to remove the Bay and the tidal
portions of its tributaries from the list of
impaired waters. EPA and Bay area States
have agreed to an approach to meeting
restoration goals for Chesapeake Bay
including the following key actions for FY
2006:
G/O - 37
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
• Implement Pollution Reduction
Strategies: States have developed
pollution reduction strategies for each of
the watersheds within the larger Bay
watershed. These strategies define
specific, localized approaches to meeting
new state water quality standards and to
restoring impaired waters by the year
2010. Although each strategy will
describe a series of steps specifically
designed for that watershed, most
strategies will address the need for
advanced treatment at sewage treatment
plants, the need to reduce nutrients and
sediments from farms, and the need to
expand streamside buffers.
• Core Programs in the Bay Area: In
addition to new watershed-specific
strategies, EPA and state partners will
continue to implement core clean water
programs that are essential to
maintaining past progress in improving
the health of the Bay. For example, Bay
area States will continue to provide low
interest loans for the financing of sewage
treatment systems and will continue to
implement comprehensive, statewide
programs for reducing nonpoint sources
of pollution. The discharge permit
program will provide controls on
discharges from storm water facilities,
confined animal feeding operations,
sewage treatment plans and combined
sewer overflows.
Protecting the Gulf of Mexico
The Gulf of Mexico basin has been called
"America's Watershed." Its U.S. coastline is
1,630 miles, it is fed by thirty-three major
rivers, and it receives drainage from 31
States in addition to a similar drainage area
from Mexico. One sixth of the U.S.
population now lives in Gulf Coast states.
For FY 2006, EPA has worked with States
and other partners to define key activities to
support attainment of environmental and
health goals. These activities fall into three
categories:
• Core Clean Water Programs: The
Clean Water Act provides authority and
resources that are essential to protecting
water quality in the Gulf of Mexico and
in the larger Mississippi River Basin that
contributes pollution, especially oxygen
demanding nutrients, to the Gulf. EPA
will work with States to assure the
continued effective implementation of
core clean water programs, ranging from
discharge permits, to nonpoint pollution
controls, to wastewater treatment, to
protection of wetlands.
• Protecting and Restoring the Gulf of
Mexico: A central pillar of the strategy
to restore the health of the Gulf is
restoration of water quality and habitat
in 12 priority coastal watersheds. These
12 watersheds include 354 of the
impaired segments identified by States
around the Gulf and will receive targeted
technical and financial assistance to
restore impaired waters. The 2008 goal
is to fully attain water quality standards
in at least 20 percent of these segments.
• Reducing the Size of the Hypoxic
Zone: Any strategy to improve the
overall health of the entire Gulf of
Mexico must include a focused effort to
reduce the size of the zone of hypoxic
conditions (i.e. low oxygen in the water)
in the northern Gulf. Actions to address
this problem will need to focus on both
localized addition of pollution to the
Gulf and on controlling the loadings of
nutrients from the Mississippi River.
In working to accomplish this goal, EPA and
other Federal agencies will continue
implementation of core clean water
programs and partnerships among agencies;
specific efforts in FY 2006 will include:
G/O - 38
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
• Work with States to select a project
watershed in each of the States in the
Lower Mississippi River Basin to reduce
nitrogen loadings to the lower
Mississippi River;
• Work with States and other partners to
identify "100 Highest Opportunity
Watersheds" where nitrogen reduction
strategies will be implemented;
• Implement the "Friends of the Gulf
award program to recognize
corporations, organizations, or
individuals that have taken effective,
voluntary measures to reduce nutrient
inputs; and
• Work with the private sector to support
Industry Led Solutions for reducing both
point and nonpoint sources.
Solid Waste and Emergency Response
To reduce or eliminate the potential risks
associated with chemical releases, EPA must
first identify and understand potential
chemical risks and releases. EPA will use
information generated by the Risk
Management Program (RMP), Emergency
Planning and Community Right-to-Know
Act (EPCRAX and the Spill Prevention
Control and Countermeasure (SPCC)
program to supplement data on potential
chemical risks and to develop voluntary
initiatives and activities to reduce risk at
high-risk facilities, priority industry sectors,
and/or specific geographic areas. To meet
its objective of protecting human health,
communities, and ecosystems from chemical
releases through facility risk reduction
efforts and building community
infrastructures, EPA, working with state and
local implementing agencies, intends to
complete 100 RMP audits in FY 2006.
EPA will collect information from the local
emergency planning committees (LEPCs)
during FYs 2004-2006 to determine the
extent to which they have incorporated
appropriate facility risk information into
their emergency preparedness and
community right-to-know programs. This
information will serve as a baseline from
which EPA will track progress toward this
strategic goal. EPA will also continue an
initiative to improve and enhance
emergency preparedness and prevention in
tribal communities.
Brownfields
Economic changes over several decades
have left thousands of communities with
these contaminated properties and
abandoned sites. Working with its state,
tribal, and local partners to meet its
objective to sustain, cleanup, and restore
communities and the ecological systems that
support them. Together with extension of
the Brownfields tax credit, EPA intends to
achieve the following results in FY 2006:
• Assess 1,000 Brownfields properties
• Clean up 60 properties using
Brownfields funding
• Leverage $1 billion in
cleanup/redevelopment funding
• Leverage 5,000 jobs
• Train 200 participants, placing 65
percent in jobs
Community Action to Renew the
Environment
EPA supports community-based, multi-
media approaches to the reductions of toxics
through the Community Action to Renew
the Environment (CARE) program. This
program fills a gap in our national programs
which provide a broad level of basic health
and environmental protection but which do
not always sufficiently meet the needs of all
communities, especially those which are
overburdened by toxic pollutants. CARE
works to reduce those risks through cost-
effective, tailored and immediate actions.
Grants will be awarded to provide funding
for communities to organize and assess the
risks in their community and to take action
to reduce those risks. The program also
G/O - 39
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
provides multi-media risk reduction and risk
assessment tools, models to assist
communities in identifying, prioritizing and
reducing risks. This program will result in
measurable results in the reduction of
exposures to toxic pollutants including toxic
chemicals, lead, pesticides and particulates,
as well as a reduction in exposure to asthma
triggers.
Smart Growth
The Smart Growth program achieves
measurably improved environmental and
economic outcomes by working with States,
communities, industry leaders, and nonprofit
organizations to minimize the environmental
impacts of development. EPA provides
tools, technical assistance, education,
research and environmental data to help
States and communities grow in ways that
minimize environmental and health impacts
and evaluate environmental consequences of
various development patterns. EPA's Smart
Growth activities and tools show community
and government leaders how they can meet
environmental standards through innovative
community design and identify and research
new policy initiatives to improve
environmental quality by supporting
environmentally friendly development
patterns. In FY 06, EPA plans to build upon
its work in Smart Growth outreach and
direct implementation assistance.
EPA will also continue to coordinate smart
growth work with EPA's Brownfield
program to reuse and revitalize vacant and
abandoned properties. EPA plans to
continue developing incentives for
brownfield redevelopment, provide direct
assistance to communities working on
brownfields, and maintain our education and
outreach on innovative methods for
brownfield redevelopment.
Research
EPA has a responsibility to ensure that
efforts to reduce potential environmental
risks are based on the best available
scientific information. Strong science
allows identification of the most important
sources of risk to human health and the
environment as well as the best means to
detect, abate, and avoid possible
environmental problems, and thereby guides
our priorities, policies, and deployment of
resources.
To enable the Agency to enhance science
and research for human health,
communities, and ecosystems through 2008,
EPA will engage in high priority,
multidisciplinary research efforts to improve
understanding of the risks associated with:
1) human health and ecosystems; 2)
mercury; 3) pesticides and toxics; 4)
computational toxicology; 5) endocrine
disrupters; 6) global change; and 7)
homeland security. The Agency also is
proposing an Advanced Monitoring
Initiative (AMI) for FY 2006, which will
bring the best monitoring data and
information into environmental decision
making to protect human health and the
environment.
In FY 2006, EPA will continue research
efforts on susceptible subpopulations to
support the National Children's Study
(NCS). The Agency will collaborate with
the NCS Interagency Consortium to assess
the early pre- and post-natal NCS results,
and develop tools for characterizing
environmental risks to young children and
adolescents participating in the study.
Also, the Agency's human health risk
assessment research program expects to
produce 32 final and external review draft
dose-response assessments of high priority
chemicals in support of Program Office,
Regional, state and tribal risk assessment
needs. These include three assessments of
microbial contaminant risks in support of
Contaminant Candidate List (CCL)
regulatory determinations by EPA's Water
G/O - 40
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
program; and one final Air Quality Criteria
Document (AQCD-ozone) and one external
review draft AQCD (lead) to support
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) decision-making.
In order to better understand the current
condition of ecosystems, what stressors are
changing that condition, what the effects are
of those changes, and what can be done to
prevent, mitigate, or adapt to those changes
the Agency's ecosystems research will
continue to develop approaches to identify
and test the linkages between probability-
based and targeted water quality monitoring
programs, landscape characteristics, and the
probability of water body impairment.
Monitoring methods and decision support
systems will continue being developed and
diagnosis and forecasting models previously
developed will be applied to provide a better
scientific basis for ecosystem protection and
restoration. In FY 2006 EPA will also
continue research to evaluate the
effectiveness of restoration options for
aquatic ecosystems, with particular
emphasis on options for the Mid-Atlantic
Region and the western United States.
In the mercury research program, research
will focus on evaluating the cost and
performance of options to reduce mercury
emissions from coal-fired utility boilers and
further testing of continuous source
emission monitors (CEMs). Work on
control technologies will include pilot- and
full-scale testing of systems that optimize
mercury, SC>2, and NOx control from the
combustion of bituminous, sub-bituminous,
and lignite coals and evaluation of the
performance and cost of promising control
technologies under development (e.g., new
sorbents) and assessing how these
technologies impact the characteristics of
coal combustion residues.
EPA continues to make real progress in the
area of computational toxicology. In FY
2006, the Agency expects to deliver the first
alternative assay for animal testing of
environmental toxicants. This assay could
be a replacement for a currently used
animal-based assay in the Tier 1 screening
battery of compounds that may disrupt the
body's endocrine or hormonal systems.
Also, under its endocrine disrupters research
program, the Agency has developed and
refined assays so that its Prevention,
Pesticides, and Toxic Substances program
has the necessary protocols to validate for
use in the Agency's Endocrine Disrupters
Screening Program and in FY 2006 will
develop a report on a protocol to screen
environmental chemicals for their ability to
interact with the male hormone receptor.
EPA's homeland security research program
supports the Administration's R&D priority
of addressing our Nation's ability to prevent,
detect, treat, remediate, and attribute acts of
terrorism. Homeland Security research will
continue to enhance the state of knowledge
of potential threats, as well as response
capabilities in accordance with Homeland
Security Presidential Directives (HSPDs).
Areas of emphasis will include
decontamination and consequence
management, water infrastructure
protection, and threat and consequence
assessment.
The Agency will also train the next
generation of environmental scientists
through its fellowship programs and seek to
identify emerging risks and opportunities in
nanotechnology through its Science to
Achieve Results (STAR) program
exploratory grants program.
EPA continues to work closely with the
Administration's Climate Change Science
Program (CCSP). EPA's Global Change
Research Program is focused on
understanding the potential consequences of
global change with the goal of producing
information that can be readily used by
G/O-41
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
policymakers to understand the various
potential impacts of global change and to
formulate strategies to effectively respond to
the risks and opportunities presented by
global change. In addition, EPA manages
its basic research programs according to the
Administration's Investment Criteria for
Research and Development. Specifically,
the Agency's detailed, externally-reviewed
multi-year plans for its research programs
describe clear goals and priorities, and are
periodically updated to reflect changes in
science and resources.
As part of the periodic multi-year plan
revisions, EPA is examining the design of
each program to help identify its outputs,
customers, transfer needs, and short-,
intermediate-, and long-term outcomes.
Beginning in FY 2005, EPA is
implementing regular evaluations by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective and retrospective review of
program relevance, quality, and
performance, including the program's
design and performance goals. The
Agency's Board of Scientific Counselors,
the chosen mechanism for these reviews,
will examine the ecosystems protection and
human health research programs in the
second quarter of FY 2005. EPA's Science
to Achieve Results (STAR) grants program
is also managed according to the Investment
Criteria for Research and Development,
ensuring the quality of its extramural
research through a competitive, peer-
reviewed awards process.
In FY 2006, a portion of EPA's pesticides
and toxic substances research will be
accomplished using a new approach to
applied research funding at EPA. This
arrangement, based on the existing
collaborative framework between the media
and research offices, is designed to ensure
continued relevance and quality of applied
research at EPA. In FY 2006, funds will be
provided to the Office of Prevention,
Pesticides, and Toxic Substances to use a
fee-for-service arrangement with the Office
of Research and Development to obtain
additional research focusing on the Agency's
highest priority pesticides and toxic
substances research needs.
In addition, two programs in this Goal have
been reviewed through the Program
Assessment Rating Tool (PART). The
ecosystems protection research program is
in the process of responding to PART
recommendations, including developing
outcome and efficiency measures. EPA will
reassess the program in the spring of 2005.
EPA also reviewed for the FY 2006 PART
process EPA's endocrine disrupters
program, which received an "Adequate"
rating.
Enforcement and Compliance
EPA's continued enforcement efforts will be
strengthened through the development of
measures to assess the impact of
enforcement activities, and assist in
targeting areas that pose the greatest risks to
human health or the environment; display
patterns of noncompliance; and include
disproportionately exposed populations. In
addition, the EPA's enforcement program
supports Environmental Justice efforts by
focusing enforcement actions and criminal
investigations on industries that have
repeatedly violated environmental laws in
minority and/or low-income areas.
Environmental Justice
EPA's environmental justice program will
continue education, outreach, and data
availability initiatives. The program
provides a central point for the Agency to
address environmental and human health
concerns in minority and/or low-income
communities, segments of the population
that have been disproportionately exposed to
environmental harms and risks. The
program will continue to manage the
G/O - 42
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Agency's Environmental Justice
Community Small Grants program that
assists community-based organizations
working to develop solutions to local
environmental issues.
The Agency will continue to support the
National Environmental Justice Advisory
Council (NEJAC). The Council provides the
Agency with significant input from
interested stakeholders such as community-
based organizations, business and industry,
academic institutions, state, tribal and local
governments, non-governmental
organizations and environmental groups.
The Agency will also continue to chair an
Interagency Working Group (IWG)
consisting of eleven departments and
agencies, as well as representatives of
various White House offices, to ensure that
These strategies include participation in
bilateral programs (U.S.-Mexico and U.S.-
Canada programs and the Border
Environmental Cooperation Commission
(BECC)), as well as cooperation with
multinational organizations like the
Commission for Environmental
Cooperation, the World Trade Organization,
and the World Health Organization.
Strategies also include contributing to a set
of measurable end points that will show
reductions in pollutants of concern and
pollutants at their origin, as well as exposure
to our citizens along the US borders, thereby
reducing the level of pollutants in the global
atmosphere.
environmental justice concerns are
incorporated into all Federal programs.
International Affairs
Many human health and environmental risks
to the American public originate outside our
borders. Many pollutants can travel easily
across borders - via rivers, air and ocean
currents, and migrating wildlife. Even in the
remote Arctic, industrial chemicals such as
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) have been
found in the tissues of local wildlife.
Further, differences in public health
standards can contribute to global pollution.
A chemical of particular concern to one
country may not be controlled or regulated
in the same way by another. EPA employs a
range of strategies for achieving its goals.
G/O - 43
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Compliance and Environmental Stewardship
Improve environmental performance through compliance with environmental requirements,
preventing pollution, and promoting environmental stewardship. Protect human health and
the environment by encouraging innovation and providing incentives for governments,
businesses, and the public that promote environmental stewardship.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
By 2008, maximize compliance to
protect human health and the
environment through compliance
assistance, compliance incentives,
and enforcement by achieving a 5
percent increase in the pounds of
pollution reduced, treated, or
eliminated, and achieving a 5 percent
increase in the number of regulated
entities making improvements in
environmental management
practices. (Baseline to be
determined for 2005.)
By 2008, improve environmental
protection and enhance natural
resource conservation on the part of
government, business, and the public
through the adoption of pollution
prevention and sustainable practices
that include the design of products
and manufacturing processes that
generate less pollution, the reduction
of regulatory barriers, and the
adoption
innovative,
approaches.
of results-based,
and multimedia
Through 2008, assist all federally
recognized Tribes in assessing the
condition of their environment, help
in building their capacity to
implement environmental programs
where needed to improve tribal
health and environments, and
implement programs in Indian
country where needed to address
environmental issues.
Through 2008, strengthen the
scientific evidence and research
supporting environmental policies
and decisions on compliance,
pollution prevention, and
environmental stewardship.
GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Compliance and Environmental
Stewardship
Improve Compliance
Improve Environmental Performance
through Pollution Prevention and
FY2004 FY2005 FY 2006 FY 2006 Request v.
Obligations Pres. Bud. Request FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
$739,222.5
$431,488.5
$135,703.6
$735,342.5
$438,530.6
$147,593.1
$760,978.2
$486,878.1
$142,142.6
$25,635.7
$48,347.5
($5,450.5)
G/O - 44
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Innovation
Build Tribal Capacity
Enhance Science and Research
Total Workyears
FY 2004
Obligations
$76,812.7
$95,217.6
3,590.8
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$79,625.8
$69,593.0
3,446.9
FY 2006
Request
$74,016.8
$57,940.7
3,469.3
FY 2006 Request v.
FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
($5,609.1)
($11,652.3)
22.3
Throughout FY 2006, the Environmental
Protection Agency will work to improve the
nation's environmental protection practices,
and to enhance natural resource
conservation on the part of government,
business, and the public. To accomplish
these goals, the Agency will employ a
mixture of effective inspection, enforcement
and compliance assistance strategies;
provide leadership and support for pollution
prevention and sustainable practices; reduce
regulatory barriers; and refine and apply
results-based, innovative, and multimedia
approaches to environmental stewardship
and safeguarding human health.
In order to be effective, the EPA requires a
strong enforcement and compliance
program, one which identifies and reduces
noncompliance problems; assists the
regulated community in understanding
environmental laws and regulations;
responds to complaints from the public;
strives to secure a level economic playing
field for law-abiding companies; and deters
future violations. The EPA will protect
human health and the environment by
encouraging innovation and providing
incentives for governments, businesses, and
the public to promote environmental
stewardship. In addition, EPA will assist
Federally recognized Tribes in assessing
environmental conditions in Indian Country,
and will help build their capacity to
implement environmental programs. EPA
will also strengthen the scientific evidence
and research supporting environmental
policies and decisions on compliance,
pollution prevention, and environmental
stewardship.
Improving Compliance with
Environmental Laws
Critical to the success of EPA's mission is a
strong commitment to ensuring compliance
with environmental laws and policies.
Working in partnership with state and Tribal
governments, local communities and other
Federal agencies, in FY 2006 EPA will
identify and address significant
environmental and public health problems,
strategically deploy its resources, and make
use of integrated approaches to achieve
strong environmental outcomes. In the
context of the Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance Program, these principles mean
that we must be "smart" in the work that we
do.
In order to meet the Agency's goals, its
"smart enforcement" strategy employs an
integrated, common-sense approach to
problem-solving and decision-making. An
appropriate mix of data collection and
analysis; compliance monitoring, assistance
and incentives; civil and criminal
enforcement resources; and innovative
problem-solving approaches are used to
address significant environmental issues and
achieve environmentally beneficial
outcomes.
This approach also requires that the Agency
develop and maintain strong and flexible
partnerships with regulated entities and a
well-informed public, in order to foster a
climate of empowerment and shared
responsibility for the quality of our nation's
land, resources and communities. Thus the
Agency can carefully target its enforcement
G/O - 45
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
and compliance assurance resources,
personnel and activities to address the most
significant risks to human health and the
environment, and to ensure that certain
populations do not bear a disproportionate
environmental burden.
EPA's continued enforcement efforts will be
strengthened through the development of
measures to assess the impact of
enforcement and compliance activities;
assist in targeting areas that pose the greatest
risks to human health or the environment;
display patterns of noncompliance; or
include disproportionately exposed
populations. Further, EPA cooperates with
states and the international community to
enforce and ensure compliance with cross-
border environmental regulations, and to
help build their capacity to design and
implement effective environmental
regulatory, enforcement and Environmental
Impact Assessment programs.
Compliance Assistance and Incentives:
The Agency's Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance Program uses compliance
assistance and incentive tools to encourage
compliance with regulatory requirements,
and to reduce adverse public health and
environmental problems. To achieve
compliance, the regulated community must
first understand its obligations, and then
learn how to best comply with regulatory
obligations. Throughout FY 2006 EPA will
support the regulated universe by working to
assure that requirements are clearly
understood, and will help industry to
identify cost-effective innovative, cost-
effective compliance options. EPA also
enables other assistance providers (e.g.,
states, universities) to provide compliance
information to the regulated community.
Compliance Monitoring: The Agency
reviews and evaluates the activities of the
regulated community, to determine
compliance with applicable laws,
regulations, permit conditions and
settlement agreements, and to determine
whether conditions presenting imminent and
substantial endangerment exist. The
majority of work years devoted to
compliance monitoring are provided to the
Agency's regional offices to conduct
investigations and on-site inspections, and
perform monitoring, sampling and emissions
testing. FY 2006 Compliance Monitoring
activities will be both environmental media-
and sector-based. The traditional media-
based inspections compliment those
performed by states and Tribes, and are a
key part of our strategy for meeting the
long-term and annual goals established for
the air, water, pesticides, toxic substances,
and hazardous waste environmental goals
included in the EPA Strategic Plan.
Enforcement: The Enforcement Program
addresses violations of environmental laws,
to ensure that violators come into
compliance with Federal laws and
regulations. In FY 2006 the program will
work to achieve the Agency's environmental
goals through consistent, fair and focused
enforcement of all environmental statutes.
The overarching goal of the Enforcement
program is to protect human health and the
environment, targeting its actions according
to degree of health and environmental risk.
Further, it aims to level the economic
playing field by ensuring that violators do
not realize an economic benefit from non-
compliance, and also seeks to deter future
violations.
Auditing and Evaluation Tools:
Maximum compliance requires the active
efforts of the regulated community to police
itself. Throughout FY 2006 EPA will
continue to investigate options for
encouraging self-directed audits and
disclosures. It will also continue to measure
G/O - 46
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
and evaluate the effectiveness of Agency
programs in improving compliance rates and
provide information and compliance
assistance to the regulated community.
Further, the Agency will maintain its focus
on developing innovative approaches
through better communication, fostering
partnerships and cooperation, and the
application of new technologies.
Partnering: State, Tribal and local
governments bear much of the responsibility
for ensuring compliance, and EPA works in
partnership with them and other Federal
agencies to promote environmental
protection.
EPA also develops and maintains productive
partnerships with other nations, to enable
and enforce compliance with U.S.
environmental standards and regulations.
Improving Environmental Performance
through Pollution Prevention
EPA will work to bring about a
performance-oriented regulatory system that
develops innovative, flexible strategies to
achieve measurable results; promotes
environmental stewardship in all parts of
society; supports sustainable development
and pollution prevention; and fosters a
culture of creative environmental problem
solving.
Partnering with Businesses and
Consumers: In 2006, through the Pollution
Prevention (P2) program, EPA will continue
to encourage, empower, and assist
government and business to "green" the
nation's supply and demand structures to
make them more environmentally sound.
Through the Environmentally Preferable
Purchasing Program, the Agency will help
Federal agencies identify and procure those
products that generate the least pollution,
consume fewest non-renewable natural
resources, and constitute the least threat to
human health and to the environment.
EPA's innovative Green Suppliers Network
Program works with large manufacturers to
increase energy efficiency; identify cost-
saving opportunities; optimize resources and
technology through the development of
sound business approaches incorporating
pollution prevention; and to promote those
approaches among their numerous suppliers.
Partnering with Industry: The EPA will
continue to reduce the amount of toxic
chemicals in use by encouraging the design
of alternative less-toxic chemicals and
industry processes through its Green
Chemistry and Green Engineering
O;
-,
"An Ounce of Pollution Prevention is Worth Over 167 Billion Pounds of Cure"
A Decade of Pollution Prevention Results, 1990-2000
16? Billon Pounds of
PoUntfon Prevented hv
Media
Water
',..21
Resources Conserved
215 million kWh of energy
4.1 billions gallons of water
$666 million in cost savings
Source: National Pollution Prevention Roundtable, January 2003 report on achievement of state and
G/O - 47
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Programs. New emphasis will be placed on
the development of environmentally
preferable substitutes for emerging
chemicals of concern such as brominated
flame retardants, perfluorinated acids, and
chemicals which are persistent in the
environment, toxic, and capable of
accumulating in animal, fish, and human
tissue. In conjunction with the efforts of the
Green Chemistry and Green Engineering
Programs, the Design for the Environment
Program will continue collaborative
partnerships with industries to develop safer
products, processes and technologies.
Pollution Prevention Grant Program:
Pollution Prevention Grants to states and
Tribes enable them to provide technical
assistance, education and outreach to assist
businesses and industries in identifying
strategies and solutions to reduce wastes and
pollution at the source. In 2006, EPA plans
to enhance its P2 grant management system
by incorporating pollution prevention
metrics that capture quantifiable
environmental results within individual
work plans, and by sharing those results
regionally and nationally.
NEPA Federal Review: EPA fulfills its
uniquely Federal responsibilities under the
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
by reviewing and commenting on other
Federal agency environmental impact
statements (EISs). NEPA requires that
Federal agencies prepare and submit EISs to
identify potential environmental
consequences of major proposed activities,
and develop plans to mitigate or eliminate
negative impacts. The Enforcement and
Compliance Assistance Program maximizes
its use of NEPA review resources by
targeting its efforts toward potentially high-
impact projects, thereby promoting
cooperation and innovation, and working
towards a more streamlined review process.
Environmental Information Exchange
Network: The Exchange Network Grant
Program provides funding to states,
territories, Tribes, and Tribal consortia to
help them develop the information
management and technology (EVI/IT)
capabilities they need to participate in the
Environmental Information Exchange
Network (Exchange Network); define
common data standards, formats, and
trading partner agreements for sharing data
over the Exchange Network; and the plan,
develop, and implement collaborative,
innovative uses of the Exchange Network.
Promoting Environmental Stewardship
and Innovation
In FY 2006, EPA will encourage and
support states, Tribes, communities and
businesses to "go beyond compliance" with
environmental regulations, and to practice
and promote environmental stewardship.
EPA will accomplish its goals using the next
generation of voluntary innovative
environmental protection strategies. The
Agency will work with states, businesses,
and communities to develop the "next
generation" of environmental protection,
one that focuses more on results than
process, and promotes business practices
that are both environmentally and
economically sustainable. EPA will focus
on five areas of work under its innovation
strategy:
• Promote innovative leadership through
new ideas, creative partnerships, and
sound analysis;
• Encourage environmental stewardship in
businesses;
• Promote stronger facility-level
environmental management, including
Environmental Management Systems
(EMSs);
G/O - 48
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
• Improve environmental performance of
selected business sectors; and
• Improve program efficiency through
increased evaluation and measurement.
Innovation Grant Program: EPA will
continue to award Innovation Grants to
states and Tribes to encourage testing
innovative environmental protection
strategies, such as permit streamlining;
development of environmental management
systems that promote the use of innovative
technologies for better environmental
results; and other projects that demonstrate
improved efficiencies in environmental
management.
Performance Grant Fund: For FY 2006
EPA proposes a new competitive state and
Tribal Performance Grant Fund to support
results-oriented environmental protection
work. The grants will help states and Tribes
measure, document and improve the results
of their environmental protection programs.
The Fund will support state work with
businesses, non-profit organizations and
communities to pursue alternative means of
compliance and performance through a
variety of means. These include pollution
prevention, changes in business processes,
product stewardship, technical and
compliance assistance, recycling and
pollution trading. The Fund will also
support geographic, ecosystem, and
regulatory program performance
improvement initiatives.
Performance Track: One of EPA's most
successful voluntary programs, Performance
Track recognizes and rewards private and
public facilities that demonstrate levels of
environmental performance that exceed
current requirements. Performance Track
membership is steadily growing, as more
and more businesses recognizes the benefits
of the program, and see that their
participation "makes good business sense."
EPA will continue to recruit facilities to
participate in Performance Track, and
provide assistance to those facilities to
improve their environmental performance.
In FY 2006 Performance Track members
will collectively achieve an annual reduction
of: 900 million gallons in water use;
7,000,000 MMBTUs in energy use; 20,000
tons in materials use; 300,000 tons of solid
waste; 35,000 tons of air releases; and
10,000 tons in water discharges.
Sector-based Stewardship: In FY 2006
EPA will continue to work with the
following industrial business sectors:
agribusiness, cement manufacturing,
construction, forest products, iron and steel
manufacturing, paint and coatings, ports,
shipbuilding, metal finishing, die casting
and meat processing. EPA will work with
national representatives of these business
sectors to set pollution reduction goals,
measure performance, provide
environmental protection tools and technical
assistance, remove barriers, develop
incentives, reduce regulatory burdens and
test innovative strategies.
Small Business Ombusdman: EPA will
continue to support the Small Business
Ombudsman program, which serves as
EPA's gateway and leading advocate for
small business issues.
Serving Small Businesses and Ihe Environment
The Agency will partner with state Small
Business Assistance Programs, and
hundreds of small business and trade
associations, to reach out to the small
G/O - 49
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
business community. These partnerships
provide the information and perspective
EPA needs to help small businesses achieve
their environmental goals, and gives
businesses access to networks, advocacy
resources, tools and educational forums.
Building Tribal Capacity
Since adoption of the EPA Indian Policy in
1984 EPA has worked with Tribes on a
government-to-government basis, one that
affirms the Agency's trust responsibility
over federally recognized Tribes and Tribal
governments. Under Federal environmental
statutes, the Agency has responsibility for
assuring human health and environmental
protection in Indian communities. EPA has
worked to establish the internal
infrastructure and organize its activities in
order to meet this responsibility. The
creation of EPA's American Indian
Environmental Office (AIEO) in 1994 took
responsibility for such efforts and was a
further step in ensuring environmental
protection in Indian Country. EPA's strategy
for achieving this Objective has three major
components:
Establish an Environmental Presence in
Indian Country: The Agency will work to
create an environmental presence for each
Federally recognized Tribe. In FY 2006,
using Tribal GAP grant resources EPA will
provide approximately 510 Federally
recognized Tribes and Inter Tribal Consortia
access to resources to hire at least one
person working in their community to build
a strong, sustainable environment for the
future. Tribal communities can then assess
environmental conditions on their lands, and
build an environmental program tailored to
their specific needs. In addition to assisting
in the building of Tribal environmental
capacity, another key role of this workforce
is to alert EPA of immediate public health
and ecological threats, so that EPA can work
with the Tribe to respond quickly and
effectively.
Provide Access to Environmental
Information: EPA will provide the
information needed by Tribes to meet EPA
and Tribal environmental priorities. At the
same time, ensure that the Agency has the
ability to view and analyze the conditions on
Indian trust lands, and the impacts of EPA
and tribal actions and programs on Indian
trust lands.
Implementation of Environmental Goals:
The Agency will provide opportunities for
the implementation of Tribal environmental
programs by Tribes, or directly by EPA, as
necessary.
The Agency continues to take advantage of
new technology to establish direct links to
the U.S. Geological Service, Bureau of
Reclamation, Indian Health Service, and
other Federal agency data systems, to further
the development of an integrated,
comprehensive, multi-agency Tribal
Enterprise Architecture. The Agency
continues to formalize interagency data
standards and protocols to ensure quality
information is collected and reported
consistently among the Federal agencies.
To this end, EPA has adopted Tribal
Identifier codes that will enable data systems
to identify Tribal sources of information. In
FY 2006, EPA will integrate 10 existing
Agency data systems and assist other
agencies to adopt these common codes.
Pollution Prevention and Enforcement
Research
Pollution Prevention: Over the past
several years the Agency has increasingly
focused on preventative and sustainable
approaches to health and environmental
problems. Sustainable approaches require:
(1) innovative design and production
techniques that minimize or eliminate
G/O - 50
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
environmental liabilities; (2) integrated
management of air, water, and land
resources; and (3) changes in the traditional
methods of creating and distributing goods
and services. EPA remains committed to
helping industry achieve these ideals while
at the same time adopting more effective
and efficient practices, materials, and
technologies.
In FY 2006, research will explore the
principles governing sustainable systems
and the integration of social, economic, and
environmental objectives in environmental
assessment and management. The Agency
will also assess the interactions between
various stressors that threaten human and
environmental health, and will work to
develop innovative and cost-effective
responses. In a broader context, the
program will focus not just on the industrial
sectors, but other areas critical to
stewardship, e.g., municipal sector and
ecosystems. FY 2006 research will also
develop tools and methodologies to prevent
pollution at its source and evaluate the
performance of innovative environmental
technologies through the Environmental
Technology Verification (ETV) program.
EPA manages its compliance and
environmental stewardship research
programs according to the administration's
Investment Criteria for Research and
Development. Specifically, the agency is in
the process of revising its pollution
prevention multi-year plan to emphasize
sustainability. This multi-year plan will
describe clear goals and priorities. As part
of this effort, EPA will identify the
appropriate outputs, customers, transfer
needs, and short-, intermediate-, and long-
term outcomes for this program. In
FY 2005, EPA will continue to implement a
program of regular evaluations by
independent and external panels, to provide
prospective and retrospective review of
programs' relevance, quality, and
performance, including the programs'
design and performance goals.
EPA also conducts Economics and Decision
Sciences (EDS) research to improve
decision making, cost-benefit analyses, and
implementation strategies. In FY 2006,
EDS research will be accomplished using a
new approach to applied research funding at
EPA. This arrangement, based on the
existing collaborative framework between
the media and research offices, is designed
to ensure continued relevance and quality of
applied research at EPA. In FY 2006, funds
will be provided to the Office of Policy,
Economics and Innovation to use a fee-for-
service arrangement with the Office of
Research and Development to obtain
additional research focusing on the
Agency's highest priority economics and
decision science research needs.
Forensics Support: The Agency's Forensic
Support program provides specialized
scientific and technical support for the
nation's most complex civil and criminal
enforcement cases, and provides technical
expertise for non-routine Agency
compliance efforts. In FY 2006, efforts to
stay at the forefront of environmental
enforcement will include the refinement of
successful multi-media inspection
approaches; use of customized laboratory
methods to solve unusual enforcement case
problems; applied research and development
for both laboratory and field applications,
and further development of electronic data
analysis methods for use investigative
support related to computers and data fraud.
The Agency's Forensics program also will
continue development of emerging
technologies in field and laboratory
analytical technique, and evaluate the
scientific basis and/or technical
enforceability of select EPA regulations.
G/O-51
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA's National Enforcement Investigations function under more stringent International
Center (NEIC) is the only accredited Standards of Operation for environmental
environmental forensics center in the nation; data measurements to maintain its
in FY 2006 the Center will also continue to accreditation.
G/O - 52
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES
ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS
Goal 1- Clean Air and GlobalClimate
Change
Objective: Healthier Outdoor Air
EPA cooperates with other Federal, state,
Tribal, and local agencies in achieving goals
related to ground level ozone and PM. EPA
continues to work closely with the
Department of Agriculture and the Forest
Service in developing its burning policy and
reviewing practices that can reduce
emissions. EPA, the Department of
Transportation (DOT), and the Army Corps
of Engineers work with state and local
agencies to integrate transportation and air
quality plans, reduce traffic congestion, and
promote livable communities. EPA
continues to work with the Department of
the Interior, National Park Service, in
developing its regional haze program and
deploying the IMPROVE visibility
monitoring network. The operation and
analysis of data produced by the PM
monitoring system is an example of the
close coordination of effort between the
EPA and state and Tribal governments.
For pollution assessments and transport,
EPA is working with the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration
(NASA) on technology transfer using
satellite imagery. In FY 2006, EPA will be
working to further distribute NASA satellite
products to and NOAA air quality forecast
products to Regions, states, local agencies,
and Tribes to provide better understanding
of air quality on a day-to-day basis and to
assist with PM forecasting. EPA will also
work with NASA in FY 2005 to develop a
better understanding of PM formation using
satellite data. EPA works with the
Department of the Army, Department of
Defense on advancing emission
measurement technology and with the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA), Department of
Commerce for meteorological support for
our modeling and monitoring efforts.
To better understand the magnitude, sources,
and causes of mobile source pollution, EPA
works with the Departments of Energy
(DOE) and Transportation (DOT) to fund
research projects. A program to characterize
the exhaust emissions from light-duty
gasoline vehicles is being co-funded by
DOE and DOT. Other DOT mobile source
projects include TRANSEVIS
(TRansportation ANalysis and SEVIulation
System) and other transportation modeling
projects; DOE is funding these projects
through the National Renewable Energy
Laboratory. EPA also works closely with
DOE on refinery cost modeling analyses and
the development of clean fuel programs.
For mobile sources program outreach, the
Agency is participating in a collaborative
effort with DOT's Federal Highway
Administration and the Federal Transit
Administration designed to educate the
public about the impacts of transportation
choices on traffic congestion, air quality,
and human health. This community-based
public education initiative also includes the
Centers for Disease Control. In addition,
EPA is working with DOE to identify
opportunities in the Clean Cities program.
EPA also works with other Federal agencies
such as the U.S. Coast Guard on air
emission issues. Other programs targeted
toreduce air toxics from mobile sources are
coordinated with DOT. These partnerships
can involve policy assessments and toxic
emission reduction strategies in different
regions of the country. To develop new
Appendix - 1
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
continuous source monitoring technology
for toxic metals emitted from smokestacks,
EPA has partnered with the Department of
Defense (DOD). This partnership will
provide a new source monitoring tool that
will streamline source monitoring
requirements that a number of DOD
incinerators are required to meet and
improve the operation of DOD incinerators
with real-time emissions information
resulting in reduced releases of air toxics to
the environment. In time, this technology is
expected to be available for use at non-DOD
facilities.
For the clean fuel programs, EPA works
closely with the DOE on refinery cost
modeling analyses. For mobile sources
program outreach, the Agency is
participating in a collaborative effort with
DOT's Federal Highway Administration
(FHWA) and Federal Transit Administration
(FTA) designed to educate the public about
the impacts of transportation choices on
traffic congestion, air quality, and public
health. This community-based public
education initiative also includes the Centers
for Disease Control (CDC). In addition,
EPA works with DOE to identify
opportunities in the Clean Cities program.
EPA also works cooperatively with DOE to
better characterize gasoline PM emissions
and characterize the contribution of gasoline
vehicles and engine emissions to ambient
PM levels.
To reduce air toxic emissions that do not
inadvertently increase worker exposures,
EPA is continuing to work closely with the
Department of Labor's Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA) to
coordinate the development of EPA and
OSHA standards. EPA also works closely
with other health agencies such as the CDC,
the National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences (NIEHS), and the National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
on health risk characterization. To assess
atmospheric deposition and characterize
ecological effects, EPA works with the
Department of Commerce's National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
and the Department of the Interior's U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service.
The Agency has worked extensively with
the Department of Health and Human
Services (HHS) on the National Health and
Nutritional Evaluation Study to identify
mercury accumulations in humans. EPA
also has worked with DOE on the 'Fate of
Mercury' study to characterize mercury
transport and traceability in Lake Superior.
To determine the extent to which
agricultural activities contribute to air
pollution, EPA will continue to work closely
with the USD A through the joint
USDA/EPA AAQTF. The AAQTF is a
workgroup set up by Congress to oversee
agricultural air quality-related issues and to
develop cost-effective ways in which the
agricultural community can improve air
quality. In addition, the AAQTF
coordinates research on agricultural air
quality issues to avoid duplication and
ensure data quality and sound interpretation
of data.
In developing regional and international air
quality programs and projects, EPA works
primarily with the Department of State, the
Agency for International Development, and
the Department of Energy as well as with
regional organizations. EPA's international
air quality management program will
complement EPA's programs on children's
health, Trade and the Environment, and
trans-boundary air pollution. In addition,
EPA will partner with others worldwide,
including international organizations such as
the United Nations Environment
Programme, the European Union, the
OECD, the World Bank, the Asian
Development Bank, and our colleagues in
Canada, Mexico, Europe, and Japan. EPA
works primarily with the Department of
Appendix - 2
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
State, the Agency for International
Development, and the Department of Energy
in developing international air quality
programs and projects, and in working on
regional agreements as well as with regional
organizations.
Objective: Healthier Indoor Air
EPA works closely through a variety of
mechanisms with a broad range of Federal,
state, Tribal, and local government agencies,
industry, non-profit organizations, and
individuals, as well as other nations, to
promote more effective approaches to
identifying and solving indoor air quality
problems. At the Federal level, EPA works
closely with several departments or
agencies:
Department of Health and Human Services
(DHHS) to develop and conduction
programs aimed at reducing children's
exposure to known indoor triggers of
asthma, including secondhand smoke;
• Department of Health and Human
Services (DHHS) to develop and
conduction programs aimed at reducing
children's exposure to known indoor
triggers of asthma, including secondhand
smoke;
• Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) on home health
and safety issues, especially those
affecting children;
• Consumer Product Safety Commission
(CPSC) to identify and mitigate the
health hazards of consumer products
designed for indoor use;
• Department of Education (DoEd) to
encourage construction and operation of
schools with good indoor air quality; and
• Department of Agriculture (USDA) to
encourage USDA Extension Agents to
conduct local projects designed to
reduce risks from indoor air quality
EPA plays a leadership role on the
President's Task Force on Environmental
Health Risks and Safety Risks to Children,
particularly with respect to asthma and
school environmental health issues.
As Co-chair of the interagency Committee
on Indoor Air Quality (CIAQ), EPA works
with the CPSC, the Department of Energy,
the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, and the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration to review
EPA draft publications, arrange the
distribution of EPA publications, and
coordinate the efforts of Federal agencies
with those of state and local agencies
concerned with indoor air issues.
Objective: Protect the Ozone Layer
In an effort to curb the illegal importation of
ODSs, an interagency task force was formed
consisting of representatives from EPA, the
Departments of Justice, Homeland Security,
State, and Commerce, and the Internal
Revenue Service. Venting of illegally
imported chemicals has the potential to
prevent the United States from meeting the
goals of the Montreal Protocol to restore the
ozone layer.
EPA works very closely with the
Department of State and other Federal
agencies as appropriate in international
negotiations among Parties to the Protocol.
EPA works with the Office of the United
States Trade Representative to analyze
potential trade implications in stratospheric
protection regulations that affect imports
and exports.
EPA is working with USDA and the
Department of State to facilitate research
and development of alternatives to methyl
bromide. EPA collaborates with these
agencies to prepare U.S. requests for
emergency and critical use exemptions of
Appendix - 3
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
methyl bromide. EPA is providing input to
USDA on rulemakings for methyl bromide-
related programs. EPA consults with the
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on the
potential for domestic methyl bromide
needs.
EPA also coordinates closely with FDA to
ensure that sufficient supplies of CFCs are
available for the production of life-saving
metered-dose inhalers for the treatment of
asthma and other lung diseases. This
partnership between EPA and FDA
combines the critical goals of protecting
public health and limiting damage to the
stratospheric ozone layer.
EPA works with the Centers for Disease
Control and the National Weather Service to
coordinate the Ultraviolet Radiation (UV)
Index and the health messages that
accompany index reports. EPA is a member
of the Federal Council on Skin Cancer
Prevention, which educates and protects all
Federal employees from the risks of
overexposure to UV radiation.
In addition to collecting its own UV data,
EPA coordinates with the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration
(NASA) and the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration to monitor the
state of the stratospheric ozone layer. EPA
works with NASA on assessing essential
uses and other exemptions for critical shuttle
and rocket needs, as well as effects of direct
emissions of high-speed aircraft flying in the
stratosphere.
EPA coordinates with the Small Business
Administration to ensure that proposed rules
are developed in accordance with the Small
Business Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Objective: Radiation
In addition to the specific activities
described above, EPA continues to work
with Federal agencies including NRC, DOE,
and DHS to prevent metals and finished
products suspected of having radioactive
contamination from entering the country.
EPA also works with the Department of
Transportation on initiatives to promote use
of non-nuclear density gauges for highway
paving, and with the DOE and NRC to
develop state-of-the-art tracking systems for
radioactive sources in U.S. commerce.
Objective: Reduce Greenhouse Gas
Intensity
Voluntary climate protection programs
government-wide stimulate the development
and use of renewable energy technologies
and energy efficient products that will help
reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The
effort is led by EPA and DOE with
significant involvement from USDA, the
Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) and the National
Institute of Standards and Technology.
Agencies throughout the government make
significant contributions to the climate
protection programs. For example, DOE
will pursue actions such as promoting the
research, development, and deployment of
advanced technologies (for example,
renewable energy sources). The Treasury
Department will administer proposed tax
incentives for specific investments that will
reduce emissions. EPA is working with
DOE to demonstrate technologies that
oxidize ventilation air methane from coal
mines. EPA is broadening its public
information transportation choices campaign
as a joint effort with DOT. EPA coordinates
with each of the above-mentioned agencies
to ensure that our programs are
complementary and in no way duplicative.
This coordination is evident in work recently
completed by an interagency task force,
including representatives from the
Department of State, EPA, DOE, USDA,
DOT, OMB, Department of Commerce,
USGCRP, NOAA, NASA, and the
Department of Defense, to prepare the Third
Appendix - 4
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
National Communication to the Secretariat
as required under the FCCC. The FCCC
was ratified by the United States Senate in
1992. A portion of the Third National
Communication describes policies and
measures (such as ENERGY STAR and
EPA's Clean Automotive Technology
initiative) undertaken by the U.S. to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions, implementation
status of the policies and measures, and their
actual and projected benefits. One result of
this interagency review process has been a
refinement of future goals for these policies
and measures which were communicated to
the Secretariat of the FCCC in 2002. The
"U.S. Climate Action Report 2002: Third
National Communication of the United
States of America under the United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change"
is available at:
http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/natc/usnc3.pdf
EPA works primarily with the Department
of State, the Agency for International
Development, and the Department of Energy
as well as with regional organizations in
implementing climate-related programs and
projects. In addition, EPA partners with
others worldwide, including international
organizations such as the United Nations
Environment Programme, the United
Nations Development Programme, the
International Energy Agency, the OECD,
the World Bank, the Asian Development
Bank, and our colleagues in Canada,
Mexico, Europe and Japan.
EPA works primarily with the Department
of State, the Agency for International
Development as well as local and regional
foreign governments in implementing
climate-related programs and projects. In
addition, EPA partners with others
worldwide, including international
organizations such as the United Nations
Environment Programme, the United
Nations Development Programme, the
International Energy Agency, the OECD,
the World Bank, the Asian Development
Bank, and our colleagues in Canada,
Mexico, Europe, and Japan.
Objective: Enhance Science and Research
As noted, EPA works with the National Park
Service in operating CASTNET. DOE will
pursue actions such as promoting the
research, development, and deployment of
advanced technologies (for example,
renewable energy sources). In the case of
fuel cell vehicle technology, EPA is working
closely with DOE as the Administration's
FreedomCAR initiative develops, taking the
lead on emissions-related issues.
The President's call for a greatly expanded
and coordinated interagency PM research
effort led to the creation, in 1999, of the
Particulate Matter Workgroup, which is
administered by the Air Quality Research
Subcommittee of the Committee on
Environment and Natural Resources
(CENR). This workgroup, co-chaired by
EPA and the National Institute of
Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS),
has completed its Strategic Research Plan
for Particulate Matter1^ to guide the
coordinated Federal research program over
the next 5 to 10 years.
The body of national PM research dealing
with atmospheric sciences is coordinated
under NARSTO16. Its membership of more
than 65 organizations includes all major
Federal, state, and provincial governments;
private industry; and utility sponsors of
atmospheric sciences research in Canada,
Mexico, and the U.S. NARSTO recently
15 Committee on Environment and Natural Resources, Air
Quality Research Subcommittee (2002). Strategic
Research Plan for Particulate Matter.
. Accessed 2004 Feb 3.
16 Formerly an acronym for "North American Research
Strategy for Tropospheric Ozone," the term NARSTO is
now simply a wordmark signifying a public-private
partnership across the U.S., Canada, and Mexico for
dealing with multiple features of tropospheric pollution,
including ozone and suspended particulate matter.
Appendix - 5
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
released an assessment of PM atmospheric
science, "Particulate Matter Science for
Policy Makers: A NARSTO Assessment,"17
to assist policy makers as they implement
their national air quality standards for PM. It
presents the latest understanding of the PM
atmospheric phenomena over North
America, and recommends additional work
to fill identified gaps.
EPA's Air Toxics Research Program is
coordinated as needed with other Federal
agencies, such as the National Institute of
Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS)
and the National Toxicology Program (as a
source of toxicity testing data). The Health
Effects Institute conducts complementary
research related to air toxics that is
coordinated with EPA activities. In
addition, EPA conducts research on
advanced source measurement approaches
jointly with the Department of Defense
through the Strategic Environmental
Research and Development Program
(SERDP).
Goal 2- Clean and Safe Water
Department of Health and Human Services
(DHHS) to implement this provision.
In implementing its source water assessment
and protection efforts, the Agency
coordinates many of its activities with other
Federal agencies. There are three major
areas of relationships with other agencies
concerning source water assessments and
protection.
Public Water Systems (PWS)
Some Federal agencies, (i.e., USDA (Forest
Service), DOD, Department of Energy, DOI
(National Park Service), and USPS), own
and operate public water systems. EPA's
coordination with these agencies focuses
primarily on ensuring that they cooperate
with the states in which their systems are
located, and that they are accounted for in
the states' source water assessment
programs as mandated in the 1996
amendments to the SDWA.
Data Availability, Outreach and Technical
Assistance
Objective: Protect Human Health
The 1996 SDWA amendments include a
provision that mandates joint EPA/Centers
for Disease Control (CDC) study of
waterborne diseases and occurrence studies
in public water supplies. CDC is involved
in assisting EPA in training health care
providers (doctors, nurses, public health
officials, etc.) on public health issues related
to drinking water contamination and there is
close CDC/EPA coordination on research on
microbial contaminants in drinking water.
EPA has in place a Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) and Interagency
Agreement (IAG) with the CDC in the
17 NARSTO (2003). Particulate Matter Science for Policy
Makers: A NARSTO Assessment, www.cgenv.
com/narsto. Accessed 2004 Feb 3.
EPA coordinates with USGS (US
Geological Survey), USDA (Forest Service,
Natural Resources Conservation Service,
Cooperative State Research, Education, and
Extension Service (CSREES), Rural
Utilities Service); DOT, DOD, DOE, DOI
(National Park Service and Bureaus of
Indian Affairs, Land Management, and
Reclamation); DHHS (Indian Health
Service) and the Tennessee Valley
Authority.
Tribal Access Coordination
EPA will continue to work with other
federal agencies to develop a coordinated
approach to improving tribal access to safe
drinking water. In response to commitments
made during the 2002 World Summit in
Johannesburg, the EPA committed to the
Appendix - 6
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
goal of coordinating with other federal
agencies to reduce by half the number of
households on tribal lands lacking access to
safe drinking water by 2015. United
Nations. 2002. Report of the World Summit
on Sustainable Development: Johannesburg,
South Africa, 26 August - 4 September,
2002. New York, NY: United Nations.
Collaboration with USGS
EPA and USGS have identified the need to
engage in joint, collaborative field activities,
research and testing, data exchange, and
analyses, in areas such as the occurrence of
unregulated contaminants, the
environmental relationships affecting
contaminant occurrence, evaluation of
currently regulated contaminants, improved
protection area delineation methods,
laboratory methods, and test methods
evaluation. EPA has an IAG with USGS to
accomplish such activities. This
collaborative effort has improved the quality
of information to support risk management
decision-making at all levels of government,
generated valuable new data, and eliminated
potential redundancies.
Collaboration with Public and Private
Partners on Critical Water Infrastructure
Protection
EPA coordinates with other federal
agencies, especially the newly established
Department of Homeland Security as well as
the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, the Food and Drug
Administration, and the Department of
Defense on biological, chemical, and
radiological contaminants, and how to
respond to their presence in drinking water
and wastewater systems. A close linkage
with the FBI, particularly with respect to
ensuring the effectiveness of the ISAC, will
be continued. The Agency is strengthening
its working relationships with the American
Water Works Association Research
Foundation, the Water Environment
Research Federation and other research
institutions to increase our knowledge on
technologies to detect contaminants,
monitoring protocols and techniques, and
treatment effectiveness.
Collaboration with FDA
EPA and FDA have issued joint national
fish consumption advisories to protect the
public from exposure to mercury in
commercially and recreationally caught fish,
as well as fish caught for subsistence.
EPA's advisory covers the recreational and
subsistence fisheries in fresh waters where
states and tribes have not assessed the
waters for the need for an advisory., ibid.
http://mapl.epa.gov/html/federaladv
FDA's advisory covers commercially caught
fish, and fish caught in marine waters.. Ibid.
http://mapl.epa.gov/html/federaladv EPA
works closely with FDA to distribute the
advisory to the public. In addition, EPA
works with FDA to investigate the need for
advisories for other contaminants and to
ensure that these federal advisories support
and augment advisories issued by states and
tribes.
Beach Monitoring and Public Notification
The BEACH Act requires that all federal
agencies with jurisdiction over coastal and
Great Lakes recreation waters adjacent to
beaches used by the public implement beach
monitoring and public notification
programs. These programs must be
consistent with guidance published by EPA.
ibid. "National Beach Guidance and
Required Performance Criteria for Grants."
EPA will continue to work with the U.S.
Park Service and other federal agencies to
ensure that their beach water quality
monitoring and notification programs are
technically sound and consistent with
program performance criteria published by
EPA.
Appendix - 7
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Objective: Protect Water Quality
Watersheds
Protecting and restoring watersheds will
depend largely on the direct involvement of
many Federal agencies and state, tribal and
local governments who manage the
multitude of programs necessary to address
water quality on a watershed basis. Federal
agency involvement will include USDA
(Natural Resources Conservation Service,
Forest Service, Agriculture Research
Service), Department of the Interior (Bureau
of Land Management, Office of Surface
Mining, United States Geological Survey
(USGS), Fish and Wildlife, and the Bureau
of Indian Affairs), National Oceanographic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Department of Transportation, and the
Department of Defense (Navy, Army Corps
of Engineers). At the state level, agencies
involved in watershed management typically
include departments of natural resources or
the environment, public health agencies, and
forestry and recreation agencies. Locally,
numerous agencies are involved, including
Regional planning entities such as councils
of governments, as well as local departments
of environment, health and recreation who
frequently have strong interests in watershed
projects.
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System Program (NPDES)
Since inception of the NPDES program
under Section 402 of the CWA, EPA and the
authorized states have developed expanded
relationships with various Federal agencies
to implement pollution controls for point
sources. EPA works closely with the Fish
and Wildlife Service and the National
Marine Fisheries Service on consultation for
protection of endangered species through a
Memorandum of Agreement. EPA works
with the Advisory Council on Historic
Preservation on National Historic
Preservation Act implementation. EPA and
the states rely on monitoring data from the
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) to help
confirm pollution control decisions. The
Agency also works closely with the Small
Business Administration and the Office of
Management and Budget to ensure that
regulatory programs are fair and reasonable.
The Agency coordinates with the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) on efforts to ensure that NPDES
programs support coastal and national
estuary efforts; and with the Department of
Interior on mining issues.
Joint Strategy for Animal Feeding
Operations
The Agency is working closely with the
USDA to implement the Unified National
Strategy for Animal Feeding Operations
finalized on March 9, 1999. The Strategy
sets forth a framework of actions that USDA
and EPA will take to minimize water quality
and public health impacts from improperly
managed animal wastes in a manner
designed to preserve and enhance the long-
term sustainability of livestock production.
EPA's recent revisions to the CAFO
Regulations (effluent guidelines and NPDES
permit regulations) will be a key element of
EPA and USDA's plan to address water
pollution from CAFOs. EPA and USDA
senior management meet routinely to ensure
effective coordination across the two
agencies.
Clean Water State Revolving Fund
(CWSRF)
Representatives from EPA's SRF program,
Housing and Urban Development's (HUD's)
Community Development Block Grant
program, and USDA's Rural Utility Service
have signed a Memorandum of
Understanding committing to assisting state
or Federal implementers in: (1)
coordination of the funding cycles of the
three Federal agencies; (2) consolidation of
plans of action (operating plans, intended
Appendix - 8
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
use plans, strategic plans, etc.); and (3)
preparation of one environmental review
document, when possible, to satisfy the
requirements of all participating Federal
agencies. A coordination group at the
Federal level has been formed to further
these efforts and maintain lines of
communication. In many states,
coordination committees have been
established with representatives from the
three programs.
In implementation of the Indian set-aside
grant program under Title VI of the CWA,
EPA works closely with the Indian Health
Service to administer grant funds to the
various Indian tribes, including
determination of the priority ranking system
for the various wastewater needs in Indian
Country.
In 1998, EPA and the Rural Utilities Service
of the USDA formalized a partnership
between the two agencies to provide
coordinated financial and technical
assistance to tribes.
Construction Grants Program - US Army
Corps of Engineers
Throughout the history of the construction
grants program under Title II of the CWA,
EPA and the delegated states have made
broad use of the construction expertise of
the Corps of Engineers to provide varied
assistance in construction oversight and
administrative matters. EPA works with the
Corps to provide oversight for construction
of the special projects that Congress has
designated. The mechanism for this
expertise has been and continues to be an
Interagency Agreement between the two
agencies.
Nonpoint Sources
EPA will continue to work closely with its
Federal partners to achieve the ambitious
strategic objective of reducing pollutant
discharges, including at least 20 percent
from 1992 erosion levels. Most
significantly, EPA will continue to work
with the USDA, which has a key role in
reducing sediment loadings through its
continued implementation of the
Environmental Quality Incentives Program,
Conservation Reserve Program, and other
conservation programs. USDA also plays a
major role in reducing nutrient discharges
through these same programs and through
activities related to the AFO Strategy. EPA
will also continue to work closely with the
Forest Service and Bureau of Land
Management, whose programs can
contribute significantly to reduced pollutant
loadings of sediment, especially on the vast
public lands that comprise 29 percent of all
land in the United States. EPA will work
with these agencies, USGS, and the states to
document improvements in land
management and water quality. EPA will
also work with other Federal agencies to
advance a watershed approach to Federal
land and resource management to help
ensure that Federal land management
agencies serve as a model for water quality
stewardship in the prevention of water
pollution and the restoration of degraded
water resources. Implementation of a
watershed approach will require
coordination among Federal agencies at a
watershed scale and collaboration with
states, tribes and other interested
stakeholders.
Vessel Discharges
Regarding vessel discharges, EPA will
continue working closely with the Coast
Guard on addressing ballast water
discharges domestically, and with the
interagency work group and U.S. delegation
to Marine Environmental Protection
Committee (MEPC) on international
controls. EPA will continue to work closely
with the Coast Guard, Alaska and other
states, and the International Council of
Cruise Lines regarding regulatory and non-
Appendix - 9
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
regulatory approaches to managing
wastewater discharges from cruise ships.
EPA will also continue to work with the
Coast Guard regarding the vessel sewage
discharge standards, and with the Navy on
developing Uniform National Discharge
Standards for Armed Forces vessels.
Regarding dredged material management,
EPA will continue to work closely with the
Corps of Engineers on standards for permit
review, as well as site selection/designation
and monitoring.
EPA's environmental mandate and expertise
make it uniquely qualified to represent the
Nation's environmental interests aboard.
While the Department of State (DOS) is
responsible for the conduct of overall U.S.
foreign policy, implementation of particular
programs, projects, and agreements is often
the responsibility of other agencies with
specific technical expertise and resources.
Relations between EPA and DOS cut across
several offices and/or bureaus in both
organizations.
OIA also serves as the primary point-of-
contact and liaison with the U.S. Agency for
International Development (USAID).
Specially drawing on expertise from
throughout EPA, OIA administers a number
of interagency agreements for environmental
assistance.
Finally, EPA works closely with a number
of other Federal agencies with
environmental, health, or safety mandates.
These include (among others) the
Department of Labor, Department of
Transportation, Department of Agriculture,
Department of the Interior, Department of
Health and Human Services, and the Food
and Drug Administration.
EPA works with the Department of State,
NOAA, Coast Guard, Navy, and other
Federal agencies in developing the technical
basis and policy decisions necessary for
negotiating global treaties concerning
marine antifouling systems, invasive
species, and air pollution from ships. EPA
also works with the same Agencies in
addressing land-based sources of marine
pollution in the Gulf of Mexico and Wider
Caribbean Basin.
Objective: Enhance Science and Research
While EPA is the Federal agency mandated
to ensure safe drinking water, other Federal
and non-Federal entities are conducting
research that complements EPA's research
program on priority contaminants in
drinking water. For example, the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
and the National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences (NIEHS) conduct health
effects and exposure research. The Food
and Drug Administration (FDA) also
performs research on children's risks.
Many of these research activities are being
conducted in collaboration with EPA
scientists. The private sector, particularly
the water treatment industry, is conducting
research in such areas as analytical methods,
treatment technologies, and the development
and maintenance of water resources.
Cooperative research efforts have been
ongoing with the American Water Works
Association Research Foundation and other
stakeholders to coordinate drinking water
research. EPA is also working with the U.S.
Geological Survey (USGS) to evaluate
performance of newly developed methods
for measuring microbes in potential drinking
water sources.
While EPA is the Federal agency mandated
to ensure safe drinking water, other Federal
and non-Federal entities are conducting
research that complements EPA's research
program on priority contaminants in
drinking water. For example, the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
and the National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences (NIEHS) conduct health
Appendix - 10
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
effects and exposure research. The Foodand
Drug Administration (FDA) also performs
research on children's risks. Many of these
research activities are being conducted in
collaboration with EPA scientists.
The private sector, particularly the water
treatment industry, is conducting research in
such areas as analytical methods, treatment
technologies, and the development and
maintenance of water resources.
Cooperative research efforts have been
ongoing with the American Water Works
Association Research Foundation and other
stakeholders to coordinate drinking water
research. EPA is also working with the U.S.
Geological Survey (USGS) to evaluate
performance of newly developed methods
for measuring microbes in potential drinking
water sources.
EPA has developed joint research initiatives
with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) and the United
States Geological Survey (USGS) for
linking monitoring data and field study
information with available toxicity data and
assessment models for developing sediment
criteria.
The issue of eutrophication, hypoxia, and
harmful algal blooms (HABs) is a priority
with the Committee on Environment and
Natural Resources (CENR). An interagency
research strategy for pfiesteria and other
harmful algal species was developed in
1998, and EPA is continuing to implement
that strategy. EPA is working closely with
NOAA on the issue of nutrients and risks
posed by HABs. This CENR is also
coordinating the research efforts among
Federal agencies to assess the impacts of
nutrients and hypoxia in the Gulf of Mexico.
Urban wet weather flow research is being
coordinated with other organizations such as
the Water Environment Research
Foundation's Wet Weather Advisory Panel,
the ASCE Urban Water Resources Research
Council, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(USACE), and the U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS). Research on the characterization
and management of pollutants from
agricultural operations (e.g., CAFOs) is
being coordinated with the United States
Department of Agriculture (USDA) through
workshops and other discussions.
EPA is pursuing collaborative research
projects with the USGS to utilize water
quality data from urban areas obtained
through the USGS National Ambient Water
Quality Assessment (NAWQA) program,
showing levels of pesticides that are even
higher than in many agricultural area
streams. These data have potential uses for
identifying sources of urban pesticides, and
EPA will evaluate how the USGS data could
be integrated into the Geographic
Information System (GIS) database system.
Goal 3-Land Preservation and
Restoration
Objective: Preserve Land
Pollution prevention activities entail
coordination with other Federal
departments/agencies, such as the General
Services Administration (use of safer
products for indoor painting and cleaning),
the Department of Defense (DOD) (use of
safer paving materials for parking lots), and
Defense Logistics Agency (safer solvents).
The program also works with the National
Institute of Standards and Technology, the
International Standards Organization, and
other groups to develop standards for
Environmental Management Systems.
In addition to business, industry and other
non-governmental organizations, EPA will
work with Federal, state, Tribal, and local
governments to encourage reduced
generation as well as the safe recycling of
wastes. Frequently, successful programs
require multiple partners to address the
multi-media nature of effective source
reduction and recycling. The Agency has
Appendix - 11
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
brought together a range of stakeholders to
examine alternatives in specific industrial
sectors, and several regulatory changes have
followed which encourage hazardous waste
recycling. Partners in this effort include the
Environmental Council of States, the Tribal
Association on Solid Waste and Emergency
Response, and the Association of State and
Territorial Solid Waste Management
Officials.
As Federal partners, EPA and the United
States Postal Service (USPS) work together
on several municipal solid waste projects.
For instance, rather than dispose of returned
or unwanted mail, EPA and the USPS
developed and implemented successful
recycling procedures and markets. For
example, unwanted mail (advertisements,
catalogues, etc.) is being returned to the Post
Office for recycling rather than disposal by
the recipient. In addition, Integrated Solid
Waste Management Plans are being
implemented at parks in western states
because of Regional offices' assistance to
the National Park Service. EPA also works
with the Small Business Administration to
provide support to recycling businesses.
The Federal government is the single largest
potential source for "green" procurement in
the country for office products as well as
products for industrial use. EPA works with
other Federal agencies and departments in
advancing the purchase and use of recycled-
content and other "green" products. In
particular, the Agency is currently engaged
with other organizations within the
Executive Branch to foster compliance with
Executive Order 13101 and in tracking and
reporting purchases of products made with
recycled contents.
In addition, the Agency is currently engaged
with the DOD, Education and DOE, USPS,
and other agencies to foster proper
management of surplus electronics
equipment, with a preference for reuse and
recycling. With these agencies, and in
cooperation with the electronics industry,
EPA participated in developing a draft
interagency memorandum of understanding
(MOU) which will lead to increased reuse
and recycling of an array of computers and
other electronics hardware used by civilian
and military agencies. Implementation of
this MOU will divert substantial quantities
of plastic, glass, lead, mercury, silver, and
other materials from disposal. Currently,
EPA works with USDA and FDA on a
variety of issues related to the disposal of
agricultural products (food and/or animals),
contaminated with chemical or biological
pathogens.
Objective: Restore Land
Superfund Program
The Superfund Remedial program
coordinates with many other Federal and
state agencies in accomplishing its mission.
Executive Order 12580 delegates certain
authorities for implementing Superfund to
other Federal agencies. Many of these
agencies perform, in close consultation and
coordination with EPA, the actual cleanup
and essential services in areas where the
Agency does not possess the specialized
expertise. Currently, EPA has active
interagency agreements with the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), the Department of Interior (DOI),
the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), the Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA),
and the United States Coast Guard (USCG).
These agencies provide numerous Superfund
related services such as providing technical
support during hazardous waste site
investigations and identifying and evaluating
the severity of risks posed to natural
resources from hazardous waste sites;
providing scientific support for response
operations in EPA's regional offices;
supporting the national response system by
providing emergency preparedness expertise
Appendix - 12
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
and administrative support to the national
response team and the regional response
teams; assisting in the coordination among
Federal and state natural resource trustee
agencies; conducting outreach to states,
Indian Tribes and Federal natural resource
trustee officials regarding natural resource
damage assessments; conducting
compliance assistance visits to review site
safety and health plans and developing
guidelines for assessing safety and health at
hazardous waste sites; supporting the
Superfund program in the management and
coordination of training programs for local
officials through the Emergency
Management Institute and the National Fire
Academy; and responding to actual or
potential releases of hazardous substances
involving the coastal zones, including the
Great Lakes and designated inland river
ports; and, litigating and settling cleanup
agreements and cost recovery cases.
In addition, the Agency coordinates with the
U. S. Army Corp of Engineers (USAGE),
states, and Tribes in the identification and
cleanup of approximately 9,300 FUDS
nationwide. Expectations are that the
Agency will play an even greater role at
these sites in the future.
USAGE and the Bureau of Reclamation
(BUREC) contribute to the cleanup of
Superfund sites by providing technical
support for the design and construction of
many remediation projects through site-
specific interagency agreements. These
Federal partners have the technical design
and construction expertise and contracting
capability needed to assist EPA regions in
implementing most of Superfund's high-cost
fund-financed remedial action projects.
These two agencies also provide technical
on-site support to regions in the enforcement
oversight of numerous construction projects
performed by Potentially Responsible
Parties.
The Superfund response and Federal
Facilities enforcement programs work
closely with other Federal agencies (e.g.,
DOD, DOE, DOI, etc.) to clean up their
facilities under the Superfund program.
EPA also works with states and Indian tribes
as key partners in the cleanup decision-
making process at Superfund Federal sites.
The Agency also works in partnership with
state and Tribal governments to strengthen
their hazardous waste programs and improve
the efficiency and effectiveness of the
nation's overall hazardous waste response
capability. EPA assists the states in
developing their CERCLA implementation
programs through infrastructure support,
financial and technical assistance, and
training. Partnerships with states increase
the number of site cleanups, improve the
timeliness of responses, and make land
available for economic redevelopment
sooner, while allowing for more direct local
involvement in the cleanup process.
EPA partners with other Federal agencies,
state and local governments, and private
industry to fulfill Superfund program
priorities when a site is radioactively
contaminated. Under CERCLA,
radioactively contaminated sites are
addressed in a manner consistent with how
chemically contaminated sites are addressed,
accounting for the technical differences.
The radiation program provides radiological
scientific and technical expertise and
leadership in evaluating projects and
providing field and laboratory support.
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
The Agency maintains a close relationship
with the state agencies that are authorized to
implement the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) Corrective Action
program. EPA expects states to achieve the
same level of Federal standards as the
Agency, including annual performance goals
of human exposures and groundwater
releases controlled. As part of the state
Appendix - 13
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
grant process, Regional offices negotiate
with the states their progress in meeting the
corrective action environmental indicator
goals.
Encouraging states to become authorized for
the RCRA Corrective Action program
remains a priority. Currently, thirty-nine
states and territories have the authority to
implement the program. EPA expects two
additional states to gain authorization in the
next year. EPA also encourages states to
use alternate (non-RCRA) authorities to
accomplish the goals of the Corrective
Action program. These include state
Superfund and voluntary programs.
The RCRA Corrective Action program also
coordinates closely with other Federal
agencies, primarily the DOD and DOE,
which have many sites in the corrective
action universe. Encouraging Federal
facilities to meet environmental indicators
remains a top priority.
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
EPA, with very few exceptions, does not
perform the cleanup of leaking underground
storage tanks (LUST). States and territories
use the LUST Trust Fund to administer their
corrective action programs, oversee
cleanups by responsible parties, undertake
necessary enforcement actions, and pay for
cleanups in cases where a responsible party
cannot be found or is unwilling or unable to
pay for a cleanup. More than 40 states have
their own cleanup funds to pay for the
majority of owners' and operators' cleanup
costs. The vast majority of LUST cleanups
are paid for by state LUST cleanup funds
and not by private parties; state funds are
separate from the Federal LUST Trust Fund.
EPA, with very few exceptions, does not
perform the cleanup of leaking underground
storage tanks (LUST). States and territories
use the LUST Trust Fund to administer their
corrective action programs, oversee
cleanups by responsible parties, undertake
necessary enforcement actions, and pay for
cleanups in cases where a responsible party
cannot be found or is unwilling or unable to
pay for a cleanup. Most states have cleanup
funds that cover the majority of owners and
operators' cleanup costs. These state funds
are separate from the LUST Trust Fund.
State LUST programs are key to achieving
the objectives and long-term strategic goals.
Except in Indian Country, EPA relies on
state agencies to implement the LUST
program, including overseeing cleanups by
responsible parties and responding to
emergency LUST releases. LUST
cooperative agreements awarded by EPA are
directly given to the states to assist them in
implementing their oversight and
programmatic role.
Emergency Preparedness and Response
EPA plays a major role in reducing the risks
that accidental and intentional releases of
harmful substances and oil pose to human
health and the environment. This requires
continuous coordination with many Federal,
state and local agencies. As the Federal on-
scene coordinator (OSC) in the inland zone,
EPA evaluates and responds to thousands of
releases annually as part of the National
Response Plan (NRP). The NRP is a multi-
agency preparedness and response
mechanism that includes the following key
components: the National Response Center
(NRC); the National Response Team (NRT),
composed of 16 Federal agencies; 13
Regional Response Teams (RRTs); and
Federal OSCs. These organizations work
with state and local officials to develop and
maintain contingency plans that will enable
the Nation to respond effectively to
hazardous substance and oil emergencies.
EPA chairs the multi-agency National
Response Team (NRT), and co-chairs
Regional Response Teams (RRTs). In
addition, the Agency plays a leadership role
in crisis management, which requires
Appendix - 14
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
participation on a number of interagency
committees and workgroups. Building on
current efforts to enhance national
emergency response management, EPA and
its role on the NRT will continue
implementation of the new National Incident
Management System (NIMS) and National
Response Plan (NRP).
The NRP, under the direction of the
Department of Homeland Security (DHS),
provides for the delivery of Federal
assistance to states to help them deal with
the consequences of terrorist events as well
as natural and other significant disasters.
EPA has the lead responsibility for the
plan's Emergency Support Function
covering hazardous materials and inland
petroleum releases. Accordingly, EPA
participates in the Federal Emergency
Support Function Leaders Group which
addresses NRP planning and implementation
at the operational level. Through this
interagency organization, Federal agencies
handle issue formulation and resolution,
review after-action reports, and evaluate the
need for changes to NRP planning and
implementation strategies. They also
participate in NRP exercises, training and
post event evaluation actions, coordinating
these activities closely with the NRT.
EPA coordinates its preparedness activities
with the Department of Homeland Security
(DHS), Federal Emergency Management
Administration (FEMA), Federal Bureau of
Investigation (FBI), other Federal agencies,
and state and local governments. EPA will
also continue to clarify its roles and
responsibilities to ensure that Agency
security programs are consistent with the
national homeland security strategy.
EPA provides staff support to the Homeland
Security Operations Center (HSOC) during
national disasters and emergencies, response
to terrorist incidents and other responses
under the NRP. EPA will also continue to
develop and participate in training courses
on emergency support function
responsibilities, deliver presentations on the
NRP to national forums and participate in
nationwide exercises to test and improve the
Federal government's preparedness and
response system and its capabilities.
Under the Oil Spill program, EPA works
with other Federal agencies such as the
United States Fish & Wildlife Service,
National Oceanographic and Atmospheric
Administration, United States Coast Guard
(USCG), FEMA, Department of the Interior,
Department of Transportation, Department
of Energy, and other Federal agencies and
states, as well as with local government
authorities to develop Area Contingency
Plans. The Department of Justice also
provides assistance to agencies with judicial
referrals when enforcement of violations
becomes necessary. EPA and the USCG
work in coordination with other Federal
authorities to implement the National
Preparedness for Response program.
USAGE and the Bureau of Reclamation
contribute to the cleanup of Superfund sites
by providing technical support for the design
and construction of many remediation
projects through site-specific interagency
agreements. These Federal partners have the
technical design and construction expertise
and contracting capability needed to assist
EPA regions in implementing most of
Superfund's high-cost Fund-financed
remedial action projects. These two agencies
also provide technical on-site support to
regions in the enforcement oversight of
numerous construction projects performed
by PRPs.
The Superfund response and Federal
Facilities enforcement programs work
closely with other Federal agencies (e.g.,
DOD, DOE, DOI, etc.) to clean up their
facilities under the Superfund program.
EPA also works with states and Indian tribes
as key partners in the cleanup decision-
making process at Superfund Federal sites.
Appendix - 15
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA expends substantial effort coordinating
with other agencies, including work with the
Department of Defense (DOD) in its
Strategic Environmental Research and
Development Program (SERDP) and the
Environmental Security Technology
Certification Program, the Department of
Energy (DOE), and the Office of Health and
Environmental Research. EPA also conducts
collaborative field demonstrations (e.g.,
through the Superfund Innovative
Technology Evaluation (SITE) program)
and laboratory research with DOD, DOE,
the Department of Interior (particularly the
U.S. Geological Survey - USGS), and the
National Aeronautics and Space
Administration (NASA) to improve
characterization and risk management
options for dealing with subsurface
contamination.
Other research efforts involving
coordination include the unique controlled-
spill field research facility that was designed
in cooperation with the U.S. Bureau of
Reclamation. Geophysical reserch
experiments and development of software
for subsurface characterization and detection
of contaminants are being conducted with
the USGS and DOE's Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory. The USGS also has a
number of programs, such as the Toxic
Substances Hydrology Program, that support
studies related to contamination of surface
water and groundwater by hazardous
materials.
The Agency is also working with the
National Institute of Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS), which manages a large
basic research program focusing on
Superfund issues, to advance fundamental
Superfund research. The Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR)
also provides critical health-based
information to assist EPA in making
effective cleanup decisions. EPA works with
these agencies on collaborative projects,
information exchange, and identification of
research issues. Additionally, the Interstate
Technology Regulatory Council (ITRC) has
proven an effective forum for coordinating
Federal and state activities and for defining
continuing research needs through its teams
on topics including contaminated sediments,
permeable reactive barriers, radionuclides,
and Brownfields. EPA developed a
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)18
with several other agencies (DOE, DOD,
Nuclear Regulatory Commission,
Department of the Interior - USGS, National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), and the Department of
Agriculture) for multimedia modeling
research and development.
Goal 4-Healthy Communities and
Ecosystems
Objective: Chemical, Organism and
Pesticide Risks
Coordination with State lead agencies and
with the U. S. Department of Agriculture
(USDA) provides added impetus to the
implementation of the Certification and
Training program. States also provide
essential activities in developing and
implementing the Endangered Species and
Worker Protection programs. States are
involved in numerous special projects and
investigations, including emergency
response efforts. The Regions provide
technical guidance and assistance to the
States and Tribes in the implementation of
all pesticide program activities.
EPA uses a range of outreach and
coordination approaches for pesticide users,
agencies implementing various pesticide
programs and projects, and the general
public. Outreach and coordination activities
are essential to effective implementation of
regulatory decisions, protection of workers
18 Interagency Steering Committee on Multimedia
Environmental Models MOU,
http: //www. iscmem. org/Memorandum. htm
Appendix - 16
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
and endangered species, training of pesticide
applicators, promotion of integrated pest
management and environmental
stewardship, and support for compliance
through EPA's regional programs and those
of the States and Tribes.
In addition to the training that EPA provides
to farm workers and restricted use pesticide
applicators, EPA works with the State
Cooperative Extension Services designing
and providing specialized training for
various groups. Such training includes
instructing private applicators on the proper
use of personal protective equipment and
application equipment calibration, handling
spill and injury situations, farm family
safety, preventing pesticide spray drift, and
pesticide and container disposal. Other
specialized training is provided to public
works employees on grounds maintenance,
to pesticide control operators on proper
insect identification, and on weed control for
agribusiness.
EPA coordinates with and uses information
from a variety of Federal, State and
international organizations and agencies in
our efforts to protect the safety of America's
health and environment from hazardous or
higher risk pesticides. In May 1991, the
United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA) implemented the Pesticide Data
Program (PDF) to collect objective and
statistically reliable data on pesticide
residues on food commodities. This action
was in response to public concern about the
effects of pesticides on human health and
environmental quality. EPA uses PDF data
to improve dietary risk assessment to
support the registration of pesticides for
minor crop uses. PDF is critical to
implementing the Food Quality Protection
Act. The system provides improved data
collection of pesticide residues, standardized
analytical and reporting methods, and
sampling of foods most likely consumed by
infants and children. PDF sampling,
residue, testing and data reporting are
coordinated by the Agricultural Marketing
Service using cooperative agreements with
ten participating States representing all
regions of the country. PDF serves as a
showcase for Federal-State cooperation on
pesticide and food safety issues.
FQPA requires EPA to consult with other
government agencies on major decisions.
EPA, USDA and FDA work closely together
using both a Memoranda of Understanding
and working committees to deal with a
variety of issues that affect the involved
agencies' missions. For example, these
agencies work together on residue testing
programs and on enforcement actions that
involve pesticide residues on food, and we
coordinate our review of antimicrobial
pesticides. The Agency coordinates with
USDA/ARS in promotion and
communication of resistance management
strategies. Additionally, we participate
actively in the Federal Interagency
Committee on Invasive Animals and
Pathogens (ITAP) which includes members
from USDA, USDOL, DOD, DHS and CDC
to coordinate planning and technical advice
among Federal entities involved in invasive
species research, control and management.
While EPA is responsible for making
registration and tolerance decisions, the
Agency relies on others to carry out some of
the enforcement activities. Registration-
related requirements under FIFRA are
enforced by the States. The Department of
Health and Human Services/Food and Drug
Administration enforces tolerances for most
foods and the United States Department of
Agriculture/Food Safety and Inspection
Service enforces tolerances for meat, poultry
and some egg products.
Internationally, the Agency collaborates
with the Intergovernmental Forum on
Chemical Safety (TFCS), the CODEX
Alimentarius Commission, the North
American Commission on Environmental
Appendix - 17
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Cooperation (NACEC), the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD) and the North American Free Trade
Agreement (NAFTA) Commission. These
activities serve to coordinate policies,
harmonize guidelines, share information,
correct deficiencies, build other nations'
capacity to reduce risk, develop strategies to
deal with potentially harmful pesticides and
develop greater confidence in the safety of
the food supply.
One of the Agency's most valuable partners
on pesticide issues is the Pesticide Program
Dialogue Committee (PPDC), which brings
together a broad cross-section of
knowledgeable individuals from
organizations representing divergent views
to discuss pesticide regulatory, policy and
implementation issues. The PPDC consists
of members from industry/trade
associations, pesticide user and commodity
groups, consumer and environmental/public
interest groups and others.
The PPDC provides a structured
environment for meaningful information
exchanges and consensus building
discussions, keeping the public involved in
decisions that affect them. Dialogue with
outside groups is essential if the Agency is
to remain responsive to the needs of the
affected public, growers and industry
organizations.
EPA relies on data from HHS to help assess
the risk of pesticides to children. Other
collaborative efforts that go beyond our
reliance on the data they collect include
developing and validating methods to
analyze domestic and imported food
samples for organophosphates, carcinogens,
neurotoxins and other chemicals of concern.
These joint efforts protect Americans from
unhealthful pesticide residue levels.
EPA's chemical testing data provides
information for the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's (OSHA) worker
protection programs, the National Institute
for Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH) for research, and the Consumer
Product Safety Commission (CPSC) for
informing consumers about products
through labeling. EPA frequently consults
with these Agencies on project design,
progress and the results of chemical testing
projects.
The Agency works with a full range of
stakeholders on homeland security issues:
USDA, CDC, other federal agencies,
industry and the scientific community.
Review of the agents that may be effective
against anthrax has involved GSA, State
Department, UAMRIID, FDA, EOSA,
USPS, and others, and this effort will build
on this network.
The Acute Exposure Guidelines (AEGL)
program is a collaborative effort that
includes ten Federal agencies (EPA, DHS,
DOE, DOD, DOT, NIOSH, OSHA, CDC,
AT SDR, and FDA), numerous State
agencies, private industry, academia,
emergency medical associations, unions, and
other organizations in the private sector.
The program also has been supported
internationally by the OECD and includes
active participation by the Netherlands,
Germany and France.
The success of EPA's lead program is due in
part to effective coordination with other
Federal agencies, States and Indian Tribes
through the President's Task Force on
Environmental Health Risks and Safety
Risks to Children. EPA will continue to
coordinate with HUD to clarify how new
rules may affect existing EPA and HUD
regulatory programs, and with the Federal
Highway Administration of the Department
of Transportation and the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
of the Department of Labor on worker
protection issues. EPA will continue to
work closely with State and Federally
recognized Tribes to ensure that authorized
Appendix - 18
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
State and Tribal programs continue to
comply with requirements established under
TSCA, that the ongoing Federal
accreditation certification and training
program for lead professionals is
administered effectively, and that the States
and Tribes adopt the Renovation and
Remodeling and the Buildings and
Structures Rules when these rules become
effective.
EPA has a Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU) with HUD on coordination of efforts
on lead-based paint issues. As a result of the
MOU, EPA and HUD have co-chaired the
President's Task Force since 1997. There
are 14 other Federal agencies including
CDC and the Department of Defense (DOD)
on the Task Force. HUD and EPA also
maintain the National Lead Information
Center and share enforcement of the
Disclosure Rule.
Mitigation of existing risk is a common
interest for other Federal agencies
addressing issues of asbestos and PCBs.
EPA will continue to coordinate interagency
strategies for assessing and managing
potential risks from asbestos and other
fibers. Coordination on safe PCB disposal is
an area of ongoing emphasis with the
Department of Defense (DOD), and
particularly with the U.S. Navy, which has
special concerns regarding PCBs
encountered during ship scrapping. PCBs
and mercury storage and safe disposal are
also important issues requiring coordination
with the Department of Energy and DOD as
they develop alternatives and explore better
technologies for storing and disposing high
risk chemicals.
To effectively participate in the international
agreements on POPs, heavy metals and PIC
substances, EPA must continue to
coordinate with other Federal agencies and
external stakeholders, such as Congressional
staff, industry, and environmental groups.
For example, EPA has an interest in
ensuring that the listing of chemicals,
including the application of criteria and
processes for evaluating future chemicals for
possible international controls, is based on
sound science. Similarly, the Agency
typically coordinates with the Food and
Drug Administration (FDA), FDA's
National Toxicology Program, the Centers
for Disease Control/Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry
(CDC/ATSDR), the National Institute of
Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS)
and/or the Consumer Product Safety
Commission (CPSC) on matters relating to
OECD test guideline harmonization.
EPA's objective is to promote improved
health and environmental protection, both
domestically and worldwide. The success of
this objective is dependent on successful
coordination not only with other countries,
but also with various international
organizations such as the Intergovernmental
Forum on Chemical Safety (IFCS), the
North American Commission on
Environmental Cooperation (NACEC), the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD), the United Nations
Environment Program (UNEP) and the
CODEX Alimentarius Commission. The
North American Free Trade Agreement and
cooperation with Canada and Mexico play
an integral part in the harmonization of data
requirements.
EPA's objective is to promote improved
health and environmental protection, both
domestically and worldwide. The success of
this objective is dependent on successful
coordination not only with other countries,
but with various international organizations
such as the Intergovernmental Forum on
Chemical Safety (IFCS), the North
American Commission on Environmental
Cooperation (NACEC), and the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD).
EPA is a leader in global discussions on
Appendix - 19
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
mercury through the United Nations
Environment Program (UNEP). EPA was
instrumental in the launch of UNEP's
Global Mercury Program, and we will
continue to work with developing countries
and with other developed countries in the
context of that program. In addition, we
have developed a strong network of
domestic partners interested in working on
this issue, including the Department of
Energy and the United States Geological
Survey.
EPA has developed cooperative efforts on
POPs with key international organizations
and bodies, such as the United Nations Food
and Agricultural Organization, the United
Nations Environment Program, the Arctic
Council, and the World Bank. EPA is
partnering with domestic and international
industry groups and foreign governments to
develop successful programs.
Objective: Communities
The Governments of Mexico and the United
States agreed, in November 1993, to assist
communities on both sides of the border in
coordinating and carrying out environmental
infrastructure projects. The agreement
between Mexico and the United States
furthers the goals of the North American
Free Trade Agreement and the North
American Agreement on Environmental
Cooperation. To this purpose, the
governments established two international
institutions, the Border Environmental
Cooperation Commission (BECC) and the
North American Development Bank
(NADBank), which manages the Border
Environmental Infrastructure Fund (BEIF),
to support the financing and construction of
much need environmental infrastructure.
The BECC, with headquarters in Ciudad
Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico, assists local
communities and other sponsors in
developing and implementing environmental
infrastructure projects. The BECC also
certifies projects as eligible for NADBank
financing. The NADBank, with
headquarters in San Antonio, Texas, is
capitalized in equal shares by the United
States and Mexico. NADBank provides
new financing to supplement existing
sources of funds and foster the expanded
participation of private capital.
A significant number of residents along the
U.S.-Mexico border area are without basic
services such as potable water and
wastewater treatment and the problem has
become progressively worse in the last few
decades. Over the last several years, EPA
has continued to work with the U.S. and
Mexican Sections of the International
Boundary and Water Commission to further
efforts to improve water and wastewater
services to communities within 100 km of
the U.S.-Mexico border. Recently, EPA has
been involved in efforts to plan, design and
construct more than 10 water and
wastewater facilities in the border region.
EPA's environmental mandate and expertise
make it uniquely qualified to represent the
nation's environmental interests abroad.
While the Department of State (DOS) is
responsible for the conduct of overall U.S.
foreign policy, implementation of particular
programs, projects, and agreements is often
the responsibility of other agencies with
specific technical expertise and resources.
Relations between EPA and DOS cut across
several offices and/or bureaus in both
organizations.
EPA works extensively with the Office of
the U.S. Trade Representative (USTR), as
well as the USTR-chaired interagency Trade
Policy Staff Committee (TPSC) system, to
ensure that U.S. trade and environmental
polices are mutually supportive. (The TPSC
system consists of various interagency
workgroups that develop trade policy for
political level review and decision.) For
example, through the Agency's participation
in the negotiation of both regional and
Appendix - 20
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
bilateral trade agreements and the World
Trade Organization Agreements, EPA works
with USTR to ensure that U.S. obligations
under international trade agreements do not
hamper the ability of Federal and state
governments to maintain high levels of
domestic environmental protection.
The two agencies also work together to
ensure that new obligations are consistent
with U.S. law and EPA's rules, regulations,
and programs. In addition to the work with
USTR, EPA also cooperates with many
other Federal agencies in the development
and execution of U.S. trade policy, and in
performing environmental reviews of trade
agreements, developing and implementing
environmental cooperation agreements
associated with each new FTA, and
developing and implementing the associated
environmental capacity building projects.
EPA works most closely with the
Department of State, USAID and USTR in
the capacity building area. Finally, the
Agency also serves as the co-lead (with
USTR) of the Trade and Environment Policy
Advisory Committee (TEPAC), a formally-
constituted advisory body made up of
respected experts from industry, NGOs and
academia.
The Governments of Mexico and the United
States agreed, in November 1993, to assist
communities on both sides of the border in
coordinating and carrying out environmental
infrastructure projects. The agreement
between Mexico and the United States
furthers the goals of the North American
Free Trade Agreement and the North
American Agreement on Environmental
Cooperation. To this purpose, the
governments established two international
institutions, the Border Environmental
Cooperation Commission (BECC) and the
North American Development Bank
(NADBank), which manages the Border
Environmental Infrastructure Fund (BEIF),
to support the financing and construction of
much need environmental infrastructure.
The BECC, with headquarters in Ciudad
Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico, assists local
communities and other sponsors in
developing and implementing environmental
infrastructure projects. The BECC also
certifies projects as eligible for NADBank
financing. The NADBank, with
headquarters in San Antonio, Texas, is
capitalized in equal shares by the United
States and Mexico. NADBank provides
new financing to supplement existing
sources of funds and foster the expanded
participation of private capital.
A significant number of residents along the
U.S.-Mexico border area are without basic
services such as potable water and
wastewater treatment and the problem has
become progressively worse in the last few
decades. Over the last several years, EPA
has continued to work with the U.S. and
Mexican Sections of the International
Boundary and Water Commission to further
efforts to improve water and wastewater
services to communities within 100 km of
the U.S.-Mexico border.
Objective: Ecosystems
National Estuary Program
Effectively implementing successful
comprehensive management plans for the
estuaries in the NEP depends on the
cooperation, involvement, and commitment
of Federal and state agency partners that
have some role in protecting and/or
managing those estuaries. Common Federal
partners include NOAA, the United States
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the
Army Corps of Engineers, and USDA.
Other partners include State and local
government agencies, universities, industry,
non-governmental organizations (NGO)s,
and members of the public.
Appendix - 21
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Wetlands
Federal agencies share the goal of increasing
wetlands functions and values, and
implementing a fair and flexible approach to
wetlands regulations. In addition, EPA has
committed to working with ACOE to ensure
that the Clean Water Act Section 404
program is more open, consistent,
predictable, and based on sound science.
Coastal America
In efforts to better leverage our collaborative
authorities to address coastal communities'
environmental issues (e.g., coastal habitat
losses, nonpoint source pollution,
endangered species,
invasive species, etc.), EPA, by
memorandum of agreement in 2002 Multi-
agency signatories. November 2002.
Coastal America 2002 Memorandum of
Understanding. Available online at
http://www.coastalamerica.gov/text/mou02.
htm
Great Lakes
Pursuant to the mandate in Section 118 of
the Clean Water Act to "coordinate action of
the Agency with the actions of other Federal
agencies and state and local authorities..."
Great Lakes National Program Office
(GLNPO) is engaged in extensive
coordination efforts with state, Tribal, and
other Federal agencies, as well as with our
counterparts in Canada. EPA and its local,
state, tribal and federal partners are
coordinating restoration of the Great Lakes
pursuant to a Great Lakes Regional
Collaboration. EPA previously joined with
states, Tribes, and Federal agencies that
have stewardship responsibilities for the
Lakes in developing the new Great Lakes
Strategy. In addition to the eight Great
Lakes States and interested Tribes, partners
include the Army Corps of Engineers
(Corps), the Coast Guard, the Fish and
Wildlife Service (USFWS), the U.S. Office
of Geological Survey, the National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
and the Natural Resources Conservation
Service (NRCS). The Strategy joins
environmental protection agencies with
natural resource agencies in pursuit of
common goals. These organizations meet
semi-annually as the Great Lakes U.S.
Policy Committee to strategically plan and
prioritize environmental actions. GLNPO
monitoring involves extensive coordination
among these partners, both in terms of
implementing the monitoring program, and
in utilizing results from the monitoring to
manage environmental programs. GLNPO's
sediments program works closely with the
states and the Corps regarding dredging
issues. Implementation of the Binational
Toxics Strategy involves extensive
coordination with Great Lakes States.
GLNPO works closely with states, tribes,
FWS, and NRCS in addressing habitat
issues in the Great Lakes. EPA also
coordinates with these partners regarding
development and implementation of
Lakewide Management Plans for each of the
Great Lakes and for Remedial Action Plans
for the 31 U.S./binational Areas of Concern.
Chesapeake Bay
The Chesapeake Bay Program has a Federal
Agencies Committee, chaired by EPA,
which was formed in 1984 and has met
regularly ever since. There are currently
over 20 different Federal agencies actively
involved with the Bay Program through the
Federal Agencies Committee. The Federal
agencies have worked together over the past
decade to implement the commitments laid
out in the 1994 Agreement of Federal
Agencies on Ecosystem Management in the
Chesapeake Bay and the 1998 Federal
Agencies Chesapeake Ecosystem Unified
Plan (FACEUP). The Federal Agencies
Committee has been focusing on how its
members can help to achieve the 104
commitments contained in the Chesapeake
Appendix - 22
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
2000 agreement adopted by the Chesapeake
Bay Program in June 2000. Through this
interagency partnership Federal agencies
have contributed to some major successes,
such as the U.S. Forest Service helping to
meet the year 2010 goal to restore 2,010
miles of riparian forest buffers eight years
early; the National Park Service leading the
effort to establish over 500 miles of water
trails three years early; and the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service in reaching the Program's
fish passage goal of reopening 1,357 miles
of formerly blocked river habitat in 2004.
Also in 2004, through the Federal Agencies
Committee, the members sought better
coordination of agency budgets and other
programs to try to leverage maximum
benefit to the state, private, and federal
efforts protect and restore the Bay.
Gulf of Mexico
Key to the continued progress of the Gulf of
Mexico Program is a broad multi-
organizational Gulf states-led partnership
comprised of regional; business and
industry; agriculture; State and local
government; citizens; environmental and
fishery interests; and, numerous Federal
departments and agencies. This Gulf
partnership is comprised of members of the
Gulf Program's Policy Review Board,
subcommittees, and workgroups.
Established in 1988, the Gulf of Mexico
Program is designed to assist the Gulf states
and stakeholders in developing a regional,
ecosystem-based framework for restoring
and protecting the Gulf of Mexico through
coordinated Gulf-wide as well as priority
area-specific efforts. The Gulf states
strategically identify the key environmental
issues and work at the regional, state, and
local level to define, recommend, and
voluntarily implement the supporting
solutions. To achieve the Program's
environmental objectives, the partnership
must target specific Federal, state, local, and
private programs, processes, and financial
authorities in order to leverage the resources
needed to support state and community
actions.
Objective: Enhance Science and Research
Several Federal agencies sponsor research
on variability and susceptibility in risks from
exposure to environmental contaminants.
EPA collaborates with a number of the
Institutes within the National Institutes of
Health (NTH) and the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention (CDC). For
example, the National Institute of
Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS)
conducts multi-disciplinary biomedical
research programs, prevention and
intervention efforts, and communication
strategies. The NIEHS program includes an
effort to study the effects of chemicals,
including pesticides and other toxics, on
children. EPA collaborates with NIEHS in
supporting the Centers for Children's
Environmental Health and Disease
Prevention, which study whether and how
environmental factors play a role in
children's health.
Other coordination and collaborations
include the development of a joint research
initiative with the National Institute for
Child Health and Human Development
(NICHD) and the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention to conduct research
and risk assessment for the National
Children's Study.
Research in ecosystems protection is
coordinated government-wide through the
Committee on Environment and Natural
Resources (CENR). EPA is an active
participant in the CENR, and all work in this
objective is fully consistent and
complementary with other Committee
member activities. EPA researchers work
within the CENR on the Environmental
Monitoring and Assessment Program
(EMAP) and other ecosystems protection
Appendix - 23
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
research including the restoration of habitats
and species, impacts of landscape change,
invasive species and inventory and
monitoring programs.
The Mid-Atlantic Landscape Atlas
represents one of the EMAP's first regional-
scale ecological assessments, and was
developed in cooperation with National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), US Fish and Wildlife Service
(USFWS), the University of Tennessee, and
the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE's)
Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
Development of the Networking and
Information Technology Research &
Development (NITR) Modeling System is
coordinated with the Army Corps of
Engineers (USAGE), Department of
Agriculture, and DOE. Through interagency
agreements with the U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS), EPA has worked to investigate and
develop tools for assessing the impact of
hydrogeology on riparian restoration efforts.
The collaborative work with the USGS
continues to play a vital role in investigating
the impact and fate of atmospheric loadings
of nitrogen and nitrogen applications as part
of restoration technologies on terrestrial and
aquatic ecosystems. All of these efforts have
significant implications for risk management
in watersheds, total maximum daily load
(TMDL) implementation, and management
of non-point source pollutants.
The Agency, through partnerships with
private sector companies, non-profits, other
Federal agencies, universities, and states,
including California EPA, has worked to
identify and control human exposure to
methyl- mercury. EPA has also been
working with the Department of Energy and
the U.S. Geological Survey to address risk
management issues associated with mercury
emissions from utilities.
EPA's Global Change Research Program is
coordinated with the Committee on Climate
Change Science and Technology Integration
(CCCSTI). Through its participation in the
Climate Change Science Program (CCSP),
the Agency collaborates closely with other
CCSP member agencies (e.g., NOAA, DOE,
NASA, and NSF), to ensure appropriate
prioritization and efficiency, to avoid
duplication, and to ensure consistently high
standards of scientific review for all aspects
of supported studies and analyses.
Because the challenges of the computational
toxicology (CT) program are so large, EPA
is working with a number of external
partners in CT research. Discussions and
collaborative activities are underway with
the following organizations: 1) The Joint
Genome Institute (expertise in genome
sequencing and functional genomics); 2) the
Pacific Northwest National Laboratory - a
leader in the development of metabonomics
(DOE); 3) the Sandia National Laboratories
- leader in the field of bioinformatics
(DOE); and 4) the National Institute of
Environmental Health Sciences. Taken
together, these collaborations constitute a
significant, critical new partnership between
EPA and external entities. These
partnerships are designed to allow EPA to
leverage its core intramural research
program with the scientific expertise of
other agencies.
The broad nature of the EDCs issue
necessitates a coordinated effort on both the
national and international levels. EPA has
shown extensive leadership at both levels -
chairing the Committee on Environment and
Natural Resources (CENR) interagency
working group and chairing a Steering
Group on Endocrine Disrupters under the
auspices of the International Programme on
Chemical Safety/World Health
Organization/Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development
(IPCS/WHO/OECD). Due to the complex
nature of the uncertainties posed by
endocrine disrupting chemicals, the
Appendix - 24
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
overlapping concerns of Federal agencies,
and the resource constraints on the Federal
budget, close coordination and cooperation
among Federal agencies are essential to the
resolution of critical research questions.
While the CENR provides the umbrella for
this coordination, individual agencies are
responsible for the development of their own
independent research plans.
Homeland Security research is conducted in
collaboration with numerous agencies,
enabling funding to be leveraged across
multiple programs and producing synergistic
results. EPA's National Homeland Security
Research Center (NHSRC) works closely
with the Department of Homeland Security
(DHS) to assure that EPA's efforts are
directly supportive of DHS priorities.
Utilizing experience gained from the
management of ORD's STAR program, EPA
is also working with DHS to provide support
and guidance to DHS in the startup of their
University Centers of Excellence program.
Recognizing that the Department of Defense
has significant expertise and facilities
related to biological and chemical warfare
agents, the NHSRC works closely with the
Edgewood Chemical and Biological Center
(ECBC), the Technical Support Working
Group, the Army Corps of Engineers, and
other Department of Defense organizations.
In conducting biological agent research, the
NHSRC is also collaborating with the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC). The NHSRC works with the
Department of Energy (DOE) to access
research conducted by DOE's National
Laboratories, as well as to obtain data
related to radioactive materials.
In addition to these major collaborations, the
NHSRC has relationships with numerous
other Federal agencies, including the U.S.
Air Force, U.S. Navy, the Food and Drug
Administration, the U.S. Geological Survey,
and the National Institute of Standards and
Technology. Also, the NHSRC is working
with state and local emergency response
personnel to understand better their needs
and build relationships, which will enable
the quick deployment of NHSRC products.
In the water infrastructure arena, the
NHSRC is providing information to the
Water Information Sharing and Analysis
Center (WaterlSAC) operated by the
Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies
(AMWA).
Goal 5-Compliance and Environmental
Stewardship
Objective: Improve Compliance
The Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance Program coordinates closely with
the Department of Justice (DOJ) on all
enforcement matters. In addition, the
program coordinates with other agencies on
specific environmental issues as described
herein.
The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance coordinates with the Chemical
Safety and Accident Investigation Board, the
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration, and Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry in
preventing and responding to accidental
releases and endangerment situations, with
the Bureau of Indian Affairs on tribal issues
relative to compliance with environmental
laws on Tribal Lands, and with the Small
Business Administration on the
implementation of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
(SBREFA). OECA also shares information
with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) on
cases which require defendants to pay civil
penalties, thereby assisting the IRS in
assuring compliance with tax laws. In
addition, it coordinates with the Small
Business Administration and a number of
other federal agencies in implementing the
Business Compliance One-Stop Project, an
"E-Government" project that is part of the
Appendix - 25
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
President's Regulatory Management
Agenda. The Office of Enforcement and
Compliance Assurance also works with a
variety of federal agencies including the
Department of Labor and the Internal
Revenue Service to organize a Federal
Compliance Assistance Roundtable to
address cross cutting compliance assistance
issues. Coordination also occurs with the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers on wetlands.
Due to changes in the Food Security Act, the
U.S. Department of Agriculture/Natural
Resources Conservation Service
(USDA/NRCS) has a major role in
determining whether areas on agricultural
lands meet the definition of wetlands and are
therefore regulated under the Clean Water
Act. Civil Enforcement coordinates with
USDA/NRCS on these issues also. The
program coordinates closely with the
Department of Agriculture on the
implementation of the Unified National
Strategy for Animal Feedlot Operations.
EPA's Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance program also coordinates with
USDA on food safety issues arising from the
misuse of pesticides, and shares joint
jurisdiction with Federal Trade Commission
(FTC) on pesticide labeling and advertising.
Coordination also occurs with Customs on
pesticide imports. EPA and the Food and
Drug Administration (FDA) share
jurisdiction over general-purpose
disinfectants used on non-critical surfaces
and some dental and medical equipment
surfaces (e.g., wheelchairs). The Agency
has entered into a Memorandum of
Understanding with the Department of
Housing and Urban Development
concerning lead poisoning.
The Criminal Enforcement program
coordinates with other federal law
enforcement agencies (i.e. FBI, Customs,
U.S. Department of Labor, U.S. Treasury,
U.S. Coast Guard, DOJ) and with state and
local law enforcement organizations in the
investigation and prosecution of
environmental crimes. EPA also actively
works with DOJ to establish task forces that
bring together federal, state and local law
enforcement organizations to address
environmental crimes. In addition, the
National Enforcement Training Institute has
an Interagency Agreement with the
Department of Treasury to provide
specialized criminal environmental training
to federal, state, local, and tribal law
enforcement personnel at the Federal Law
Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) in
Glynco, GA.
Under Executive Order 12088, EPA is
directed to provide technical assistance to
other Federal agencies to help ensure their
compliance with all environmental laws.
The Federal Facility Enforcement Program
coordinates with other Federal agencies,
states, local, and tribal governments to
ensure compliance by federal agencies with
all environmental laws.
The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance collaborates with the states and
tribes. States perform the vast majority of
inspections, direct compliance assistance,
and enforcement actions. Most EPA statutes
envision a partnership between EPA and the
states under which EPA develops national
standards and policies and the states
implement the program under authority
delegated by EPA. If a state does not seek
approval of a program, EPA must
implement that program in the state.
Historically, the level of state approvals has
increased as programs mature and state
capacity expands, with many of the key
environmental programs approaching
approval in nearly all states. EPA will
increase its effort to coordinate with states
on training, compliance assistance, capacity
building and enforcement. EPA will
continue to enhance the network of state and
tribal compliance assistance providers.
Appendix - 26
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA works directly with Canada and
Mexico bilaterally and in the trilateral
Commission for Environmental Cooperation
(CEC). EPA's border activities require
close coordination with the Bureau of
Customs and Border Protection, the Fish and
Wildlife Service, the Department of Justice,
and the States of Arizona, California, New
Mexico, and Texas.
Objective: Build Tribal Capacity
EPA is involved in a broad range of
pollution prevention (P2) activities which
can yield reductions in waste generation and
energy consumption in both the public and
private sectors. For example, the EPP
initiative, which implements Executive
Orders 12873 and 13101, promotes the use
of cleaner products by Federal agencies.
This is aimed at stimulating demand for the
development of such products by industry.
This effort includes a number of
demonstration projects with other Federal
Departments and Agencies, such as the
National Park Service (to use Green
Purchasing as a tool to achieve the
sustainability goals of the parks),
Department of Defense (use of
environmentally preferable construction
materials), and Defense Logistics Agency
(identification of environmental attributes
for products in its purchasing system). The
program is also working within EPA to
"green" its own operations. The program
also works with the National Institute for
Standards and Technology to develop a life-
cycle based decision support tool for
purchasers.
Under the Suppliers' Partnership for the
Environment program and its umbrella
program, the GSN, EPA's P2 Program is
working closely with the National Institute
of Standards and Technology and its
Manufacturing Extension Partnership
Program to provide technical assistance to
the process of "greening" industry supply
chains. The EPA is also working with the
Department of Energy's Industrial
Technologies Program to provide energy
audits and technical assistance to these
supply chains.
The Agency is required to review
environmental impact statements and other
major actions impacting the environment
and public health proposed by all federal
agencies, and make recommendations to the
proposing federal agency on how to
remedy/mitigate those impacts. Although
EPA is required under § 309 of the Clean
Air Act (CAA) to review and comment on
proposed federal actions, neither the
National Environmental Policy Act nor §
309 CAA require a federal agency to modify
its proposal to accommodate EPA's
concerns. EPA does have authority under
these statutes to refer major disagreements
with other federal agencies to the Council on
Environmental Quality. Accordingly, many
of the beneficial environmental changes or
mitigation that EPA recommends must be
negotiated with the other federal agency.
The majority of the actions EPA reviews are
proposed by the Forest Service, Department
of Transportation (including Federal
Highway Administration and Federal
Aviation Administration), Army Corps of
Engineers, Department of the Interior
(including Bureau of Land Management,
Minerals Management Service and National
Park Service), Department of Energy
(including Federal Regulatory Commission),
and Department of Defense
EPA and the Department of Interior are
coordinating an Interagency Tribal
Information Steering Committee that
includes the Bureau of Reclamation,
Department of Energy, Department of
Housing and Urban Development, U.S.
Geological Survey, Federal Geographic
Data Committee, Bureau of Indian Affairs,
Indian Health Service, Department of the
Appendix - 27
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Treasury, and Department of Justice. This
Interagency effort is aimed to coordinate the
exchange of selected sets of environmental,
resource, and programmatic information
pertaining to Indian Country among Federal
agencies in a "dynamic" information
management system that is continuously and
automatically updated and refreshed, to be
shared equally among partners and other
constituents.
Under a two-party interagency agreement,
EPA works extensively with the Indian
Health Service to cooperatively address the
drinking water and wastewater infrastructure
needs of Indian tribes. EPA is developing
protocols with the Indian Health Service
Sanitation Facilities Construction Program
for integration of databases of the two
agencies, within the framework of the Tribal
Enterprise Architecture.
EPA has organized a Tribal Data Working
Group under the Federal Geographic Data
Committee, and, along with BIA, is the co-
chair of this group. EPA will play a lead
role in establishing common geographic data
and metadata standards for Tribal data, and
in establishing protocols for exchange of
information among Federal, non-Federal and
Tribal cooperating partners.
EPA is developing protocols with the
Bureau of Reclamation, Native American
Program, for integration of databases of the
two agencies, within the framework of the
Tribal Enterprise Architecture. EPA is also
developing agreements to share information
with the Alaska District, U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers.
Objective: Enhance Science and Research
The forensic program works with the state,
local and tribal agencies, providing technical
assistance, and on-site investigation and
inspection activities in support of the
Agency's civil program. The program also
coordinates with the Department of Justice
and other federal, state and local law
enforcement organizations in support of
criminal investigations.
As part of its pollution prevention research,
EPA joined with USD A, DOC, DOD, DOE,
NASA, NUTs National Institute of General
Medical Sciences (NIGMS), and NSF on a
metabolic engineering research solicitation.
EPA is also coordinating with DOD's
Strategic Environmental Research and
Development Program (SERDP) in an
ongoing partnership, especially in the areas
of pollution prevention research and
incorporation of materials lifecycle analysis
into the manufacturing process for weapons
and military equipment. The agency has
also made contact with USD A regarding
lifecycle analysis of biologically- and
genetically-altered products. EPA and the
Army Corps of Engineers will address the
costs and benefits associated with new
engineering projects and technologies in
order to respond to the economic impacts of
environmental innovation.
EPA co-funds performance evaluation of
ballast water treatment technologies and
mercury continuous emission monitors
through memoranda of agreement with the
Coast Guard and the State of Massachusetts.
The agency also coordinates technology
verifications with NOAA (multiparameter
water quality probes); DOE (mercury
continuous emission monitors);
DOD (explosives monitors, PCB detectors,
dust suppressants); USDA (ambient
ammonia monitors); Alaska and
Pennsylvania (arsenic removal); Georgia,
Kentucky, and Michigan (storm water
treatment); and Colorado and New York
(waste-to-energy technologies).
Appendix - 28
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO)
EPA will develop and issue guidance for
executive agencies to use when purchasing
goods and services in response to Executive
Order 13101 to show a preference for
"environmentally preferable" products and
services.
To achieve its mission, OCFO has
undertaken specific coordination efforts with
Federal and state agencies and departments
through two separate vehicles: 1) the
National Academy of Public
Administration's Consortium on Improving
Government Performance; 2) active
contributions to standing interagency
management committees, including the
Chief Financial Officers Council and the
Federal Financial Managers' Council. These
groups are focused on improving resources
management and accountability throughout
the Federal government. OCFO also
coordinates appropriately with Congress and
other Federal agencies, such as Department
of Treasury, Office of Management of
Budget, and the General Accounting Office.
Office of Environmental Information
(OEI)
EPA works with its state partners under the
State/EPA Information Management
Workgroup and the Network Steering
Board. This workgroup has created action
teams to jointly develop key information
projects. Action teams consist of EPA,
state, and Tribal members. They are
structured to result in consensus solutions to
information management issues which affect
states, tribes, and EPA, such as the
development and use of environmental data
standards, and implementation of new
technologies for collecting and reporting
information.
EPA also participates in multiple
workgroups with other Federal agencies
including the United States Geological
Survey (USGS), Federal Geographic Data
Committee (FGDC), and CIO Council
(http ://www. cio.gov/). The Agency is
actively involved with several agencies in
developing government-wide e-government
reforms, and continues to participate with
the Office of Homeland Security and
national security agencies on homeland
security. These multi-agency workgroups
are designed to ensure consistent
implementation of standards and
technologies across Federal agencies in
order to support efficient data sharing.
EPA will continue to coordinate with key
Federal data sharing partners including the
USGS, Bureau of Indian Affairs, and the
Fish and Wildlife Service as well as state
and local data sharing partners in public
access information initiatives. With respect
to community-based environmental
programs, EPA coordinates with state,
Tribal, and local agencies, and with
non-governmental organizations, to design
and implement specific projects.
The nature and degree of EPA's interaction
with other entities varies widely, depending
on the nature of the project and the
location(s) in which it is implemented. EPA
is working closely with the FGDC and the
USGS to develop and implement the
infrastructure for national spatial data. EPA
is coordinating its program with other state
Appendix - 29
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
and Federal organizations, including the
Council for Environmental Quality and the
Environmental Council of States, to insure
that the appropriate context is represented
for observed environmental and human
health conditions.
EPA will continue to coordinate with other
Federal agencies on IT infrastructure and
security issues by participating on the
Federal CIO Council. For example, EPA
(along with the Department of Labor)
recently co-chaired a Federal government
committee on security. EPA will continue
to participate on the CIO Council
committees on security, capital planning,
workforce development, interoperability,
and e-Gov, and will engage with other
Federal agencies in ensuring the
infrastructure for homeland security.
EPA is a leader in many areas, such as E-
dockets. EPA has a modern well-supported
system that can host other Agencies' docket
systems, thereby reducing their costs to
develop or deploy such a system. EPA will
also continue to coordinate with state
agencies on IT infrastructure and security
issues through state organizations such as
the National Association of State
Information Resources Executives. In
addition, EPA, along with other Federal
agencies, is involved in the OMB led e-Gov
initiatives. As part of this effort, EPA,
OMB, the Department of Transportation,
and ten other Federal agencies are
examining the expansion of EPA's
Regulatory Public Access System, a
consolidated on-line rule-making docket
system providing a single point of access for
all Federal rules. EPA is also coordinating
efforts with the National Archives and
Records Administration on an e-records
initiative. This effort is aimed at establishing
uniform procedures, requirements, and
standards for electronic record keeping of
Federal e-Gov records.
Office of the Inspector General (OIG)
The EPA Inspector General is a member of
the President's Council on Integrity and
Efficiency (PCIE), an organization
comprised of Federal Inspectors General
(IG). The PCIE coordinates and improves
the way IGs conduct audits and
investigations, and completes projects of
government-wide interest. The EPA IG
chairs the PCIE's Environmental
Consortium, GPRA Roundtable, and Human
Resources Committee. The Consortium,
which seeks effective solutions to cross-
cutting environmental issues, currently
includes representatives from 19 executive
agencies and GAO. The OIG Computer
Crimes Unit coordinates activities with other
law enforcement organizations that have
computer crimes units such as the Federal
Bureau of Investigation, the Secret Service,
and the Department of Justice. In addition,
the OIG participates with various inter-
governmental audit forums, professional
associations, and other cross-governmental
forums to exchange information, share best
practices, and directly collaborative efforts.
Appendix - 30
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
MAJOR MANAGEMENT CHALLENGES
EPA continues to strengthen its management
practices to achieve results and maintain
public confidence. In FY 2004, for the third
consecutive year, EPA reported no material
weaknesses under the Federal Managers
Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA). During
the year, the Agency resolved three of its
less severe, internal Agency weaknesses,
which are reportable conditions that merit
the attention of the Administrator.
OMB continues to recognize EPA's efforts
to maintain effective and efficient
management controls. Since June 2003, the
Agency has maintained its "green" status
score for Improved Financial Performance
under the President's Management Agenda
(PMA). Following are discussions of the
Agency's management challenges and the
progress made in addressing them.
Challenges in Addressing the Air Toxics
Regulatory Program Goals
Challenge: While EPA has achieved its
Phase I goal of issuing technology-based
standards, there are concerns about EPA 's
efforts to assess and implement Phase 2,
residual risk standards, as well as the
accuracy of air toxics data used in
measuring progress.
Agency Response: Since the passage of the
Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments of 1990,
the Agency has worked to target its Air
Toxics Program resources to sources with
the greatest emissions and risks. The
Agency completed a key provision of the
CAA that addresses major stationary sources
of air toxics by issuing 96 Maximum
Achievable Control Technology (MACT)
standards that apply to 174 industrial
categories. This effort resulted in annual
reductions of 1.5 million tons of toxic air
emissions and will achieve even greater
reductions by 2007, when all sources must
fully comply. Although the Agency has
made great progress, it must prioritize
resources in order to fully implement the
remaining CAA requirements and maximize
risk reduction. To date, the Agency has
completed 15 area source standards and is
developing standards for an additional 25
area source categories, projected for
completion in 2008. Once completed, these
40 standards will address well over 90
percent of the toxicity-weighted emissions
from area sources. EPA recently proposed
its first residual risk standard for coke ovens
and is developing rules for seven other
industrial categories. EPA will continue to
develop tools for risk screening and
assessment and to train states, local
agencies, and tribes in implementing the
Residual Risk Program effectively. To track
progress and ensure measurable reductions
in air toxics, EPA is improving its air toxics
monitoring network and is continuing to
update the toxics inventory and exposure
and risk estimates through the National Air
Toxics Assessment every 3 years.
Rather than expending resources now on the
last 30 area source categories, which
represent only 10 percent of the area source
toxicity-weighted emissions, EPA's strategy
is first to address o pportunities for more
significant toxic emission reductions.
Communities with numerous sources of air
toxics may experience disproportionate
risks. Because communities may be able to
reduce some toxic sources more quickly and
effectively through local initiatives than
through national regulations, the CAA
requires that the Area Source Program
include a community support component.
EPA has been providing funding, tools, and
training to communities and tribes to address
Appendix - 31
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
their unique air toxic issues. EPA has
aggressively addressed mobile sources
through reformulated gasoline, engine
standards, and other regulatory efforts, as
well as through a voluntary diesel retrofit
program. Based on 1990 levels, we expect a
90 percent reduction in diesel emissions and
a 60 percent reduction in other mobile
source air toxics by 2020.
EPA has developed and is implementing a
comprehensive strategy for achieving toxic
risk reductions and intends to work with its
authorization and appropriations committees
on these issues. EPA will also adjust its
strategy as necessary to reflect legal
constraints and maximize air toxic risk
reductions.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Developed the Human Exposure
Model as a tool to improve the
quality of risk predictions for major
point sources of air toxics.
• Developed the Total Risk Integrated
Methodology to aid in multi-pathway
risk characterizations.
• Revised air toxics performance
measures to report reductions in
toxi city-weighted emissions of
hazardous air pollutants, more
clearly linking program performance
to environmental outcomes.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Develop an innovative approach to
assess low-risk facilities quickly and
exempt them from future regulations.
• Develop an innovative approach to
assess impacts from entire facilities,
thus addressing together several
source categories.
• Continue to improve the quality and
timeliness of air toxic emissions
inventories using the National
Emission Inventory to estimate the
tons of emissions reduced.
• Develop an air toxics monitoring
network to supplement the "toxicity-
weighted emissions" measure of risk
reduction progress.
Reduce the Backlog of National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
Permits1
Challenge: OIG is assessing the
environmental impact of the NPDES
backlog, how well the backlog measures
reflect environmental impacts of delayed
permit reissuance or issuance, and how
successful EPA and states have been in
managing the backlog.
Agency Response: The NPDES permit
backlog was identified as a material
weakness, via the FMFIA process, in FY
1998 and reduced to an Agency weakness in
FY 2002. Based on November 1998 Permit
Compliance System (PCS) data, only 74
percent of expired permits for major
facilities and 52 percent of expired permits
for minor facilities had been reissued in a
timely manner. Expired NPDES permits
may not reflect the most recent applicable
effluent limitations guidelines, water quality
standards, or Total Maximum Daily Loads.
Without timely issuance of high quality
permits reflecting changed requirements,
necessary improvements in water quality
will be delayed.
EPA has made good progress in reducing
the permitting backlog and has accelerated
efforts to complete remaining actions and
validate success. At the end of FY 2004, 85
percent of major facilities had current
permits and 87 percent of minor facilities
were covered by current permits (in FY
1998 the percentages were 74 and 52,
respectively). Issuing major permits
1 U.S. EPA, Office of Water, National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES), Backlog Reduction.
Available at
http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/permitissuance/backlog.cfm.
Appendix - 32
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
continues to present challenges due to
competing priorities and the increasing
complexity of permitting in a watershed
context. The Permitting for Environmental
Results initiative, designed to focus on
permits expected to produce the most
significant environmental results, is helping
to address these challenges. An increasing
number of states are issuing permits on a
watershed basis and incorporating other
innovative techniques, such as water quality
trading, to address the NPDES backlog and
reduce or eliminate discharges into the
Nation's waters. As EPA continues to
implement the revised combined animal
feeding operations regulation, and focus on
the most environmentally significant
permits, reductions in pollutant loadings are
expected to increase.
In FY 2005, the Agency will validate the
effectiveness of the backlog reduction
strategy through data analysis, using data
systems and new oversight tools to provide
quarterly monitoring of permit status and
trends in related aspects of water programs.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Developed and began implementing
(in 2003) the Permitting for
Environmental Results (PERS)
initiative to focus scarce permit
writing resources on environmentally
significant permits, improve the
quality of national data on permit
issuance, and reduce the backlog of
NPDES permits. Over the past 5
years, state and regional efforts to
implement EPA's permit issuance
strategy have significantly reduced
the permit backlog.
• Worked with states to develop
permit issuance plans that focus on
environmentally significant permits
and ensure that the core NPDES
permit program is implemented.
• Improved efficiency by developing
tools to streamline the NPDES
permitting process (i.e., encouraging
states to use general permits and
automating the permit writing
process).
• Developed and demonstrated an E-
NPDES tool to generate higher
quality permits and reduce errors in
developing water quality-based
effluent limits in permits.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Work with 40 states to modernize the
Agency's Permit Compliance
System (PCS) to be more user-
friendly and provide states and EPA
with better program data.
• Continue to conduct NPDES Permit
Writers' courses for regions and
states to promote awareness of
regulatory requirements.
• Develop state profiles that identify
the strengths and innovations of each
State program that can be shared
with other States, as well as needed
program enhancements that will
improve the quality and/or integrity
of the State's NPDES program.
• Conduct additional data quality
assurance reviews to eliminate
incorrect and outdated records from
PCS and increase the percentage of
permit records with locational data,
thus allowing EPA to better
characterize the environmental
impact of backlog.
Management of Biosolids
Challenge: Although EPA is directing
renewed attention to biosolids, the Agency
needs to strengthen the science, and
establish strong enforcement to meet the
CWA requirements to reduce risks and
ensure biosolids are managed in compliance
with all applicable laws and requirements.
Agency Response: OIG is concerned that
"biosolids" will pose a potential risk until
Appendix - 33
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
the Agency can adequately implement a
national biosolids program and obtain the
scientific information it needs to make
informed decisions about biosolids. EPA
continues to meet its statutory obligations
under the CWA pertaining to biosolids (40
CFR Part 503) as well as maintain an active
presence in biosolids compliance and
enforcement activities. To prevent risk to
human health and the environment, the
Agency is addressing concerns about the
adequacy of the sewage sludge rule,
expanding biosolids-related research, and
actively addressing biosolids violations and
proper land-application.
EPA's enforcement and compliance
activities are tracked in the Integrated
Compliance Information System (ICIS)
database and include enforcement actions
also entered into the CWA Permit
Compliance System (PCS). The ICIS
database reports for FY 1995-2003, include
over 500 federal enforcement actions taken
to address violations of Part 503, sewage
sludge standards. In December 2003, EPA
published a Federal Register notice
presenting 14 activities the Agency expects
to begin or complete within the next 2-3
years to strengthen the sewage sludge use
and disposal program (see highlights below
for examples)
To assist states and regions in their oversight
of the biosolids program, the Agency has,
either in place or in development, tools to
assist and promote compliance with
biosolids regulatory requirements (e.g., on-
line training which includes a segment on
conducting sewage sludge inspection). In
the compliance monitoring and compliance
assistance areas, a number of activities are
completed or are ongoing to respond to
concerns raised by the OIG. The ICIS/PCS
database includes 494 regional and state
biosolids inspections for FY 2000 to FY
2003, which demonstrates a significant
inspection presence. A number of states are
not covered by the ICIS/PCS information for
biosolids inspections, so the actual number
of biosolids inspections is likely even
greater. Part of the PCS Modernization
effort is to include data entry from more
states in the system.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Produced Clean Water Act / NPDES
Computer-Based Inspector Training
which includes a segment on
conducting Sewage Sludge
(Biosolids) inspections.
• As part of the PCS modernization, a
separate workgroup (including both
states and EPA) was devoted to
defining the data needs of the
biosolids program. The roll out of
the modernized PCS, which includes
standardized data elements for use
by the states, will be staged over
several years, with the initial
availability for direct user states and
follow-on availability for indirect
user states who will batch load
information to the system.
• Publication in the Federal Register,
at 68 FR 75531, of the 14 - point
action plan which includes: biennial
review of the Part 503 Standards for
the potential addition of new
pollutants; field studies on the land
application of sewage sludge; and
development of improved analytical
methods for the quantification of
microbial pollutants in sewage
sludge. The other parts of the action
plan can be found in the Federal
Register.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• EPA plans to monitor scientific
findings in this area and will re-
evaluate its compliance and
enforcement approach as needed.
Superfund Evaluation and Policy
Identification
Appendix - 34
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Challenge: OIG believes EPA faces
significant challenges in its ability to meet
effectively current and future Superfund
needs and must establish a strong working
relationship between states and tribes in
order to achieve its environmental goals.
Agency Response: In an April 21, 2004
memorandum on EPA 's Key Management
Challenges, OIG stated that EPA faces
significant challenges in managing the
Superfund program now and in the future.
EPA acknowledges its fiscal and program
management challenges, some of which are
beyond the Agency's control, and is
working to address them. The Superfund
program is inherently complicated and
complex, dealing with cleanup requirements
that have been changing almost since
inception 24 years ago. However, despite
the program's complexity and its unique
administrative structure, it has made and
continues to make significant progress in
cleaning up Superfund sites and reducing
risks to human health and the environment.
Subject to the same budget constraints as are
other federal programs, Superfund program
for the past 2 years has been unable to fully
fund all of the sites in the queue for
construction. Although the President
requested a $150 million budget increase in
FY 2004 and 2005 to begin new
construction projects at sites throughout the
country the increase was not funded by
Congress in either year. Also, over the past
10 years EPA Superfund appropriation has
remained level, (roughly between $1.1 and
$1.4 billion per year) while costs have
increased. To promote program cost-
effectiveness, the Agency has initiated
several efforts, including prioritizing sites
for listing on the National Priorities List
(NPL), reviewing remedy options for sites
over $30 million, and establishing a
nationwide priority setting process for
remedial action. The Superfund Pipeline
Management Review ensures that Superfund
resources are distributed throughout the
Superfund "pipeline" to optimize results: a
panel reviews risks and other factors and
alternatives and sets site priorities for NPL
listing and construction funding.
While the OIG suggested that EPA needs to
determine potential future financial and
environmental liability from possible new
sites, the Agency does not maintain an
inventory of sites that have not yet entered
the Superfund program. Likewise, it keeps
no inventory of companies with financial
problems that might also have
environmental liabilities. Extensive
research is required to identify potentially
responsible parties or other sources to
finance site cleanups. Through EPA's
Environmental Financial Advisory Board,
the Agency has undertaken a major effort to
better understand financial assurance
mechanisms and how they might be applied
in waste management programs.
OIG recognizes that the fundamental pieces
of the tribal program already exist, and that
EPA has made significant efforts to enhance
the role of tribes in the Superfund program.
OIG states that the Agency's three major
initiatives since 1998 have produced some
positive results and lessons that have been
incorporated into the Agency's current
strategy for managing the role of tribes. The
Agency will continue to coordinate with
tribes and EPA regions to complete the
remaining key actions of the strategy.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Initiated and completed an internal
review of the Superfund Program
(120 Day Study) to identify
opportunities for program
efficiencies that would enable the
Agency to begin and ultimately
complete remedial actions with
current resources.
Appendix - 35
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
• Completed data collection and
analysis on hazardous sites
impacting Indian country.
• Established the EPA tribal forum to
work collaboratively on issues
involving tribes.
• Worked through the FY 2005
planning process to identify regional
resource needs related to cleanup of
contaminated sites.
• Worked to increase oversight of the
Tribal Association on Solid Waste
and Emergency Response
(TASWER) cooperative agreement,
in accordance with commitments to
OIG.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Continue work with the regions to
allocate resources and maximize
results.
• Finalize an OSWER Tribal Strategy
that will require completing the
Superfund Tribal Strategy and
implementation plan.
• Review, implement, and track
progress of recommendations from
the 120-Day Study on Superfund to
identify opportunities for program
efficiency.
Information System Security
Challenge: Due to the dynamic nature of
information security, EPA needs to continue
its emphasis and vigilance on strong
information security.
Agency Response: OIG believes EPA
needs to take additional actions (e.g.,
systematic monitoring and evaluation
programs, implementation of training
programs) to protect its information and
systems. While the Agency agrees that it
needs to continue its emphasis and vigilance
on strong information security, EPA
believes it has addressed the specific
management control issues related to
information systems security. In FY 2001,
EPA acknowledged this topic as an Agency
weakness under FMFIA. The Agency
completed the corrective actions and
validated the effectiveness of its
comprehensive strategy to systematically
address security related deficiencies in FY
2002.
EPA continues to improve the management
and oversight of the Agency information
security program and has successfully
demonstrated a high level of security for its
information resources and environmental
data. In FY 2004, EPA established
management controls to ensure that it
collects data of sufficient quality to verify
Agency-wide implementation of the
program; information security staff is
adequately trained; and security practices
are in place throughout the entire life cycle
of information systems. Additionally, for
the first time, EPA earned a "green" status
score under PMA for E-Government for its
information security management controls
and processes that are in place at the
Agency.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Established and implemented a
testing and evaluation process to
develop information sufficient to
verify the effectiveness of Agency-
wide Information Security Program
implementation.
• Developed and ensured
implementation of a training
program to provide information
security training to EPA employees
with significant information security
responsibilities.
• Established policy and management
framework to support development
and testing of up-to-date contingency
plans for Agency information
systems.
Appendix - 36
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Continue to verify Agency-wide
implementation.
• Ensure incorporation of information
security into Agency information
system life cycle.
• Review Agency systems for
conformance to security
requirements of revised System Life
Cycle Policy through the Capital
Planning and Investment Control
(CPIC) process.
• Continue to require systems without
up-to-date tested contingency plans
to submit milestones to be tracked in
the Agency's central POA&M
project management system.
Information Resources Management
(IRM) and Data Quality
Challenge: EPA faces a number of
challenges (e.g., implementing data
standards to facilitate data sharing;
establishing quality assurance practices to
improve the reliability, accuracy, and
scientific basis of environmental data) with
the data it uses to make decisions and
monitor progress against environmental
goals.
Agency Response: EPA has made
significant progress in addressing its data
management challenges. The Agency
acknowledged Laboratory Quality Systems
Practices and Data Management Practice?,
as Agency weaknesses under FMFIA in FY
2001 and has made great progress in
addressing these issues over the past several
years. EPA has addressed all corrective
actions related to Laboratory Quality
Systems Practices and is currently validating
the approach and newly established controls
put in place to address the Data
Management Practice?, issue.
EPA continues to improve data management
and use by planning and providing tools for
sharing data effectively, integrating data,
and identifying key data gaps. EPA has also
implemented improvements to assure that
environmental data used to support EPA's
decisions are of documented quality. In FY
2004, EPA developed guidance on the use of
administrative control designations to help
staff recognize the type of information that
must be protected from unauthorized
disclosures. To further improve
environmental information management, the
Agency will focus on developing and
implementing appropriate data management
policies and procedures and creating a plan
for addressing data gaps.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Completed version 1.0 of the Agency
Enterprise Architecture (EA), of
which the data architecture is a
component.
• Developed a policy and is
implementing procedures to support
the development of a metadata
management program within the
Agency that requires the Agency's
data to be sufficiently documented.
• Established the technical and
business guidelines for the use of
standard data elements.2
• Launched the Environmental
Indicators Initiative, which carries
out the first objective under Goal 1
of the EPA Strategic Information
Plan (i.e., the need to identify key
data gaps and for the Agency to fill
the gaps).
• Completed the EPA Strategic
Information Plan: A Framework for
the Future.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Develop a process for identifying
key data gaps.
• Facilitate further discussion within
the Agency and with Federal
2 U.S. EPA, Business rules for the use of standard data
elements in the EDR. Available at
http://oaspub.epa. gov/edr/epastd$. startup .
Appendix - 37
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
partners on the data gaps identified
in the Draft Report on the
Environment 2003. 3
Work with states and tribes to further
expand the National Environmental
Information Exchange Network to
streamline reporting and improve
data sharing.
Develop an executive-summary-level
report to validate the completion of
each corrective action.
Human
Capital
Strategy
Implementation/Employee Competencies
Challenge: While EPA is making progress
on human capital efforts, it must continue
developing and implementing its Human
Capital Strategy and focus on accountability
and better communication of planned
strategies.
Agency Response: OMB and OIG
acknowledge the Agency has made progress
in the area of human capital. In FY 2004,
EPA achieved "green" progress and
"yellow" status scores for successfully
implementing the human capital component
of the PMA. However, EPA continues to
face significant challenges in maintaining a
workforce with the highly specialized skills
and knowledge required to accomplish its
work. For example, retirement projections
for FY 2004 through FY 2007 indicate that
27 percent of the EPA workforce will be
eligible to retire within the next 5 years,
including 26 percent of the scientific-
technical workforce and 54 percent of the
Senior Executive Service. EPA is working
to develop a systematic approach to
workforce planning, based on reliable and
valid workforce data that ensures the
Agency can continue to fulfill its legal,
regulatory, and fiduciary responsibilities.
3 U.S. EPA, EPA Draft Report on the Environment 2003
(EPA-260-R-02-006). Available at
http://www.epa.gov/indicators/roe/index.htm
To ensure that the Agency's Human Capital
activities support the agency mission and are
in compliance with the merit system
principles, the Agency completed a Human
Capital Strategy (HCS) and created a
National Human Capital Strategy Office.
The HCS is designed around four key areas:
Strategic Alignment, Program Effectiveness,
Operational Efficiency, and Measures of
Legal Compliance. Additionally, in FY
2004 the Agency began documenting the
relationship between every employee's work
and the Agency's strategic goals to fulfill
Agency commitment to the Office of
Personnel Management (OPM) and OMB.
EPA has taken the crucial steps in the areas
of workforce planning and staff
development, with particular emphasis on
management development. EPA continues
to invest in the development of its workforce
with the implementation of the Workforce
Development Strategy (WDS), a
comprehensive set of developmental
programs. The WDS is designed to link
needed competencies to mission needs,
along core business lines, and aligns with
the core competencies identified by OPM
for senior executives. EPA offers a
developmental program that addresses the
needs of all employees from administrative
personnel to executive staff.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Upgraded PeopleSoft to the web-
enabled version and implemented the
automated time-keeping and payroll
processes.
• Completed the advertisement and
screening of EPA's seventh Intern
Program class. Via this highly
successful program, EPA is poised to
hire up to 25 new candidates this
year to infuse new talent into the
Agency. Over the past 6 years, EPA
has hired 191 highly qualified and
diverse interns.
Appendix - 38
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
• Conducted a human resources (HR)
assessment for Headquarters HR
professionals to identify current
skill/competency requirements and
determine existing proficiency
levels. This was a first step towards
implementing the HR Certification
Program and training that will focus
on current skill gaps and
development needed to support the
changing role of HR professionals.
• Reorganized the human resources
program and created the "National
Human Capital Strategy Office."
The new office is responsible for
implementation of the Agency's
Human Capital Strategy.
• Provided on-going learning
opportunities and just-in-time
training to all EPA employees. Go-
Learn on-line courses allow
employees to focus on the specific
developmental skills in an
environment and at a pace best suited
for their learning needs.
• Facilitated a two-day leadership
workshop for EPA employees
interested in pursuing a formal
leadership role in the Agency. The
course includes an advanced 360
assessment tool, information on
various leadership roles available in
the Agency, and tools and tips on
enhancing critical leadership skills.
• Implemented five Mid-level
Development workshops that focus
on the core competency groups
necessary for success in a work
environment. The workshops are
designed to help employees be more
creative in their approach to working
with others, projects, process, and
change, while enhancing their
professional results.
• Continued to offer a four (4) day
supervisory training program to new
and existing supervisors and
managers. This course focuses on
the critical non-technical skill
development necessary for
successfully partnering with their
employees. Employees take part in
hands on exercises relating to
diversity, self-awareness, conflict
management, coaching, human
resources, and other areas.
• Completed a strategic workforce
analysis of workforce requirements
at the macro, Agency, level.
• Launched an Agency-wide
succession management strategy.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Focus efforts on generating an
Agency-level view of our workforce
needs complemented with "local"
strategic workforce planning data.
• Continue to invest in the
development of an internal coaching
cadre which offers one-on-one
coaching for our SES Candidates and
for managers after completion of a
360 Assessment.
• Implement an Agency-wide mentoring
program to provide the support and
nurturing required ensuring that our
workforce can fully develop to their
maximum potential.
Agency Efforts in Support of Homeland
Security (formerly. Protecting Critical
Infrastructure from Non-traditional Attacks}
Challenge: EPA needs to develop better
processes for ensuring security at Nationally
Significant Events, assess vulnerability of
water utilities and determine how to
measure water security improvements, and
better define the Agency's role in protecting
air from terrorist threats.
Agency Response: OIG commends EPA
for its efforts to enhance homeland security
and its quick response to incidents, but
believes the Agency needs to effectively
Appendix - 39
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
coordinate at all levels of government and
industry. EPA is working to increase its
policy leadership and development of key
Homeland Security Programs in response to
Homeland Security Presidential Directives
taskings, by building upon existing water
security plans, effective decontamination
efforts, and timely and accurate lab capacity
support. These important efforts promote
the Agency's role in protecting the nation
from terrorist threats.
Since its inception in February 2003, EPA's
Office of Homeland Security has
coordinated and led homeland security
activities and policy development across
program areas and government-wide (e.g.,
serves as the point of contact for the
Department of Homeland Security (DHS)
and the White House Homeland Security
Council (HSC) and represents the Agency
on Homeland Security issues). EPA led a
collaborative effort (with the White House
HSC, DHS and OMB) to revise the EPA
Homeland Security Strategic Plan. The
revised Plan identifies the range of
homeland security activities the Agency
conducts, taking into account the evolving
role of the DHS. The Agency also spent
considerable time and effort mapping out
responsibilities and strategies to address
recently issued Presidential Directives.4
To help improve processes for cross-agency
Homeland Security coordination, EPA
established and convened the Homeland
Security Policy Coordination Committee
(PCC). The PCC serves as an executive
committee that can be activated in the event
of a homeland security-related attack and
acts to ensure that the Agency's senior
political leadership is brought together to
provide policy direction to responders.
4 The White House Office of the Press Secretary,
Homeland Security Presidential Directives, (December 17,
2003), available at
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2003/12/200312
17-5 .html
Recent Accomplishments:
• Established the Homeland Security
Collaborative Network to coordinate and
directly address high priority, cross-
Agency technical and policy issues
related to homeland security programs.
• Implemented key homeland security
efforts including budget planning and
implementation at EPA.
• Supported federal law enforcement
Agencies at Nationally Significant
Events (e.g., U.S. Secret Service and
FBI during the G-8 Nations Summit).
• Participated in over 150 training
exercises to improve homeland security
readiness, including a field exercise at
Ft. Leavenworth, KS that tested the
Agency's ability to respond to multi-state
radiological contamination resulting
from a downed satellite.
• Provided tools, training, and technical
assistance to drinking water and
wastewater utilities, specifically the
9,000 drinking water systems that have
assessed the vulnerabilities and are
preparing or revising their emergency
response plans in accordance with the
Bioterrorism Act.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Prepare the Agency to fulfill its
responsibilities under new Homeland
Security Presidential Directives.
• Establish function-specific liaison
responsibilities to enhance the
effectiveness of communication across
EPA.
• Develop a homeland security
information management system.
Linking Mission and Management
Challenge: OIG believes that while EPA
has begun linking costs to goals, it must
continue to work with its partners to develop
appropriate outcome measures and
accounting systems that track environmental
Appendix - 40
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
and human health results across the
Agency's new goal structure. This
information must then become an integral
part of the Agency's decision-making
process.
Agency Response: OIG noted that EPA's
reliance on output measures makes it
difficult to provide regions and states the
flexibility they need to direct resources to
their highest priority activities and to assess
the impact of Agency's work on human
health and the environment. EPA believes
that its program goals, performance
objectives, and measures of effectiveness are
connected, and the Agency continues to
make progress in linking assessments of
program performance with resource
decisions; developing outcome-oriented
goals and measures; and providing managers
with timely, reliable, and consistent cost
information.
EPA has been recognized across
government for its efforts to improve the
way the Agency manages for results and
uses cost performance information in
decision making. In 2003, the Agency
received the President's Quality Award for
significant accomplishments in financial
performance. Since June 2003, the Agency
has maintained a "green" status score for
Improved Financial Performance. In
addition, since June 2002 EPA has earned a
"green" progress score for Budget and
Performance Integration under the
President's Management Agenda for all but
one quarter.5
Recent Accomplishments: Developed
Regional Plans that link EPA's regional
environmental priorities to the Agency's
EPA selected as finalist for the 2002 Presidential Quality
Award in Area of Budget and Performance Integration,
news release. Available at
http://www.whitehouse.gOV/news/releases/2002/l 1/200211
25-2.html.
five strategic goals.
• Increased the percentage of annual goals
classified as outcomes from 44 percent
of the total in FY 2004 to 62 percent for
FY2005.
• Increased the percentage of performance
measures classified as outcomes from 51
percent in FY 2004 to 64 percent for FY
2005.
• Completed PART assessments for 32
programs covering over 60 percent of
the Agency's budget. OMB approved
efficiency measures for 22 of the 32
programs assessed with the PART.
• Launched a business reporting tool,
ORBIT, which allows easy access to
financial and budget information.
ORBIT currently has over 360 users
Agency-wide.
• Implemented a newly developed Annual
Commitment System to foster discussion
and agreement between regional and
national program offices on FY 2005
regional performance commitments.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Enhance ORB IT's functionality by
expanding the programmatic and
performance reporting capability and
adding additional data sources.
• Begin the process of revising the
Agency's Strategic Plan
Use of
Grants Management and
Assistance Agreements
Challenge: EPA needs to improve oversight
for awarding and administering assistance
agreements to ensure effective and efficient
use of resources. Recent OIG and GAO
audits continue to identify problems in the
use of assistance agreements.
Agency Response: Assistance agreements
6 U.S. EPA, Regional Plans. Available at
http://www.epa.gOV/ocfopage/regionplans/regionalplans2.h
tm
Appendix - 41
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
are one of EPA's primary mechanisms for
carrying out its mission to protect human
health and the environment. The Agency
awards approximately half of its budget to
organization through assistance agreements.
Thus it is imperative that the Agency use
good management practices in awarding and
overseeing these agreements to ensure they
contribute cost effectively to attaining
environmental goals.
EPA acknowledges OIG and GAO concerns
regarding the management of assistance
agreements, and tracks this issue as an
Agency weakness in the FMFIA process
.The Agency has made significant progress
in developing and implementing a
comprehensive system of management
controls to correct grants management
problems. EPA issued its first long-term
Grants Management Plan,7 with associated
performance measures, in April 2003. The
plan, which GAO recognizes as a
comprehensive and coordinated plan to
strengthening grants management, outlines
an aggressive approach to ensure that the
commitments are fully implemented and that
employees are held accountable for
managing grants effectively. Also, EPA
established a Grants Management Council,
composed of EPA's Senior Resource
Officials to provide the leadership,
coordination, and accountability need to
implement the plan.
Recent Accomplishments:
• Revised the Grants Competition Policy
to lower the competition threshold and
increase the number of grant
competitions
• Issued EPA Order 5700.6, a
comprehensive post-award monitoring
policy that requires base line monitoring
on all active awards and establishes an
advance monitoring performance
requirement of 10 percent of all EPA's
active grantees and mandatory reporting
of the reviews in a Grantee Compliance
Database.
• Instituted a new approach to internal
reviews that provides EPA with an early
warning system to detect emerging grant
weaknesses.
• Conducted classroom training sessions
for non-profit and Tribal recipients to
educate them about their grants
management responsibilities.
• Issued guidance requesting that EPA's
Senior Resource Officials review and
revise all non-SES performance
standards and position descriptions to
ensure that they accurately reflect grants
management responsibilities.
• Issued the Grants Management Training
Plan which requires expanded training
for project officers, grant specialists, and
potential grant recipients in areas
identified in OIG and GAO audits
reports and EPA's own internal reviews.
• Issued a Roles and Responsibilities
policy for grants management which
clarifies the duties of program offices
and grants management offices.
• Developed an EPA Order on
environmental results under assistance
agreements designed to make grants
more outcome-oriented and linked to
EPA's Strategic Plan. The Order is
effective January 2005.
• Deployed the Integrated Grants
Management System (IGMS) to the
Regions and automated the grants
process.
Plans for Further Improvements:
• Issue a new EPA Order on pre-award
reviews to help ensure that non-profit
applicants have the administrative and
programmatic capabilities to manage
EPA grant funds. (March 2005).
7 U.S. EPA, EPA Grants Management Plan. Available at
http://www.epa.gov/ogd/EO/finalreport.pdf
Appendix - 42
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
Deploy IGMS in EPA Headquarters to
leverage technology and improve
program performance.
Expand the Grantee Compliance
Database to include more information on
OIG and GAO reports, Agency
advanced monitoring reviews, and
significant compliance actions taken by
the Agency to improve the ability to
identify systematic issues early and take
appropriate corrective action.
Conduct grants management training for
managers and supervisors.
Appendix - 43
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA USER FEE PROGRAM
In FY 2006, EPA will have several user fee
programs in operation. These user fee
programs and proposals are as follows:
Current Fees
• Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee
Since 1989, this fee has been collected
for the review and processing of new
chemical Pre-Manufacturing
notifications (PMN) submitted to EPA
by the chemical industry. These fees are
paid at the time of submission of the
PMN for review by EPA's Office of
Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic
Substances. PMN Fees are authorized
by the Toxic Substances Control Act and
contain a cap on the amount the Agency
may charge for a PMN review. EPA
expects to collect $1,800,000 in PMN
Fees in FY 2006. The removal of the
statutory fee cap is discussed below
under User Fee Proposals.
• Lead Accreditation and Certification
Fee
The Toxic Substances Control Act, Title
IV, Section 402(a)(3), mandates the
development of a schedule of fees for
persons operating lead training programs
accredited under the 402/404 rule and
for lead-based paint contractors certified
under this rule. The training programs
ensure that lead paint abatement is done
safely. Fees collected for this activity
are deposited in the U.S. Treasury. EPA
estimates that less than $500,000 will be
deposited in FY 2006.
• Motor Vehicle and Engine
Compliance Program Fee
This fee is authorized by the Clean Air
Act of 1990 and is managed by the
Office of Air and Radiation. Fee
collections began in August 1992. This
fee is imposed on manufacturers of light-
duty vehicles, light and heavy trucks and
motorcycles. The fees cover EPA's cost
of certifying new engines and vehicles
and monitoring compliance of in-use
engines and vehicles. In 2004, EPA
promulgated a rule that updated existing
fees and established fees for newly-
regulated vehicles and engines. The fees
established for new compliance
programs are also imposed on heavy-
duty, in-use, and nonroad industries,
including large diesel and gas equipment
(earthmovers, tractors, forklifts,
compressors, etc), handheld and non-
handheld utility engines (chainsaws,
weed-whackers, leaf-blowers,
lawnmowers, tillers, etc.), marine (boat
motors, tugs, watercraft, jet-skis),
locomotive, aircraft and recreational
vehicles (off-road motorcycles,
snowmobiles). In FY 2006, EPA
expects to collect $18,000,000 from this
fee.
Current Fees: Pesticides
The FY 2006 President's Budget reflects
implementation of the new fee structure for
the Pesticides Programs, as enacted by the
Pesticides Registration Improvement Act
(PRIA) of 2003. The new structure includes
an extension to the Maintenance Fee for
older pesticide review, and a new Enhanced
Registration Services Fee, which supports
accelerated review of new registration
actions for pesticides.
• Pesticides Maintenance Fee Extension
The Maintenance Fee provides funding
for both the Tolerance Reassessment and
Appendix - 44
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
the Reregi strati on programs. PRIA
extended the authorization of the
Maintenance Fee through 2008. The
existing tolerance reassessment program
is slated for completion in 2006, under
the FQPA statute, and the final
reregi strati on decisions are scheduled for
2008. The tolerance reassessment and
reregi strati on activities will continue
under the to-be-established Registration
Review program. In FY 2006, the
Agency expects to collect $27,000,000
in Maintenance fees.
• Enhanced Registration Services
PRIA enacted a new fee specifically for
accelerated pesticide registration
decision service. This new process
should encourage the introduction of
new pesticides to the market more
quickly. These fees will be paid to the
Agency at the time the registration
action request is submitted. In FY 2006,
Agency expects to collect $15,000,000
in Enhanced Registration Service fees.
User Fee Proposals
• Removal of the Statutory Cap on the
Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee
Language will be submitted to remove
the statutory cap in the Toxic Substances
Control Act on Pre-Manufacturing
Notification (PMN) Fees and to allow
the increase in fees to be used as a
discretionary offset. Under the current
fee structure, the Agency would collect
$1,800,000 in FY 2006. The increase in
PMN fees will be deposited into a
special fund in the U.S. Treasury and
available to the Agency, subject to
appropriation. After the anticipated
rulemaking, the Agency estimates
collections of an additional $4,000,000
in FY 2006.
• Pesticides Registration Fee
Language will be submitted to eliminate
the prohibition on collecting the existing
pesticides Registration fee originally
codified in 1988 (40 CFR 152 subpart
U) and to allow the fees to be used as a
discretionary offset. The authority to
collect these fees has been blocked
through appropriations acts since 1989.
Most recently, provisions in the FY 2004
Consolidated Appropriations Act (P.L.
108-199) extended the prohibition
through 2010. FY 2006 collections are
estimated to be $26,000,000.
• Tolerance Fee Rule
Language will be submitted to eliminate
the prohibition on collecting pesticide
Tolerance fees and to allow the fees to
be used as a discretionary offset. The
collection of this fee has been blocked in
appropriations acts since 2001.Most
recently, provisions in the FY 2004
Consolidated Appropriations Act (P.L.
108-199) extended the prohibition
through 2008. EPA will update the
tolerance fee rule to eliminate overlap
with other authorized fees and will
promulgate the final Tolerance fee rule
in 2005. The Tolerance fee collections
for FY 2006 are estimated to be
$20,000,000.
Appendix - 45
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
WORKING CAPITAL FUND
In FY 2006, the Agency begins its tenth year
of operation of the Working Capital Fund
(WCF). It is a revolving fund authorized by
law to finance a cycle of operations, where
the costs of goods and services provided are
charged to users on a fee-for-service basis.
The funds received are available without
fiscal year limitation, to continue operations
and to replace capital equipment. EPA's
WCF was implemented under the authority
of Section 403 of the Government
Management Reform Act of 1994 and
EPA's FY 1997 Appropriations Act.
Permanent WCF authority was contained in
the Agency's FY 1998 Appropriations Act.
The Chief Financial Officer initiated the
WCF in FY 1997 as part of an effort to: (1)
be accountable to Agency offices, the Office
of Management and Budget, and the
Congress; (2) increase the efficiency of the
administrative services provided to program
offices; and (3) increase customer service
and responsiveness. The Agency has a
WCF Board which provides policy and
planning oversight and advises the CFO
regarding the WCF financial position. The
Board, chaired by the Associate Chief
Financial Officer, is composed of eighteen
permanent members from the program
offices and the regional offices.
Two Agency Activities begun in FY 1997
will continue into FY 2006. These are the
Agency's information technology and
telecommunications operations, managed by
the Office of Environmental Information,
and Agency postage costs, managed by the
Office of Administration. The Agency's FY
2006 budget request includes resources for
these two Activities in each National
Program Manager's submission, totaling
approximately $184.0 million. These
estimated resources may be increased to
incorporate program office's additional
service needs during the operating year. To
the extent that these increases are subject to
Congressional reprogramming notifications,
the Agency will comply with all applicable
requirements. In FY 2006, the Agency will
continue to market its information
technology services to other Federal
agencies in an effort to deliver high quality
services external to EPA, which will result
in lower costs to EPA customers.
Appendix - 46
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
CARRYOVER AND OUTLAYS
By Appropriation Accounts
Dollars in Millions
APPROPRIATION
STAG
B&F
EPM
SF
LUST
IG
OIL
S&T
WCF
TOTAL
2004
END OF YEAR
CARRYOVER
$1,453
$4
$255
$837
$6
$13
$57
$269
$11
$2,906
NET
OUTLAYS
$3,904
$37
$2,167 1
$1,468
$72
$35
$11
$731
$4
$8,429
2005
END OF YEAR
CARRYOVER
$1,443
$3
$298
$919
$2
$12
$53
$253
$10
$2,993
NET
OUTLAYS
$3,592
$38
$2,171
$1,257
$72
$37
$12
$746
$15
$7,940
2006
END OF YEAR
CARRYOVER
$1,217
$3
$247
$985
$2
$11
$58
$300
$36
$2,859
NET
OUTLAYS
$3,722
$41
$2,319
$1,289
$78
$38
$15
$806
$2
$8,310
Includes $3 million in discretionary outlays for Pesticide Registration Fund (020-00-5374) and $15 million in receipts from Registration service fees (020-00-537410)
Appendix - 47
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Clean Air and Global Climate Change
Protect and improve the air so it is healthy to breathe and risks to human health and the environment are reduced. Reduce greenhouse
gas intensity by enhancing partnerships with businesses and other sectors.
OBJECTIVE: HEALTHIER OUTDOOR AIR
Through 2010, working with partners, protect human health and the environment by attaining and maintaining health-based air-
quality standards and reducing the risk from toxic air pollutants.
Reduce Air Toxic Emissions
In 2006 Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional
2% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a cumulative reduction of 40%.
In 2006 Complete the phase out of leaded gasoline in 20 countries in Africa through the partnership for clean fuels and
vehicles.
In 2005 Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional
1% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a cumulative reduction of 38%.
In 2004 The Agency is currently working on updating the NEI and expects to have FY 2004 results in the last quarter of
FY2012.
In 2003 End-of-year- FY 2003 data will be available in late 2009 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from
stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional 1% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0
million tons for a cumulative reduction 35%.
In 2002 End-of-year FY 2002 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from
stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by 1.5% from 2001 for a cumulative reduction of 33.5%
from the 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons per year.
Appendix - 48
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2001 End-of-year FY 2001 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from
stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by 5% from 2000 (for a cumulative reduction of 35%
from the 1993 level of 4.3 million tons.)
Performance Measures
Number of countries completing phase out of leaded
gasoline
Total Cumulative reductions in Air Toxics
Emissions (% reductions from baseline).
Annual percentage of combined stationary and
mobile source reductions in air toxic emissions.
Mobile Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced
Major Stationary Source Air Toxics Emissions
Reduced
Area and All Other Air Toxics Emissions Reduced
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
Data Lag Data Lag Data Lag
FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
20 countries
1 40 Percent
2 Percent
.80 .89 Million Tons
1.59 1.64 Million Tons
+.14 +.15 Million Tons
Baseline: The baseline begins in 1993. This is the year before the first MACT (Maximum Achievable Control Technology)
and mobile source regulations developed under the Clean Air Act were to be implemented. Air toxics emissions
data are revised every three years to generate inventories for the National Emissions Inventory (NEI), which
replaced the National Toxics Inventory (NTI). In intervening years between updates of the NEI, the model EMS-
HAP (Emissions Modeling System for Hazardous Air Pollutants) is used to estimate and project annual emissions
of air toxics. As new inventories are completed and improved inventory data is added, the baseline (or total tons
of air toxics) is adjusted. The next run of the EMS-HAP, using the final 1999 NEI data, is scheduled for Fall
2004. After that, actual numbers will be available for FY 2000 and 2001 respectively. The toxicity-weighted
emission inventory will also utilize the NEI for air toxics along with the Agency's compendium of cancer and
noncancer health risk criteria to develop a risk metric that can be tabulated and tracked on an annual basis. The
baseline is based on emission inventory data from 1990-1993.
Air Toxicity-Weighted
In 2006 Reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted for cancer and non-cancer emissions of air toxics from 1993 baseline.
Appendix - 49
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Reduction in tons toxicity-weighted (for cancer risk)
emissions of air toxics from 1993 baseline.
Reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted (for
noncancer risk) emissions of air toxics from 1993
baseline.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
22
55
Percentage
Percentage
Baseline: The toxicity-weighted emission inventory will also utilize the NEI for air toxics along with the Agency's
compendium of cancer and noncancer health risk criteria to develop a risk metric that can be tabulated and
tracked on an annual basis. The baseline is based on emission inventory data from 1990-1993.
Reduce SO2 Emissions
In 2006 Keep annual emissions below level authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achieving the
year 2010 SO2 emissions cap for utilities. Annual emissions reduction target is T.Omillion tons from the 1980
baseline.
In 2005 Keep annual emissions below level authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achieving the
year 2010 SO2 emissions cap for utilities. Annual emissions reduction target is 6.9 million tons from the 1980
baseline.
In 2004 Although data is not available for FY 2004, EPA has continued to meet and exceed this goal for the previous 3
years. FY 2004 data will be available in the last quarter of 2005 to verify that annual emissions reduction of
approximately 5 millions tons from utility sources were maintained or increased during 2004.
In 2003 SO2 emissions were reduced by approximately 39 percent (6.8 million tons) from the 1980 level of 17.4 million
tons, approaching the 50 percent reduction goal from 1980 level by 2010.
In 2002 SO2 emissions were reduced by approximately 40 percent (7 million tons) from the 1980 level of 17.4 million
tons, approaching the 50 percent reduction goal from 1980 level by 2010.
In 2001 Approximately 5 million tons of SO2 emissions from utility sources were reduced from the 1980 baseline.
Appendix - 50
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
SO2 Emissions Reduced 6,670,000 7,000,000 6,800,000 Data avail. 6,900,000 7,000,000 Tons
05 Reduced
Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on the annual performance goal is the 1980 emissions baseline.
The 1980 SO2 emissions inventory totals 17.4 million tons for electric utility sources. This inventory was
developed by National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP) and used as the basis for reductions in
Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments. This data is also contained in EPA's National Air Pollutant
Emissions Trends Report. Statutory SO2 emissions cap for year 2010 and later is at 8.95 million tons which is
approximately 8.5 million tons below 1980 emissions level. "Allowable SO2 emission level" consists of
allowance allocations granted to sources each year under several provisions of the Act and additional allowances
carried over, or banked, from previous years.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM-10
In 2006 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
10 standard will increase by 4% (relative to 2005) for a cumulative total of 11% (relative to 1992).
In 2005 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
10 standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 7% (relative to 1992).
In 2004 EPA is not on track to meet its goal.
In 2003 Maintained healthy air quality for 6.1 million people living in monitored areas attaining the PM standards;
increased by 228 thousand the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained
the standard.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 3.4 million people living in monitored areas attaining the PM standards; and
increased by 2.7 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the
standard.
In 2001 EPA maintained healthy air quality for 1.189 million people living in 9 areas attaining the PM standards and
Appendix - 51
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
increased by 2.249 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained
the standard.
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
People who Live in Areas with Ambient PM-10
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQSas
Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas
with Ambient PM-10 Concentrations Below the
Level of the NAAQSas Compared to 1992
Total number of people who live in areas measuring
clean air for PM-10
Areas measuring clean air for PM-10
Additional people living in new areas measuring
clean air for PM-10
Total Number of People who Live in Areas
Designated in Attainment with Clean Air Standards
forPM
Areas Designated to Attainment for the PM-10
Standard
Additional People Living in Newly Designated
Areas with Demonstrated Attainment of the PM
Standard
PM-10 Reduced from Mobile Sources
PM-2.5 Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
22,000
16,500
FY 2003
Actuals
6%
50%
FY 2004
Actuals
Data avail.
05
Data avail.
05
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
7
50
3,438,000 6,086,500 6,200,000 120,700,000 122,308,000
2,249,000 2,686,500 228,000
23,000
17,250
25,000
18,000
126,000
18,000
13,500
1,549,648
62,161
61,217
FY2006
Request
11 Percent
130 Percent
126,400,000 People
38 Areas
5,500,000 People
People
Areas
People
74,594 Tons
Tons
Baseline: The 1992 baseline for population is the population in areas not classified or designated as attainment for the clean
air national ambient air quality standards. The 1992 baseline for areas is those areas that are designated as non-
attainment of the NAAQs but not meeting the standard (50 areas). Through FY 2003, 120,279,036 are living in
Appendix - 52
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
areas designated to attainment; 5 areas are designated to attainment for this/these pollutants. The 1995 baseline
for PM-10 reduced from mobile sources is 880,000 tons. Beginning in FY 2005, the 2000 Mobile6 inventory is
used as the baseline for mobile source emissions. The 2000 baseline for PM-10 from mobile source is 613,000
tons.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy CO, SO2, NO2, Lead
In 2006 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient CO, NO2, SO2, or Pb concentrations below the
NAAQS will increase by less than 13% (relative to 2005) for a cumulative total of 66% (relative to 1992).
In 2005 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient CO, NO2, SO2, or Pb concentrations below the
NAAQS will increase by less than 1% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 53% (relative to 1992).
In 2004 Based on available data, EPA is not on track to meet its goal. EPA maintained healthy air quality for 173M
people living in 122 monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2 or Pb standards falling slightly short of its goal
of 174M.
In 2003 Maintained healthy air quality for 53 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and
Lead standards; increased by .74 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have
newly attained the standard.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 36.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and
Lead standards; and increased by 16.5 million, the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that
have newly attained the standard.
In 2001 EPA maintained healthy air quality for 36.3 million people living in 56 areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and
Lead standards and increased by 418,000 the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have
newly attained the standard.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Data avail 53 66 Percent
People who Live in Areas with Ambient CO, SO2, 05
NO2, or Pb Concentrations Below the Level of the
NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Appendix - 53
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas
with Ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb Concentrations
Below the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to
1992
Total number of people who live in areas measuring
clean air for CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb.
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud.
Data avail. 77
05
FY 2006
Request
111 Percent
189.7 People
Areas measuring clean air for CO,SO2,NO2 or Pb
Additional people living in new areas measuring
clean air for CO, SO2,NO2, or Pb
Total Number of People Living in Areas Designated
in Attainment with Clean Air Standards for CO,
SO2, NO2, and Pb
Areas Designated to Attainment for the CO, SO2,
NO2, and Pb Standards
Additional People Living in Newly Designated
Areas with Demonstrated Attainment of the CO,
SO2, NO2, and Pb Standards
CO Reduced from Mobile Sources
Total Number of People Living in Areas with
Demonstrated Attainment of the NO2 Standard
36,721,000 53,190,000 53,700,000 173,300,000
12
14
10,672,000
14,944,000
11,002,000
14,944,000
12,636,000
174,222,00
0
418,000 16,490,000 740,000 5,400,000 209,991
-841,971
n/a
15,500,00
0
-1.01 M
Areas
People
People
Areas
People
Tons
People
Baseline: The 1992 baseline for population is the population in areas not classified or designated as attainment for the clean
air national ambient air quality standards. The 1992 baseline for areas is those areas that are designated as non-
attainment of the NAAQS but not meeting the standard (119 areas). Through FY 2003, 167 million people are
living in areas designated to attainment: 108 areas are designated to attainment for this/these pollutants. The 1995
baseline for mobile source CO emissions was 70.9M tons. Beginning in FY 2005, the 2000 Mobile6 inventory is
used as the baseline for mobile source emission. The 2000 baseline was 79.2M tons for mobile source CO
emissions. While on-road CO emissions continue to decrease, there is an overall increase in mobile source CO
Appendix - 54
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
emissions due to a growth in nonroad CO.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 8 Hour
In 2006 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 8-
hour ozone standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 7% (relative to 2001).
In 2005 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 8-
hour ozone standard will increase by 4% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 7% (relative to 2001).
In 2004 EPA designated the attainment status in FY 2004 for areas meeting the 8-hour ozone standard, thereby
establishing the baseline to monitor progress.
In 2003 EPA met its goal of approximately 834,400 additional people living in healthier residential indoor environments,
based on information from the Indoor Environment Partner Network, which includes traditional partners and
grantees; analysis of various results data efforts including public service announcements and outreach, and
information from the National Association of Home Builders and radon mitigation fan sales.
In 2002 EPA met its goal of approximately 834,400 additional people living in healthier residential indoor environments,
based on information gathered from homebuilders and manufacturers outreach.
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
People who Live in Areas with Ambient 8-hour
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as
Compared to 2001
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas
with Ambient 8-hour Ozone Concentrations Below
the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
VOCs Reduced from Mobile Sources
NOx Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
834,400
FY 2003
Actuals
834,400
FY 2004
Actuals
Data avail
05
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
Data
Avail 05
<1
1.03 M
2.03 M
Percent
Percent
Tons
Tons
Appendix -55
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Baseline: EPA will designate the attainment status for areas in April 2004. With that data, we will have the population
baseline as well as the number of areas that are not in attainment for the 8-hour ozone standard. The 1995
baseline was 8.1M tons for mobile source VOC emissions, and 12.OM tons for mobile source NOx emissions.
Beginning in FY 2005, the Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline year for mobile source emissions. The 2000
baseline was 7.7M tons for mobile source VOC emissions, and 11.8M tons for mobile source NOx emissions.
The 1-hour ozone standard is in the process of being phased out and revoked.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 1 Hour
In 2005 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 1-
hour ozone standard will increase by 4% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 53% (relative to 1992).
In 2004 EPA is not on track to meet this goal based on available data. EPA maintained healthy air quality for 165.4
million people living in 53 areas designated as attaining the 1-hour ozone standard (falling short of its goal by 1.9
M people) and certified that 3 out of a target of 5 of the remaining 48 non-attainment areas have attained the 1-
hour NAAQS for ozone, thereby increasing the number of people living in areas with healthy air by 3.9M in lieu
of the 5.8M target.
In 2003 Maintained healthy air quality for approx. 41.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the ozone std;
certified that 5 areas of the remaining 54 nonattainment areas have attained the 1-hour NAAQS for ozone thus
increasing the no. of people living in areas with healthy air by 5.8 million.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 41.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the ozone standard; and
certified 1 area of the remaining 55 nonattainment areas attained the 1-hour NAAQS for ozone, thus increasing
the number of people living in areas with healthy air by 326,000.
In 2001 EPA maintained healthy air quality for 38.2 million people living in 43 areas attaining the ozone standard,
increased by 3.5 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the
standard by certifying that 3 new areas have attained the 1-hour standard.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of 42% Data Avail 53 Percent
Appendix - 56
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
People who Live in Areas with Ambient 1 -hour
Ozone Concentrations Below the Level of the
NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
Areas with Ambient 1-hour Ozone
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS
as Compared to 1992
Total Number of People who Live in Areas
Designated to Attainment of the Clean Air
Standards for Ozone
Areas Designated to Attainment for the Ozone
Standard
Additional People Living in Newly Designated
Areas with Demonstrated Attainment of the
Ozone Standard
VOCs Reduced from Mobile Sources
NOx Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
41,679,000 42,026,000
3,475,000
1,659,000
1,189,000
326,000
1,755,000
1,319,000
FY2003
Actuals
Data Lag
1,900,000
1,400,000
FY 2004
Actuals
05
Data avail
05
173.30
2,040,000
1,653,000.
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
40
174,562,00
0
3,900,000 7,276,790
855,624
1,693,259
FY2006
Request
Percent
People
Areas
People
Tons
Tons
Baseline: The 1992 baseline for population is the population in areas not classified or designated as attainment for the clean
air national ambient air quality standards. The 1992 baseline for areas is those areas that are designated as non-
attainment of the NAAQs but meeting the standard (54 areas). Through FY 2003, 161.5 M are living in areas
designated to attainment; 51 areas are designated to attainment for this/these pollutants. The 1995 baseline was
8.1M tons for mobile source VOC emissions, and 12.OM tons for mobile source NOX emissions. Beginning in
FY 2005, the Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline year for mobile source emissions. The 2000 baseline was
7.7M tons for mobile source VOC emissions, and 11.8M tons for mobile source NOx emissions. The 1-hour
ozone standard will be revoked in FY 2005 due to the designation of all areas with respect to the 8-hour ozone
standard.
Appendix - 57
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM- 2.5
In 2006
In 2005
In 2004
The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
2.5 standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2005) for a cumulative total of less than 1% (relative to 2001).
The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
2.5 standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of less than 1% (relative to 2001).
EPA designated attainment status for PM2.5 in December.
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
People who Live in Areas with Ambient PM-2.5
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as
Compared to 2001
Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with
Ambient PM-2.5 Concentrations Below the Level of
the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
PM-2.5 Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Data 1 <1
avail. 05
Data 1
avail. 05
<1
Percent
Percent
73,460 Tons
Baseline:
Acid Rain
In 2006
In 2006
EPA will designate the attainment status for areas in FY 2005. With that data, we will have the population
baseline as well as the number of areas that are not in attainment for the PM-2.5 standard. Beginning in FY 2005,
the 2000 Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline for mobile source emissions. The 2000 baseline for PM 2.5
from mobile sources is 613,000 tons.
Reduce total annual average nitrogen deposition and ambient nitrate concentrations 5% from baseline. Baseline
for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
Reduce total annual average sulfur deposition and ambient sulfate concentrations 27% from baseline. Baseline
for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
Appendix - 58
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2005 Reduce total annual average nitrogen deposition and ambient nitrate concentrations 5% from baseline. Baseline
for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
In 2005 Reduce total annual average sulfur deposition and ambient sulfate concentrations 27% from baseline. Baseline
for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
In 2004 The new Acid Rain measure was developed as a result of the OMB PART analysis of the program in FY 2005
budget process. Reduce total annual average nitrogen deposition and ambient nitrate concentrations 5% from
baseline. Baseline for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
In 2004 The new annual Acid Rain measure was developed as a result of the OMB PART analysis of the program in FY
2005. Reduce total annual average sulfur deposition and ambient sulfate concentrations 27% from baseline.
Baseline for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
Performance Measures
Total annual average nitrogen deposition and mean
ambient nirtate concentrations reduced.
Total annual average sulfur deposition and mean
ambient sulfate concentrations reduced.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
Data
avail. 05
Data
avail. 05
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
5
27
FY 2006
Request
5
27
Percentage
Percentage
Baseline: Sulfur and nitrogen deposition contribute to acidification of lakes and streams, making them unable to support
fish and other aquatic life. Reductions in both total sulfur and nitrogen deposition are critical to reducing the
number of chronically acidic water bodies. Ambient sulfate and ambient nitrate ("acid rain" paniculate")
contributes to unhealthy air and respiratory problems in humans, especially children and other sensitive
populations. The baseline is established from monitored site levels based on consolidated map of 1989-1991
showing a three year of deposition levels produced from the CASTNET sites
(http://www.epa.gov/castnet/sites.htmn.
Appendix - 59
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
OBJECTIVE: HEALTHIER INDOOR AIR
By 2008, 22.6 million more Americans than in 1994 will be experiencing healthier indoor air in homes, schools, and office
buildings.
Healthier Residential Indoor Air
In 2006 850,000 additional people will be living in homes with healthier indoor air.
In 2005 843,300 additional people will be living in homes with healthier indoor air.
In 2004 EPA is currently analyzing the information gathered through the survey instrument.
In 2003 End-of-year FY 2003 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that 834,400 additional people were living in
healthier residential indoor environments.
In 2002 On track to ensure that 834,400 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.
In 2001 An additional 890,000 additional people are living in healthier residential indoor environments.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
People Living in Healthier Indoor Air 890,000 Data Lag Data Lag Data 843,300 850,000 People
avail. 05
Baseline: This performance measure includes EPA radon, ETS, and asthma work. 1. By 2006, increase the number of
people living in homes built with radon reducing features to 4,785,612 from 1,826,280 in 1994 (cumulative). * 2.
By 2006, decrease the number of children exposed to secondhand smoke from 7.4 million (27% of children ages
6 and under) in 1994 to an estimated 4.0 million (14.5% of children ages 6 and under) (cumulative). 3. By 2006,
increase by 500,000 the number of people with asthma and their caregivers who are educated about indoor air
asthma triggers.
Appendix - 60
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Healthier Indoor Air in Schools
In 2006 630,000 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality (IAQ) in their schools.
In 2005 1,312,500 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality in their schools.
In 2004 The Agency expects to meet its goal by reaching 3000 schools with an average of approximately 525
students/staff per school in adopting an indoor air quality management plans.
In 2003 Based on review and analysis of partner/grantees' reports and consulting with partners of EPA's Indoor
Environment Network, EPA is confident that more than 1 million students and staff are experiencing improved
IAQ in schools.
In 2002 Based on information gathered from a number of schools and school systems/districts that receive Tools for
Schools kits, EPA met the goal of improved air quality for approximately an additional 1.2 million students,
faculty, and staff.
In 2001 An additional 1,930,000 students, faculty and staff are experiencing improved indoor air quality in their schools.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Students/Staff Experiencing Improved IAQ in 1,930,000 1,200,000 1,050,000 Data 1,312,500 630,000 Students/Staff
Schools avail. 05
Baseline: The nation has approximately 117,000* schools with an average of 525 students, faculty, and staff for a total
baseline population of 61,425,000. The IAQ "Tools for Schools" Guidance implementation began in 1997. For
FY 2006, the program projects an additional 1200 schools will implement the guidance. Results from a 2002
IAQ practices in schools survey suggest that approximately 20% of U.S. schools report an adequate IAQ
management plan that is in accordance with EPA guidelines.
Healthier Indoor Air in Workplaces
In 2006 240,000 additional office workers will experience improved air quality in their workplaces.
Appendix - 61
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2005 150,000 additional office workers will experience improved air quality in their workplaces.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Additional office workers will experience improved 150,000 240,000 People
air quality in their workplaces.
Baseline: There are approximately 750,000 office buildings with 12 billion square feet. There are approximately 24 million
office workers with the mean worker density at 1 office worker per 500 square feet. Our 2008 goal is to get an
additional 3% of all office buildings to adopt good IAQ measures translating to 720,000 office workers.
OBJECTIVE: PROTECT THE OZONE LAYER
By 2010, through worldwide action, ozone concentrations in the stratosphere will have stopped declining and slowly begun the
process of recovery, and the risk to human health from overexposure to ultraviolet (UV) radiation, particularly among
susceptible subpopulations, such as children, will be reduced.
Restrict Domestic Consumption of Class II HCFCs
In 2006 Restrict domestic annual consumption of class II HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs)
and restrict domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000
ODP MTs.
In 2005 Restrict domestic annual consumption of class II HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs)
and restrict domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000
ODP MTs.
In 2004 Progress on restricting domestic exempted consumption of Class I CFCs and halons is tracked by monitoring
industry reports of compliance with EPA's CAA phase out regulations and US obligations under the Montreal
Protocol.
In 2003 End of year FY 2003 data will be available in late 2004 to verify restriction of domestic consumption of class II
Appendix - 62
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and restriction of domestic exempted production
and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000 ODP MTs.
In 2002 On track to restrict domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP
MTs) and restrict domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below
60,000 ODP MTs.
In 2001 Restricted domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and
restricted domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 60,000
ODP MTs.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Domestic Consumption of Class II HCFCs 12,087 On Track Data Lag Data <9,906 <9,906 ODP MTs
avail. 05
Domestic Exempted Production and Import of 3,062 On Track Data Lag Data <10,000 <10,000 ODP MTs
Newly Produced Class I CFC s and Halons avail. 05
Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on the 2005 annual performance goal is the domestic consumption
cap of class II HCFCs as set by the Parties to the Montreal Protocol. Each Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) is
weighted based on the damage it does to the stratospheric ozone - this is its ozone-depletion potential (ODP).
Beginning on January 1, 1996, the cap was set at the sum of 2.8 percent of the domestic ODP-weighted
consumption of CFCs in 1989 plus the ODP-weighted level of HCFCs in 1989. Consumption equals production
plus import minus export.
OBJECTIVE: RADIATION
Through 2008, working with partners, minimize unnecessary releases of radiation and be prepared to minimize impacts to
human health and the environment should unwanted releases occur.
Ensure WIPP Safety
In 2006 Certify that 45,000 55-gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 135,000 curies) shipped by
DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
Appendix - 63
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2005 Certify that 40,000 55-gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 120,000 curies) shipped by
DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
In 2004 Through FY 2004, EPA has certified as properly disposed approximately 109,000 drums of transuranic waste
equivalent to approximately 321,000 millicuries.
In 2003 36,041 drums (55 gallon) of radioactive waste shipped by DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant were
permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
In 2002 EPA certified that 22,800 55 gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 68,400 curies) shipped
by DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of 55-Gallon Drums of Radioactive Waste 22,800 36,041 36,500 40,000 45,000 Drums
Disposed of According to EPA Standards
Baseline: The Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) near Carlsbad, NM was opened in May 1999 to accept radioactive
transuranic waste. By the end of FY 2004, approximately 109,000 (cumulative) 55 gallon drums will be safely
disposed. In FY 2006, EPA expects that DOE will ship an additional 45,000 55- gallon drums of waste. Through
FY 2006, EPA expects that DOE will shipped safely and according to EPA standards, approximately 23% of the
planned waste volume, based on disposal of 860,000 drums over the next 40 years. Number of drums shipped to
the WIPP facility on an annual basis is dependent on DOE priorities and funding. EPA volume estimates are
based on projecting the average shipment volumes over 40 years with an initial start up.
Build National Radiation Monitoring System
In 2006 EPA will purchase 51 additional state of the art monitoring units and initiate deployment to sites selected based
on population and geographical coverage.
In 2005 EPA will purchase 60 additional state of the art monitoring units and initiate deployment to sites selected based
on population and geographical coverage. All old sampling will be replaced and population coverage will be
Appendix - 64
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
expanded to 60%.
In 2004 EPA did not meet its FY 2004 target of purchasing and deploying 60 state of the art radiation monitoring units.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Purchase and Deploy State-of-the Art Monitoring 0 60 51 Units
Units Purchased
Baseline: The current fixed monitoring system, part of the Environment Radiation Ambient Monitoring System, was
developed in the 1960s for the purpose of monitoring radioactive fallout form nuclear weapons testing. The
system currently consists of 52 old low-tech air participate samplers which provide coverage in cities which
represent approximately 24% of the population. The current system air samplers will be retired from service due
to age. As the system comes on line, EPA's schedule for estimated monitor deployment and population coverage
is as follows: FY 2005: 11 monitors deployed - 22.8%; FY 2006; 71 monitors deployed- for population coverage
of approximately 67.7%; FY 2009: 172 cumulative monitors deployed - for population coverage of approximately
69.4%. The purchase schedule is based primarily upon contract pricing terms and the deployment schedule
reflects a best estimate of our ability to get the monitors sited and out in the field.
Homeland Security - Readiness & Response
In 2006 Verify that 60 percent of EPA's Radiological Emergency Response Team (RERT) members meet scenario-based
response criteria.
In 2005 Verify that 50 percent of EPA's Radiological Emergency Response Team (RERT) members meet scenario-based
response criteria.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percentage of EPA RERT members that meet 50 60 Percent
scenario-based criteria
Baseline: EPA assesses RERT readiness based on the ability of the RERT to: 1. provide effective field response, as defined
today, 2. support coordination centers; and 3. provide analytical capabilities throughout as needed to support a
Appendix - 65
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
single small-to-medium scale incident. These evaluation criteria will be reevaluated and revised in response to
the Department of Homeland Security development of criteria for the Nuclear Incident Response Team
established under the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which includes EPA RERT assets.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE GREENHOUSE GAS INTENSITY
Through EPA's voluntary climate protection programs, contribute 45 million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCE)
annually to the President's 18 percent greenhouse gas intensity improvement goal by 2012. (An additional 75 MMTCE to result
from the sustained growth in the climate programs are reflected in the Administration's business-as-usual projection for
greenhouse gas intensity improvement.)
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions
In 2006 Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 102 MMTCE per year through
EPA partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 2005 Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 90 MMTCE per year through
EPA partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 2004 Data will be available in FY 2005.
In 2003 EPA met its goal for its Climate Change Programs by GHG emissions by 82.4 MMTCE.
In 2002 EPA's Climate Change programs reduced GHG emissions by 71 MMTCE in 2002 which is the equivalent of
eliminating emissions from more than 28 million cars.
In 2001 EPA's Climate Protection Programs reduced greenhouse gas emissions by 65 million metric tons of carbon
equivalent in 2001. EPA estimates that due to investments already made through EPA's technology deployment
programs, greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced by more than 500 MMTCE through 2012.
Appendix - 66
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Annual Greenhouse Gas Reductions - All EPA
Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Buildings
Sector Programs (ENERGY STAR)
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial
Efficiency/Waste Management Programs
FY FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
2001
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals
65 71,000,000 82,400,000
16.6 19,600,000 23,000,000
5.8 6,900,000 7,400,000
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
90.2 102 MMTCE
26.5 MMTCE
9.0 MMTCE
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial 16
Methane Outreach Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial 22.8
HFC/PFC Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's 1.9
Transportation Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's State and 1.9
Local Programs
15,900,000 17,900,000
24,500,000 29,800,000
2,100,000 2,300,000
2,000,000 2,000,000
19.1
34.4
2.9
2.0
20.1
41.0
3.3
2.0
MMTCE
MMTCE
MMTCE
MMTCE
Baseline: The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence
of the U.S. climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S.
climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline
data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and
from EPA's Integrated Planning Model of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide
(CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.
Baseline information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002
(www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html), which provides a discussion of differences in
assumptions between the 1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energy efficiency
programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using
information from partners and other sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update
Appendix - 67
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
methodologies as new information becomes available.
Reduce Energy Consumption
In 2006 Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 145 billion kilowatt hours (kWh), contributing to
over $8.5 billion in energy savings to consumers and businesses.
In 2005 Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 120 billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over
$8.5 billion in energy savings to consumers and businesses.
In 2004 Data will be available in 2005.
In 2003 EPA's Climate Change Programs significantly exceeded its goal by reducing energy use by 122.8 billion kWh.
EPA estimates that from investments made due to EPA's technology deployment programs, businesses and
consumers will realize energy bill savings of more than $85 billion through 2012 (net of investment in energy-
efficiency technologies).
In 2002 EPA's Climate Change Programs reduced energy use by 100 billion kWh hours. EPA estimates that from
investments made due to EPA's technology deployment programs, businesses and consumers will realize energy
bill savings of more than $70 billion through 2012 (net of investment in energy- efficient technologies).
In 2001 EPA's Climate Protection Programs reduced energy use by 84 billion kilowatt hours in 2001.
Performance Measures
Annual Energy Savings - All EPA Programs
FY2001
Actuals
84
FY 2002
Actuals
100 B
kWh
FY 2003
Actuals
122.8 B
kWh
FY 2004
Actuals
Data
avail. 05
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
120
FY 2006
Request
145
Billion kWh
Baseline: The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence
of the U.S. climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S.
climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline
data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and
from EPA's Integrated Planning Model of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide
(CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.
Baseline information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002
Appendix - 68
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
(www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html), which provides a discussion of differences in
assumptions between the 1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energy efficiency
programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using
information from partners and other sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update
methodologies as new information becomes available.
OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH
Through 2010, provide and apply sound science to support EPA's goal of clean air by conducting leading-edge research and
developing a better understanding and characterization of environmental outcomes under Goal 1.
Clean Automotive Technology
In 2006 Transfer hybrid powertrain components, originally developed for passenger car applications, to meet size,
performance, durability, and towing requirements of Sport Utility Vehicle and urban delivery vehicle applications
with an average fuel economy improvement of 35% over the baseline.
In 2005 Transfer hybrid powertrain components, originally developed for passenger car applications, to meet size,
performance, durability, and towing requirements of Sport Utility Vehicle and urban delivery vehicle applications
with an average fuel economy improvement of 30% over the baseline.
In 2004 The average fuel economy of the typical SUV with EPA-developed hybrid technology represents a 25% increase
over the baseline of 20.2 mpg.
Performance Measures
Fuel Economy of typical SUV with EPA-
developed hybrid technology over EPA Driving
Cycles Tested
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
25.20
FY 2005
Pres.
Bud.
26.3
FY 2006
Request
27.3
MPG
Baseline: The average fuel economy of all SUVs sold in the US in 2001 is 20.2 mpg. Values for 2004, 2005, and 2006
represent 25%, 30%, and 35% improvements over this baseline, respectively.
Appendix - 69
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Research
PM Effects Research
In 2006 BY 2006, develop and report on new data on the effects of different PM sizes or components to improve
understanding of the health risks associated with short-term exposure to PM in healthy and select susceptible
populations so that, by 2010, OAR has improved assessments of health risks to develop PM standards that
maximize protection of human health, as determined by independent expert review.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Integrated report on the health effects of different 1 Report
particle sizes or particle components in healthy and
select susceptible subgroups.
Background: The physical attributes of PM — size, surface area and number - influence PM deposition, penetration, and
persistence in the lung, as well as the potential for transport within the body and the inherent toxicity of the
particle itself. Composition also varies by particle size, with products of combustion usually concentrated in fine
PM. Evidence from epidemiological studies suggest that small or "fine" particles (PM with diameters less than
2.5 microns, or PM2.5) are strongly associated with cardiovascular and respiratory effects. Other studies have
shown that larger, "coarse" particles (PM with diameters less than 10 microns, or PM10) may not contribute
significantly to an increased risk of adverse health effects. In addition, a few studies show correlations between
health outcomes and ultrafme (< 100 nm) ambient PM. EPA is conducting research to determine the extent to
which adverse health effects can be attributed to PM belonging to a particular size class or chemical composition
of PM. This APG will report on and integrate information on the influence of particle size and certain
compositions on health effects in healthy and select susceptible subgroups. Specific emphasis will be placed on
differential effects - in kind or intensity - for less studied particle sizes (i.e. ultrafmes and coarse particles). This
information will reduce uncertainties in risk assessment, be used in the development of future PM standards, and
inform decision makers implementing PM reduction strategies.
Beginning in FY 2005, regular evaluations by independent and external panels will provide reviews of EPA
research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date, and will determine whether EPA has
been successful in meeting its annual and long-term commitments for research. Recommendations and results
from these reviews will improve the design and management of EPA research programs and help to measure their
Appendix - 70
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
progress under the Government Performance and Results Act.
PM Measurement Research
In 2006 Develop and transfer new data and tools needed by OAR and the states to predict, measure, and reduce ambient
PM and PM emissions to attain the existing PM NAAQS, as determined by independent expert review.
In 2005 By FY 2005, deliver and transfer improved receptor models and data on chemical compounds emitted from
sources so that, by 2006, EPA's Office of Air and Radiation and the states have the necessary new data and tools
to predict, measure, and reduce ambient PM and PM emissions to attain the existing PM National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS) for the protection of public health.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Improved receptor models and data on chemical 09/30/05 models/data
compounds emitted from sources
Synthesis report with improved information on PM 1 Report
emissions and ambient concentrations for use in
preparation and evaluation of state implementation
plan development, application, and compliance
Background: The designation of non-attainment areas for the Particulate Matter National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) in 2005 will mean that states will need to immediately begin developing State Implementation Plans
(SIPs). SIPs incorporate source emission reduction rules that once implemented lead to cleaner air and standards
attainment. They are due to EPA three years after designation. SIP development is predicated on the availability
of recent and credible information on state-wide and regional air quality, atmospheric chemistry, and processes
that transport and transform source emissions leading to PM concentrations in excess of the PM NAAQS. The
national PM Supersites program has been applying the most sophisticated instruments and methods available over
the past four years in seven areas across the country to fully characterize PM, its composition and contributing
sources and atmospheric processes. Supersites have been located in Fresno, CA; Los Angeles, CA; Houston, TX;
St. Louis, MO; Baltimore, MD; Pittsburgh, PA; and New York, NY. These locations include those with the
highest annual and daily PM concentrations nationally. The observational insights from these Supersites will
provide specialized information not otherwise available for their host and adjoining states. Information will be
provided both as detailed area-specific information and as synthesis of findings on multiple scales. This
Appendix - 71
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
information will provide inputs for receptor models, and confirm the emissions and chemical process information
used in air quality models as part of a weight of evidence approach to be used by states to tag specific sources
with reduction targets.
Beginning in FY 2005, regular evaluations by independent and external panels will provide reviews of EPA
research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date, and will determine whether EPA has
been successful in meeting its annual and long-term commitments for research.
Appendix - 72
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Clean and Safe Water
Ensure drinking water is safe. Restore and maintain oceans, watersheds, and their aquatic ecosystems to protect human health, support
economic and recreational activities, and provide healthy habitat for fish, plants, and wildlife.
OBJECTIVE: PROTECT HUMAN HEALTH
Protect human health by reducing exposure to contaminants in drinking water (including protecting source waters), in fish and
shellfish, and in recreational waters.
Safe Drinking Water
In 2006 75% of community water systems will provide drinking water that meets health-based standards with a
compliance date of January 2002 or later.
In 2006 75% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with a compliance date of January 2002 or later.
In 2006 90% of the population served by community water systems in Indian country will receive drinking water that
meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards.
In 2006 93% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets all applicable
health-based drinking water standards through effective treatment and source water protection.
In 2006 94% of community water systems will provide drinking water that meets health-based standards with which
systems need to comply as of December 2001.
In 2006 94% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with which systems need to comply as of December 2001.
In 2005 75% of community water systems will provide drinking water that meets health-based standards with a
compliance date of January 2002 or later.
In 2005 75% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with a compliance date of January 2002 or later.
Appendix - 73
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2005 90% of the population served by community water systems in Indian country will receive drinking water that
meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards.
In 2005 93% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets all applicable
health-based drinking water standards through effective treatment and source water protection.
In 2005 94% of community water systems will provide drinking water that meets health-based standards with which
systems need to comply as of December 2001.
In 2005 94% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with which systems need to comply as of December 2001.
In 2004 Data available in 2005.
In 2004 Data available in 2005.
In 2003 96% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting health-based
standards promulgated in or after 1998.
In 2003 90% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based
standards in effect as of 1994, up from 83% in 1994.
In 2002 94% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based
standards in effect as of 1994.
In 2001 91 percent of the population served by water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based standards
that were in effect as of 1994.
Performance Measures FY 2001
Actuals
Percent of population served by community drinking 91
water systems with no violations during the year of
any Federally enforceable health-based standards
that were in place by 1994.
Population served by community water systems
providing drinking water meeting health-based
FY 2002
Actuals
94
FY 2003
Actuals
90
FY 2004
Actuals
Available
2005
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
96
Available
2005
% Population
% Population
Appendix - 74
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
standards promulgated in or after 1998.
Population served by community water systems that
receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with which systems need to comply as of
December 2001.
Population served by community water systems that
receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with a compliance date of January 2002 or
later.
Percentage of community water systems that provide
drinking water that meets health-based standards
with which systems need to comply as of December
2001.
Percentage of community water systems that provide
drinking water that meets health-based standards
with a compliance date of January 2002 or later.
Percent of the population served by community
water systems in Indian country that receive
drinking water that meets all applicable health-based
drinking water standards.
% of population served by community water systems
that receive drinking water that meets all applicable
health-based drinking water standards through
effective treatment and source water protection.
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
94
75
94
75
90
93
94
% Population
75 % Population
94 % CWSs
75 % CWSs
90 % Population
93 % population
Baseline: In 1998, 85% of the population that was served by community water systems and 96% of the population served
by non-community, non-transient drinking water systems received drinking water for which no violations of
federally enforceable health standards had occurred during the year. Year-to-year performance is expected to
change as new standards take effect. Covered standards include: Stage 1 disinfection by-products/interim
enhanced surface water treatment rule/long-term enhanced surface water treatment rule/arsenic.
Appendix - 75
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Drinking Water Small Systems
In 2006 Reduce the number of households on Tribal lands lacking access to safe drinking water.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of household on Tribal lands lacking access 30,800 Households
to safe drinking water.
Baseline: 2003 Baseline: In 2003, Indian Health Service indicates that 39,000 homes lack access to safe drinking water
(12% of tribal homes nationwide).
River/Lake Assessments for Fish Consumption
In 2006 91% of the shellfish growing acres monitored by states are approved or conditionally approved for use.
In 2006 At least 1% of the water miles/acres identified by states or tribes as having a fish consumption advisory in 2002
will have improved water and sediment quality so that increased consumption offish and shellfish is allowed.
In 2005 80% of the shellfish growing acres monitored by states are approved or conditionally approved for use.
In 2005 At least 1% of the water miles/acres identified by states or tribes as having a fish consumption advisory in 2002
will have improved water and sediment quality so that increased consumption offish and shellfish is allowed.
In 2004 24%
In 2003 Reduced consumption of contaminated fish by increasing the information available to States, Tribes, local
governments, citizens, and decision-makers.
In 2002 14% of the nation's river miles and 28% of nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain fish
and shellfish that should not be eaten or should be eaten in only limited quantities.
In 2001 9% of the nation's river miles and 23% of nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain fish
and shellfish that should not be eaten or should be eaten in only limited quantities.
Appendix - 76
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Lake acres assessed for the need for fish advisories
and compilation of state-issued fish consumption
advisory methodologies, (cumulative)
River miles assessed for the need for fish
consumption advisories & compilation of state-
issued fish consumption advisory methodologies.
(cumulative)
Percent of water miles/acres, identified by states or
tribes as having fish consumption advisories in
2002, where increased consumption of fish is
allowed.
Percent of the shellfish growing acres monitored by
states that are approved or conditionally approved
for use
FY2001
Actuals
23
FY 2002
Actuals
28
14%
FY 2003
Actuals
33
15
FY 2004
Actuals
35%
24%
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
80
91 (FY
08)
% Lake
acres
% River
miles
Miles/Acres
% Areas
Baseline: In 1999, 7% of the Nation's rivers and 15% of the Nation's lakes were assessed to determine if they contained fish
that should not be eaten or should be eaten in only limited quantities. In September 1999, 25 states/tribes are
monitoring and conducting assessments based on the national guidance to establish nationally consistent fish
advisories. In the 2000 Report to Congress on the National Water Quality Inventory, 69% of assessed river and
stream miles; 63% of assessed lake, reservoir, and pond acres; and 53% of assessed estuary square miles
supported their designated use for fish consumption. For shell fish consumption, 77% of assessed estuary square
miles met this designated use.
Increase Information on Beaches
In 2006 Coastal and Great Lakes beaches monitored by State beach safety programs will be open and safe for swimming
in over 94% of the days of the beach season.
In 2006 Restore water quality to allow swimming in not less than 3% of the stream miles and lake acres identified by
states in 2000 as having water quality unsafe for swimming.
Appendix - 77
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2005 Coastal and Great Lakes beaches monitored by State beach safety programs will be open and safe for swimming
in over 94% of the days of the beach season.
In 2005 Restore water quality to allow swimming in not less than 2% of the stream miles and lake acres identified by
states in 2000 as having water quality unsafe for swimming.
In 2004 Beach closure data for calendar year 2003 was provided by 277 state agencies for 1,857 beaches. The goal to
have closure data for 2,823 beaches was not met due to software compatibility issues with the old and new
database systems. EPA expects the new system to be fully operational in early 2005 so all states can report beach
closure information.
In 2003 Reduced human exposure to contaminated recreation waters by increasing the information available to the public
and decision-makers.
In 2002 Reduced exposure to contaminated recreation waters by providing monitoring and closure data on 2,455 beaches
to the public and decision-makers.
In 2001 Reduce exposure to contaminated recreation waters by providing information on 2,354 beaches for which
monitoring and closure data is available to the public and decision-makers.
Performance Measures
Beaches for which monitoring and closure data is
available to the public at
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/beaches/.
(cumulative)
Restore water quality to allow swimming in stream
miles and lake acres identified by states
Days (of beach season) that coastal and Great Lakes
beaches monitored by State beach safety programs
are open and safe for swimming.
FY2001
Actuals
2,354
FY 2002
Actuals
2,445
FY 2003
Actuals
2,823
FY 2004
Actuals
1,857
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
Beaches
94
94
Miles/Acres
%
Days/Season
Baseline: By the end of FY 1999, 33 states had responded to EPA's first annual survey on state and local beach monitoring
and closure practices and EPA made available to the public via the internet. An average of 9 recreational contact
waterborne disease outbreaks reported per year by the Centers for Disease Control for the years 1994-1998, based
Appendix - 78
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
on data housed in EPA/ORD internal database. In 2002, monitored beaches were opened 94% of the days during
the beach season.
Source Water Protection
In 2006 20% of source water areas for community water systems will achieve minimized risk to public health.
In 2005 20% of source water areas for community water systems will achieve minimized risk to public health.
In 2004 13,891 community water systems (representing 42% of the population served by these systems) implemented best
management practices to address potential sources of contamination and further protect drinking water supplies.
In 2003 6,570 community water systems (representing 25% of the population served by these systems) implemented
source water protection programs.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of community water systems and percent of 6,5707 13,8917 %
population served by those CWSs that are 25% 42% pop/systems
implementing source water protection programs.
Percent of source water areas for community water 20 20 % Areas
systems that achieve minimized risk to public health
Baseline: EPA defines "achieve minimized risk" as substantial implementation of source water protection actions, as
determined by a State's source water protection strategy. Approximately 268 million people are estimated to be
served by Community Water Systems (CWSs) in 2002.
OBJECTIVE: PROTECT WATER QUALITY
Protect the quality of rivers, lakes, and streams on a watershed basis and protect coastal and ocean waters.
Watershed Protection
In 2006 472 of the Nation's watersheds have water quality standards met in at least 80% of the assessed water segments.
Appendix - 79
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2006 Water quality standards are fully attained in over 25% of miles/acres of waters by 2012, with an interim milestone
of restoring 5% of these waters - identified in 2000 as not attaining standards - by 2005.
In 2005 500 of the Nation's watersheds have water quality standards met in at least 80% of the assessed water segments.
In 2005 Water quality standards are fully attained in over 25% of miles/acres of waters by 2012, with an interim milestone
of restoring 2% of these waters - identified in 2000 as not attaining standards - by 2005.
In 2004 Available in 2005.
In 2003 End of year FY 2003 data will be available in 2005 to verify if FY 2003, Water quality has improved on a
watershed basis such that 600 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater than 80 percent of assessed
waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
In 2002 This measure reflects states' biennial reporting under CWA 305(b), and is not intended to be reported against
again until the FY2003 reporting cycle.
In 2001 Water quality improved on a watershed basis such that 510 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater
than 80 percent of assessed waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
Performance Measures
Watersheds that have greater than 80% of assessed
waters meeting all water quality standards.
Waterbodies (river miles and lake acres) identified
in 2000 as not attaining Water quality standards, are
fully attained.
FY2001
Actuals
510
FY 2002
Actuals
510
(FYOO)
FY 2003
Actuals
453
FY 2004
Actuals
Available
2005.
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
500 472
8-digitHUCs
Miles/Acres
Baseline: As of 2002 state reports 453 watersheds had met the criteria that greater than 80% of assessed waters met all
water quality standards. For a watershed to be counted toward this goal, at least 25% of the segments in the
watershed must be assessed within the past 4 years consistent with assessment guidelines developed pursuant to
section 305(b) of the Clean Water Act. In 2002, 0% of the 255,408 miles/and 6,803,419 acres of waters identified
Appendix - 80
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
on 1998/2000 lists of impaired waters developed by States and approved by EPA under section 303(d) of the
Clean Water Act.
Dredged Material/Ocean Disposal
In 2006 Improve ratings reported on the national "good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal Condition Report for:
coastal wetlands loss by at least 0.2 point; contamination of sediments in coastal waters by at least 0.7 point;
benthic quality by at least 0.5 point; & eutrophic condition by at least 1.2 point
In 2006 Scores for overall aquatic system health of coastal waters nationally, and in each coastal region, is improved on
the (good/fair/poor) scale of the National Coastal Condition Report by at least 0.1 point
In 2005 Improve ratings reported on the national "good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal Condition Report for:
coastal wetlands loss by at least 0.1 point; contamination of sediments in coastal waters by at least 0.1 point;
benthic quality by at least 0.1 point; & eutrophic condition by at least 0.1 point
In 2005 Scores for overall aquatic system health of coastal waters nationally, and in each coastal region, is improved on
the "good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal Condition Report by at least 0.1 point
Performance Measures
Score for overall aquatic system health of coastal
waters nationally, and in each coastal region, is
improved (cumulative).
Maintain water clarity and dissolved oxygen in
coastal waters at the national levels reported in the
2002 National Coastal Condition Report
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for coastal wetlands loss
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for contamination of sediments in
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
2.5
2.7
Scale score
4.3 / 4.5 4.3 / 4.6 Scale score
1.5
1.4
1.7
2.1
Scale score
Scale score
Appendix - 81
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
coastal waters
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for benthic quality
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for eutrophic condition
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
1.5
2.0
3.0
Scale score
Scale score
Baseline: National rating of "fair/poor" or 2.4 where the rating is based on a 5-point system where 1 is poor and 5 is good
and is expressed as an aerially weighted mean of regional scores using the National Coastal Condition Report
indicators [i.e., water clarity, dissolved oxygen, coastal wetlands loss, eutrophic conditions, sediment
contamination, benthic health, and fish tissue contamination]. The 2002 National Coastal Condition Report
indicated 4.3 for water clarity and 4.5 for dissolved oxygen, 1.4 for coastal wetlands loss; 1.3 for contamination
of sediments in coastal waters; 1.4 for benthic quality; & 1.7 for eutrophic condition.
State/Tribal Water Quality Standards
In 2006 In coordination with other federal partners reduce, by 17%, households on tribal lands lacking access to basic
sanitation.
In 2006 Water quality in Indian country will be improved at not less than 50 monitoring stations in tribal waters for which
baseline data are available (i.e., show at least a 10% improvement for each of four key parameters: total nitrogen,
total phosphorus, dissolved oxygen, and fecal coliforms.)
In 2005 In coordination with other federal partners reduce, by 11%, households on tribal lands lacking access to basic
sanitation.
In 2005 Water quality in Indian country will be improved at not less than 35 monitoring stations in tribal waters for which
baseline data are available (i.e., show at least a 10% improvement for each of four key parameters: total nitrogen,
total phosphorus, dissolved oxygen, and fecal coliforms.)
Appendix - 82
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2004
25
In 2003 Assured that States and Tribes had effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance
with the Water Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 2002 Assure that 25 States and 22 Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in
accordance with the Water Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 2001 21 States and 19 Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with
the Water Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
Performance Measures FY 2001
Actuals
States with new or revised water quality standards 21
that EPA has reviewed and approved or disapproved
and promulgated federal replacement standards.
Tribes with water quality standards adopted and
approved (cumulative).
19
FY 2002
Actuals
25
22
FY 2003
Actuals
28
23
FY 2004
Actuals
27
25
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
States
Tribes
Number of monitoring stations (for which baseline
data on 4 key parameters are available) where water
quality is improved.
Number of households on tribal lands lacking access
to basic sanitation.
35
11
50
17
Stations
%
Households
Baseline: The performance measure of state submissions (above) thus represents a "rolling annual total" of updated
standards acted upon by EPA, and so are neither cumulative nor strictly incremental. EPA must review and
approve or disapprove state revisions to water quality standards within 60-90 days after receiving the state's
package. In 2002, there will be four key parameters available at 900 sampling stations in Indian country. In
2002, Indian Health Service indicates that 71,000 households on Tribal lands lack access to basic sanitation.
Appendix - 83
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH
Provide and apply a sound scientific foundation to EPA's goal of clean and safe water by conducting leading-edge research and
developing a better understanding and characterization of the environmental outcomes under Goal 2.
Research
Scientific Rationale for Surface Water Criteria
In 2006 By 2006, provide demonstrations of bioassessment methods for Mid-Western U.S. rivers, so that, by 2010, the
Office of Water, states, and tribes have approaches and methods to develop and apply criteria for habitat
alteration, nutrients, suspended and bedded sediments, pathogens, and toxic chemicals that will support
designated uses for aquatic ecosystems, as determined by independent expert review.
In 2005 By 2005, provide methods for developing water quality criteria so that, by 2008, approaches and methods are
available to States and Tribes for their use in developing and applying criteria for habitat alteration, nutrients,
suspended and bedded sediments, pathogens and toxic chemicals that will support designated uses for aquatic
ecosystems and increase the scientific basis for listing and delisting impaired water bodies under Section 303(d)
of the Clean Water Act.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Methods for developing water quality criteria based 09/30/05 methods
on population-level risks of multiple stressors to
aquatic life and aquatic-dependent wildlife.
Report on bioassessment methods for a range of 1 Report
designated uses in freshwater systems within Mid-
Western U.S. rivers
Background: Under the Clean Water Act (CWA), the Office of Water is charged with setting criteria for states and tribes to use
in establishing standards for identifying and restoring impaired waters and maintaining designated uses.
Biological criteria have proven to be a more accurate way to measure ecological condition of waterbodies
compared to traditional chemical and physical criteria. Bioassessment methods are used to develop and apply
Appendix - 84
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
biocriteria. The historical focus of detection and monitoring has been on smaller, wadeable streams and rivers
(where inputs are likely to have noticeable impacts), but the rise in awareness of the substantial role of non-point-
source pollution has led to an increased interest in assessment of large rivers. Biological communities and
habitats change with increasing stream size, so this research will provide river assessors with clear and consistent
methods for conducting bioassessments for large rivers. Since different assessment methods use different scales
of biological data (e.g., bioassays use species data and various bioassessments use community level data), this
research will also compare the different levels of protection provided by different assessment methods. States
and tribes are also faced with limited monitoring resources to meet their obligations for CWA 305b and 303d
reporting and to meet Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) requirements. Until recently, the majority of state
biomonitoring datasets were generated from targeted sampling designs and thus may have introduced a level of
bias in some analyses. This research will provide states and tribes with guidance on balancing potential bias
associated with the site selection approach with the monitoring objectives and the costs associated with a purely
random sampling design.Beginning in FY 2005, regular evaluations by independent and external panels will
provide reviews of EPA research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date.
Drinking Water Research
In 2006 By 2006, provide results of full-scale treatment demonstration projects and evaluations of other approaches for
managing arsenic in drinking water, so that by 2010, the Office of Water, states, local authorities and utilities
have scientifically sound data and approaches to manage risks to human health posed by exposure to arsenic, as
determined by independent expert review.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Final reports of full-scale demonstrations of arsenic 3 Reports
treatment technologies
Background: A final drinking water standard for arsenic often parts per billion (10 ppb) was established by EPA in 2001, with
an effective date for compliance of 2006. Nearly 97 percent of the water systems affected by this rule are small
systems that serve less than 10,000 people each. These small systems have limited resources and need more cost-
effective technologies to meet the new standard. To assist small communities, EPA has conducted a series of
full-scale, long-term, on-site demonstrations of arsenic removal technologies, process modifications and
engineering approaches. In addition, EPA has provided technical assistance and training to operators of small
Appendix - 85
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
water treatment systems. Accomplishment of the FY 2006 APG will provide states, local authorities, and utilities
across the country with cost-effective technologies and technical information that can be used to successfully
implement the new arsenic standard.
Beginning in FY 2005, regular evaluations by independent and external panels will provide reviews of EPA
research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date, and will determine whether EPA has
been successful in meeting its annual and long-term commitments for research. Recommendations and results
from these reviews will improve the design and management of EPA research programs and help to measure their
progress under the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA).
Appendix - 86
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Land Preservation and Restoration
Preserve and restore the land by using innovative waste management practices and cleaning up contaminated properties to reduce risks
posed by releases of harmful substances.
OBJECTIVE: PRESERVE LAND
By 2008, reduce adverse effects to land by reducing waste generation, increasing recycling, and ensuring proper management of
waste and petroleum products at facilities in ways that prevent releases.
Municipal Solid Waste Source Reduction
In 2006 Divert 33.4% (80 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion, and maintain per
capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.
In 2005 Divert an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 35% or 81 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land
filling and combustion, and maintain per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.
In 2004 End of year 2004 data will be available in 2006 to verify diversion of 33.4% (80 million tons) of municipal solid
waste from land filling and combustion, and maintain the national average municipal solid waste generation rate
at no more than 4.5 pounds per person per day.
In 2003 End of year FY 2003 data will be available in 2006 to verify that an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 32%
or 74 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion, and maintain per capita generation
of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day was diverted.
In 2002 FY 2002 data is currently not available for the diversion of municipal solid waste from land filling and
combustion or maintaining per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste. Analysis of FY 2002 data is
anticipated by September 2004.
In 2001 FY 2001 data is not available for the diversion of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion or
maintaining per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste. Analysis of FY 2001 data is anticipated by
Appendix - 87
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
September 2003.
Performance Measures FY 2001
Actuals
Millions of tons of municipal solid waste diverted. 68
Daily per capita generation of municipal solid waste. 4.5
FY 2002
Actuals
Not
available
Not
available
FY 2003
Actuals
Data Lag
Data Lag
FY 2004
Actuals
0
0
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
81 80
4.5
4.5
million tons
Ibs. MSW
Baseline: An analysis conducted in FY 2001 shows approximately 68 million tons (29.2%) of municipal solid waste
diverted and 4.4 Ibs of MSW per person daily generation. While data indicates that the growth in recycling rates
has slowed, EPA has maintained the goal of a 35% recycling rate as part of the FY 2003-2008 Strategic Plan.
Waste and Petroleum Management Controls
In 2006 Reduce releases to the environment by managing hazardous wastes and petroleum products properly.
In 2005 Reduce releases to the environment by managing hazardous wastes and petroleum products properly.
In 2004 In FY 2004, 72% of UST facilities were in significant operational compliance with release detection requirements
(a decrease of-4% from the target of 76%) and 79% of UST facilities were in significant operational compliance
with release prevention requirements (a decrease of-6% from the target of 83%). In FY 2004, States and regional
offices reported that 64% of UST facilities were in compliance with the new UST measure. Between FY 1999
and FY 2004, confirmed UST releases averaged 12,641, and the annual number of confirmed releases in FY 2004
was 7,848. The RCRA program exceeded its FY 2004 goal by establishing permits or approved controls at an
additional 3.7% of regulated facilities.
In 2003 For UST facilities, 72% are in operational compliance with leak detection, and 79% are in operational compliance
with spill prevention requirements. An additional 4.1% of the RCRA facilities have permits or approved controls,
and 600 oil facilities are in compliance with spill requirements.
In 2002 1.8% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 580 oil
facilities were in compliance with spill prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution
regulations.
Appendix - 88
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2001 9.1% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 593 oil
facilities were in compliance with spill prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution
regulations.
Performance Measures
Percent increase of RCRA hazardous waste
management facilities with permits or other
approved controls.
Number of confirmed UST releases nationally.
Percentage of UST facilities in significant
operational compliance with release detection
requirements.
Percentage of UST facilities in significant
operational compliance with release prevention
(spill, overfill and corrosion protection) regulations.
Percent increase of UST facilities that are in
significant operational compliance with both release
detection and release prevention (spill, overfill, and
corrosion protection requirements).
FY2001
Actuals
9.0%
FY 2002 FY 2003
Actuals Actuals
4.5% 4.1%
807
/O
-6%
FY 2004
Actuals
3.7%
7,848
-4%
-6%
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
2.8%
FY 2006
Request
2.5%
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
1%
percentage
pts.
<10,000 <10,000 UST releases
1%
percentage
pts.
percentage
pts.
percent
Baseline: FY 2004 marked the first baseline year that states and regional offices reported the percentage of UST facilities,
out of a total estimated universe of approximately 256,000 facilities, that are in significant operational compliance
with both release detection and release prevention (spill, overfill, and corrosion protection) requirements. At the
end of FY 2004, the national compliance rate was 77 percent for release prevention, 72 percent for release
detection, and 64 percent for the combined compliance measure. Between FY 1999 and FY 2004, confirmed
UST releases averaged 12,641, and the annual number of confirmed releases in FY 2004 was 7,848. The RCRA
program exceeded its FY 2004 goal by establishing permits or approved controls at an additional 3.7% of
regulated facilities.
Appendix - 89
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
OBJECTIVE: RESTORE LAND
By 2008, control the risks to human health and the environment by mitigating the impact of accidental or intentional releases and
by cleaning up and restoring contaminated sites or properties to appropriate levels.
Superfund Cost Recovery
In 2006 Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when
EPA expends trust fund monies. Address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations
(SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
In 2005 Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when
EPA expends trust fund monies. Address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations
(SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
In 2004 EPA achieved its goal of addressing through enforcement, settlement or compromise/write-off all of the pending
cost recovery cases with outstanding unaddressed past costs greater than $200,000 and pending SOL concerns.
In 2003 Ensured trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when
EPA expends trust fund monies. Addressed cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of
limitations (SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
In 2002 The goal was met. Cost recovery was addressed at 204 NPL and non-NPL sites of which 101 had total past costs
greater than or equal to $200,000 and potential statute of limitations (SOL) concerns. EPA secured cleanup and
ocst recovery commitments from private parties in excess of $645 million.
In 2001 None Provided
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Performance Measures
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Refer to DOJ, settle, or write off 100% of Statute of 97.8 100 100 100% 100 100 Percent
Limitations (SOLs) cases for SF sites with total
Appendix - 90
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
unaddressed past costs equal to or greater than
$200,000 and report value of costs recovered.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals
Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Baseline: In FY 98 the Agency will have addressed 100% of Cost Recovery at all NPL & non-NPL sites with total past
costs equal or greater than $200,000.
Superfund Potentially Responsible Party Participant
In 2005 Reach a settlement or take an enforcement action by the time of the Remedial Action start at 90 percent of non-
Federal Superfund sites that have viable, liable parties.
In 2004 EPA reached a settlement or took an enforcement action by the start of remedial action at more than 98% of those
Superfund sites having known non-Federal, viable, liable parties.
In 2003 Maximized all aspects of PRP participation which included maintaining PRP work at 87% of the new remedial
construction starts at non-Federal Facility Superfund, and emphasized fairness in the settlement process.
In 2002 In FY 2002 the percentage of remedial construction starts initiated by responsible parties exceeded the target by
one percent.
In 2001 None Provided
Performance Measures
PRPs conduct 70% of the work at new construction
starts
Percentage of Superfund sites at which settlement or
enforcement action taken before the start of RA.
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003
Actuals Actuals Actuals
67.3 71 87
FY 2004
Actuals
98%
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
90
90
Percent
Percent
Appendix - 91
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Baseline: In FY 98 approximately 70% of new remedial work at NPL sites (excluding Federal facilities) was initiated by
private parties. In FY2003, a settlement was reached or an enforcement action was taken with non-Federal PRPs
before the start of the remedial action at approximately 90 percent of Superfund sites.
Assess and Cleanup Contaminated Land
In 2006 Control the risks to human health and the environment at contaminated properties or sites through cleanup,
stabilization, or other action, and make land available for reuse.
In 2005 Control the risks to human health and the environment at contaminated properties or sites through cleanup,
stabilization, or other action, and make land available for reuse.
In 2004 In FY 2004, Superfund controlled human exposures at 83% (1,242 of 1,493) of eligible NPL sites and controlled
groundwater migration at 67% (875 of 1,306) of eligible NPL sites, completed construction at 62% (926 of 1,498)
of the eligible NPL sites, selected final remedies at 67% (1,003 of 1,498) of the eligible NPL sites. Of the 1,714
RCRA Corrective Action high priority facilities, 84% (1,440) have human exposures controlled and 70% (1,199)
have groundwater migration controlled, reflecting the strong EPA/state partnership in this program. EPA
completed 317,405 leaking underground storage tank cleanups by the end of FY 2004. The Agency has worked
with state partners to evaluate multi-year cleanup goals in light of new pressures that have slowed the pace of
cleanup in recent years. The result of this process has been a reduction of multi-year goals to a target number that
better reflects the current challenges.
In 2003 917 final Superfund site assessment decisions were made.
In 2003 Superfund accomplished 380 removals, control of human exposures at 28 sites and groundwater migration at 54
sites, and 40 construction completions. The RCRA program controlled human exposures at 230 sites and
groundwater migration at 175 sites. There were 18,518 LUST cleanups.
In 2002 Human exposures to toxins were controlled at 172 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were
controlled at 171 RCRA facilities. 15.769 leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed, and 42
Superfund construction completions were achieved.
In 2002 Superfund initiated 426 removal actions and recorded 587 site assessment decisions, and the Brownfields
program assessed 983 properties.
In 2001 Human exposures to toxins were controlled at 179 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were
controlled at 154 RCRA facilities, 19,074 leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed, and 47
Appendix - 92
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Superfund construction completions were completed.
In 2001 Superfund initiated 302 removal response actions and recorded 931
Brownfields program assessed 730 properties.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003
Actuals Actuals Actuals
Number of leaking underground storage tank 19,074 15,769 18,518
cleanups completed.
Number of Superfund final site assessment 931 587 917
decisions.
Number of Superfund construction completions. 47 42 40
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with 28
human exposures controlled.
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with 54
groundwater migration controlled.
Number of final remedies (cleanup targets) selected
at Superfund sites.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with 179 207 230
human exposures to toxins controlled.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with toxic 154 174 175
releases to groundwater controlled.
Number of final remedies (cleanup targets) selected
at RCRA sites using 2005 baseline.
Percent of RCRA construction completions using
2005 baseline.
FY 2004
Actuals
14,285
548
40
15
18
30
195
150
site assessment decisions, and tl
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
21,000
500
40
10
10
20
225
203
FY 2006
Request
18,300
500
40
10
10
20
89
13
cleanups
assessments
completions
sites
sites
remedies
facilities
facilities
remedies
percent
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with
human exposures to toxins controlled using 2005
baseline.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with toxic
releases to groundwater controlled using 2005
under facilities
dev't
under facilities
dev't
Appendix - 93
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
baseline.
FY 2006
Request
Baseline:
In FY 2004, Superfund controlled human exposures at 83% (1,242 of 1,493) of eligible NPL sites and controlled
groundwater migration at 67% (875 of 1,306) of eligible NPL sites, completed construction at 62% (926 of 1,498)
of the eligible NPL sites, selected final remedies at 67% (1,003 of 1,498) of the eligible NPL sites. Of the 1,714
RCRA Corrective Action high priority facilities, 84% (1,440) have human exposures controlled and 70% (1,199)
have groundwater migration controlled, reflecting the strong EPA/state partnership in this program. The new
performance measures for the RCRA program (with targets under development) reflect a new facility baseline
(1,968 facilities) established in October 2004. In FY 2004, EPA completed 317,405 leaking underground storage
tank cleanups by the end of FY 2004. The Agency has worked with state partners to evaluate multi-year cleanup
goals in light of new pressures that have slowed the pace of cleanup in recent years. The result of this process has
been a reduction of multi-year goals to a target number that better reflects the current challenges.
Prepare/Respond to Accidental/Intentional Release
In 2006 Reduce and control the risks posed by accidental and intentional releases of harmful substances by improving our
Nation's capability to prepare for and respond more effectively to these emergencies.
Reduce and control the risks posed by accidental and intentional releases of harmful substances by improving our
Nation's capability to prepare for and respond more effectively to these emergencies.
By the end of FY 2004, there have been cumulative total of over 8,280 Superfund removal response actions
initiated since 1980. EPA exceeded its FY 2004 expectations for readiness by reducing the core emergency
response readiness deficit by 56%. EPA was involved in 308 oil spill responses in FY 2004. The Agency
typically responds to or monitors 300 oil spill cleanups per year.
In 2005
In 2004
Performance Measures
Number of Superfund removal response actions
initiated.
Oil spills responded to or monitored by EPA.
Number of inspections and exercises conducted at
oil storage facilities that are required to have Facility
FY2001
Actuals
302
527
FY 2002
Actuals
426
203
FY 2003
Actuals
380
322
FY 2004
Actuals
385
308
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
350
300
360
FY 2006
Request
350
300
100
removals
spills
inspects/exer
Appendix - 94
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Response Plans.
Percentage of emergency response and homeland
security readiness improvement.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
56%
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
10%
FY 2006
Request
10%
percent
Baseline: By the end of FY 2004, there have been cumulative total of over 8,280 Superfund removal response actions
initiated since 1980. EPA exceeded its FY 2004 expectations for readiness by reducing the core emergency
response readiness deficit by 56%. EPA was involved in 308 oil spill responses in FY 2004. The Agency
typically responds to or monitors 300 oil spill cleanups per year.
OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH
Through 2008, provide and apply sound science for protecting and restoring land by conducting leading-edge research and
developing a better understanding and characterization of environmental outcomes under Goal 3.
Research
Scientifically Defensible Decisions for Site Clean
In 2006 Document the performance, including cost savings, of innovative characterization and remediation options, so
that newer approaches with cost or performance advantages are applied for Superfund and other cleanup projects.
In 2005 In FY 2005, complete at least four SITE demonstrations, with emphasis on NAPLs and sediments, in order to, by
2010, develop or evaluate 40 scientific tools, technologies, methods, and models, and provide technical support
that enable practitioners to 1) characterize the nature and extent of multimedia contamination; 2) assess, predict,
and communicate risks to human health and the environment; 3) employ improved remediation options; and 4)
respond to oil spills effectively.
In 2004 Provided risk assessors and managers with site-specific data sets on three applications detailing the performance
of conventional remedies for contaminated sediments to help determine the most effective techniques for
remediating contaminated sites and protecting human health and the environment.
Appendix - 95
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2003 Delivered state-of-the-science report and methods to EPA and other stakeholders for risk management of fuel
oxygenates; organic and inorganic contamination of sediments, ground water and/or soils; and oil spills to ensure
cost-effective and technically sound site clean-up.
In 2002 EPA provided evaluation information on six innovative approaches that reduce human health and ecosystem
exposure from dense nonaqueous phase liquids (DNAPLs) and methly tertiary butyl-ether (MTBE) in soils and
groundwater, and from oil and persistent organics in aquatic systems.
In 2001 EPA provided technical information to support scientifically defensible and cost-effective decisions for clean-up
of complex sites, hard-to-treat wastes, mining, oil spills near shorelines, and Brownfields to reduce risk to human
health and the environment.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Deliver the Annual SITE Program Report to 0 report
Congress.
Complete draft of the FY 2002 Annual SITE Report 1 1 draft report
to Congress.
Reports on performance data for conventional 3 reports reports
sediment remedies for three sites.
SITE demonstrations completed 4 demonstrations
Draft of FY05 Annual SITE Report to Congress 1 Report
Background: Barriers to cleaning up contaminated sites include uncertainty and high cost in either characterizing the site or
implementing a remedy. Problematic issues include dense non-aqueous phase liquids, contaminated sediments,
and contaminated ground water. Underestimation of the extent of contamination can lead to cost overruns or
significant technical changes during remediation. For some sites, the available remedies are not able to achieve
cleanup targets or costs are high. Site managers are reluctant to try new approaches without an independent
assessment of their performance. Documenting the results of SITE demonstrations can accelerate the application
of new technologies in the field, resulting in improvements in quality, timeliness, and/or cost of clean up.
Appendix - 96
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Healthy Communities and Ecosystems
Protect, sustain, or restore the health of people, communities, and ecosystems using integrated and comprehensive approaches and
partnerships.
OBJECTIVE: CHEMICAL, ORGANISM, AND PESTICIDE RISKS
Prevent and reduce pesticide, chemical, and genetically engineered biological organism risks to humans, communities, and
ecosystems.
Decrease Risk from Agricultural Pesticides
In 2006 Ensure new pesticide registration actions (including new active ingredients, new uses) meet new health standards
and are environmentally safe.
In 2006 Percentage of acre treatments that will use applications of reduced-risk pesticides
In 2005 Ensure new pesticide registration actions (including new active ingredients, new uses) meet new health standards
and are environmentally safe.
In 2005 Percentage of acre treatments that will use applications of reduced-risk pesticides
In 2004 Decreased adverse risk from agricultural uses from 1995 levels.
In 2003 Adverse risk from agricultural pesticides was decreased to ensure that new pesticides entering the market are safe
for humans and the environment.
In 2002 In FY 2002, EPA continued to register pest control products, including "safer" pesticides, thus ensuring that
growers have an adequate number of pest control options available to them.
In 2001 The Agency registered 9 new chemicals, exceeding its target by 2, and 267 new chemicals, underperforming its
target by 83.
Appendix - 97
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Register safer chemicals and biopesticides
New Chemicals (Active Ingredients)
New Uses
Percentage of acre-treatments with reduced risk
pesticides
Maintain timeliness of S18 decisions
Reduce registration decision times for new
conventional chemicals
Reduce registration decision times for reduced risk
chemicals
FY2001
Actuals
53
1896
FY 2002
Actuals
107
60
2329
7.5%
FY 2003
Actuals
124
72
425
8
FY 2004
Actuals
143
79
3,142
Data Lag
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
135
84
3479
8.7%
45
7%
FY 2006
Request
143
94
3879
9%
45
10%
Regist.
(Cum)
Regist.
(Cum)
Actions
(Cum)
Acre-
Treatments
Days
Reduction
3%
3.5%
Reduction
Baseline: The baseline for registration of reduced risk pesticides, new chemicals, and new uses, is zero in the year 1996 (the
year FQPA was enacted). Progress is measured cumulatively since 1996. The baseline for acres-treated is 3.6%
of total acreage in 1998, when the reduced-risk pesticide acres-treatments was 30,332,499 and total (all
pesticides) was 843,063,644 acre-treatments. Each year's total acre-treatments, as reported by Doane Marketing
Research, Inc.serves as the basis for computing the percentage of acre-treatments using reduced risk pesticides.
Acre-treatments count the total number of pesticide treatments each acre receives each year. As of 2003, there
are no products registered for use against other potential bio-agents (non-anthrax). Conventional pesticides FY
2002 baseline for reducing decision time is 44 months; reduced risk pesticides FY 2002 baseline for reducing
time is 32.5 months. The 2005 baseline for expedited new active ingredient pesticides is 4. The S18 2005
baseline is 45 days.
Reduce use of highly toxic pesticides
In 2006
In 2005
Decrease occurrence of residues of carcinogenic and cholinesterase-inhibiting neuortic pesticides on foods eaten
by children from their average 1994-1996 levels
Decrease occurrence of residues of carcinogenic and cholinesterase-inhibiting neuortic pesticides on foods eaten
Appendix - 98
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
by children from their average 1994-1996 levels
In 2004 34% of samples of foods eaten by children showed occurrence of residues for carcinogenic or cholinestherase-
inhibiting pesticides.
In 2003 34.3% of samples of foods eaten by children showed occurrence of residues of carcinogenic or cholinesterase
inhibiting neurotoxic pesticides.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Reduce occurrence of residues on a core set of 19 34.3% 34% 27% 14% Red.
foods eaten by children relative to detection levels Occurrence
for those foods reported in 1994-1996.
Baseline: Percent occurrence of residues of FQPA priority pesticides (organophosphates and carbamates) on samples of
children's foods in baseline years 94-96. Baseline percent is 33.5% of composite sample of children's foods:
apples, apple juice, bananas, broccoli, carrots, celery, grapes, green beans (fresh, canned, frozen), lettuce, milk,
oranges, peaches, potatoes, spinach, sweet corn (canned and frozen), sweet peas (canned and frozen), sweet
potatoes, tomatoes, and wheat.
Reassess Pesticide Tolerances
In 2006 Ensure that through ongoing data reviews, pesticide active ingredients, and products that contain them are
reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure
scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of the Native Americans
In 2005 Ensure that through ongoing data reviews, pesticide active ingredients, and products that contain them are
reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure
scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of the Native Americans
In 2004 Ensured that through on-going data reviews, pesticide active ingredients and the products that contain them are
reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure
scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of Native Americans.
In 2003 Assured that pesticides active ingredients registered prior to 1984 and the products that contain them were
Appendix - 99
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
In 2002
In 2001
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health & the environment. Also considered the unique exposure
scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of Native Americans in regulatory decisions.
Reregi strati on efforts delayed to focus on reviewing and testing pesticides against anthrax.
EPA reassessed 40% of tolerances requiring reassessment under FQPA and issued a cumulative 72% of total
REDs required, achieving both targets.
Performance Measures
Tolerance Reassessment
Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs)
Product Reregistration
Tolerance reassessments for top 20 foods eaten by
children
Number of inert ingredients tolerances reassessed
Reduce decision time for REDs
FY2001
Actuals
40%
43.5%
FY 2002
Actuals
66.9
72.7%
307
65.6
FY 2003
Actuals
68
75
306
65.6
FY 2004
Actuals
73%
77.6%
127
68.9%
28
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
87.7%
88.2%
400
93%
100
7%
FY 2006
Request
100%
92.7%
400
100%
100
10%
Tolerances
(Cum)
Decisions
(Cum)
Actions
Tolerances
(Cum)
tolerances
Reduction
Baseline: The baseline value for tolerance reassessments is the 9,721 tolerances that must be reassessed by 2006 using
FQPA health and safety standards. The baseline for REDS is the 612 REDs that must be completed by 2008. The
baseline for inerts tolerances is 870 that must be reassessed by 2006. The baseline for the top 20 foods eaten by
children is 893 tolerances that must be reassessed by 2006. Reregistration decision time baseline 38-40 months.
Testing of Chemicals in Commerce for Endocrine Disrupters
In 2006
In 2005
Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program will continue its progress toward completing the validation of endocrine
test methods.
Standardization and validation of screening assays
Appendix - 100
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
In 2004
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
EPA did not meet its goal for standardization and validation of screening assays as described in FY 2004 and will
begin tracking a more meaningful set of measures in FY 2006.
Performance Measures
Screening Assays Completed
Detailed Review Papers Completed.
Prevalidation Studies Completed.
Validation Studies Completed.
Peer Reviews.
Assays Ready for Use.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
0 11
18
58
80
10
11
Screening
assay
Papers
Pre-val
Studies
Valid.
Studies
Peer Reviews
Assays
Baseline: Baseline - The Food Quality Protection Act of 1996 (FQPA) requires EPA to use validated assays to screen
chemicals for their potential to affect the endocrine system. The development and validation of assays is
currently the principal effort in implementing the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP). The validation
process consists of several discrete steps:
Detailed Review Paper is the first stage of the overall validation process. It is a review of the scientific literature
relevant to an assay and discusses the scientific principles on which the assay is based, reviews candidate
protocols and makes recommendations as to which is most suitable as a starting point for assay refinement and
validation.
Prevalidation consists of studies to optimize and standardize the protocol and verify the ability of the protocol to
accurately measure the endpoints of concern.
Validation by Multiple Labs determines the transferability of the protocol to other laboratories and determines
inter-laboratory variability.
Peer review is review by an independent group of experts of the scientific work establishing the validity of the
protocol.
Appendix - 101
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Assays Ready for Use are methods whose validation have been successfully completed and peer reviewed, and
therefore are judged by the Agency to be suitable for use in the EDSP either as primary or alternative tests
establishing the validity of the protocol.
Process and Disseminate TRI Information - OEI
In 2006 The increased use of the Toxic Release Inventory Made Easy (TRI-ME) will result in a total burden reduction of
5% for FY 2005 from FY 2004 levels.
In 2005 The increased use of the Toxic Release Inventory Made Easy (TRI-ME) will result in a total burden reduction of
5% for FY 2004 from FY 2003 levels.
In 2004 Comparing FY 2004 to FY 2003, there was a 73 percent increase in the number of reports on chemical releases
and other waste management data submitted to EPA via the internet and EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX).
However, even with this sizable increase, only 38 percent of all chemical forms were submitted using CDX, short
of the FY 2004 goal of 50 percent.
In 2003 8,000 facilities reported expanded information on releases and waste management of lead and lead compounds in
TRI in Reporting Year 2001 and increased usage of TRI-ME which resulted in total burden reduction of 5% for
Reporting Year 2002.
In 2002 EPA reduced reporting burden, improved data quality, lowered program costs, and speeded data publication by
increasing the amount of TRI electronic reporting from 70% to 92%.
In 2001 120,000 chemical submissions and revisions processed; published annual summary of TRIS database in April
2001; and TRI Public Data Release published in April 2001.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Total electronic reporting of all chemical 92 Percent
submissions processed. (Includes diskette
submissions created by ATRS, TRI-ME, and other
reporting software programs, as well as web-based
submissions.)
Appendix - 102
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
TRI Public Data Release
Chemical submissions and revisions processed.
TRIS database complete and report issued
Facilities reporting releases and waste management
of lead and lead compounds.
Percentage of TRI chemical forms submitted over
the Internet using TRI-ME and the Central Data
Exchange.
Percentage increase of TRI chemical forms
submitted over the Internet using TRI-ME and the
Central Data Exchange.
FY2001 FY2002
Actuals Actuals
Published
120,000
Published
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
8561
25
38%
10
10
Published
Forms
Published
Facilities
Percent
Percent
Baseline: In FY 2001, TRI electronic reporting was 70%.
Reduce Wildlife Incidents and Mortalities
In 2006
In 2005
In 2004
Performance Measures
Reduce from 1995 levels the number of incidents involving mortalities to nontargeted terrestial and aquatic
wildlife caused by pesticides
Reduce from 1995 levels the number of incidents involving mortalities to nontargeted terrestial and aquatic
wildlife caused by pesticides
The amount of data for wildlife incidents and mortalities was insufficient for analysis.
Number of incidents and mortalities to terrestrial and
aquatic wildlife caused by the 15 pesticides
responsible for the greatest mortality to such wildlife
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
0%
11
14%
reduction
Baseline: 80 reported bird incidents (involving 1150 estimated bird casualties); 65 reported fish incidents (involving
632,000 estimated fish casualties) as reported in 1995.
Appendix - 103
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Managing PBT Chemicals Internationally
In 2006 Collect mercury use and emission inventory data for key sectors in China and India.
Performance Measures
Emission inventory for power sectors in China and
India.
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
20
power plants
Baseline: Global mercury use and emissions estimates indicate that China and India are among the world's largest emitters
and users of mercury. While a 2002 United Nations report indicates that over 50% of anthropogenic atmospheric
mercury emissions are from Asia, accurate measures do not exist for quantifying emissions and uses for specific
source sectors. Targeting EPA emissions reduction efforts requires accurate information on sources.
Exposure to Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2006 Reduce exposure to and health effects from priority industrial/commercial chemicals
In 2005 Reduce exposure to and health effects from priority industrial / commercial chemicals
In 2004 Data available in 2006.
In 2001
4,885 transformers and 9,494 capacitors were safely disposed of in 2001.
Performance Measures
FY2001
Actuals
4,885
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
Annual number of Large Transformers Safely
Disposed
Annual number of Large Capacitors Safely Disposed 9,494
Number of children aged 1-5 years with elevated
blood lead levels (>10 ug / dl)
Annual reduction in the number of children aged 1 -
5 years with elevated blood lead levels (>10 ug /dl)
FY 2004
Actuals
Data lag.
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
5000 5,000
Data lag 9000
Data lag 225,000
9,000
Transformers
Capacitors
children
45,000 children
Appendix - 104
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Baseline: 1999/2000 baseline released in January 2003: Approximately 400,000 cases of childhood lead poisoning cases
according to NHANES data. In 2004 a larger data set was included as we will be expanding to include more EPA
Regional efforts that will include all federally administered and State administered programs. The FY2003 data
for a new baseline will not be available until 2005. The baseline for PCB transformers is estimated at 2.2 million
units and for capacitors is estimated at 1.85 million units as of 1988 as noted in the 1989 PCB Notification and
Manifesting Rule. From 1991-2001 there was a declining trend in PCB disposal due to failing equipment and
environmental liability: the total number of PCB large capacitors safely disposed of is 436,485 and the total
number of PCB transformers safely disposed of is 172,672 as of 2002.
Risks from Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2006 Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals.
In 2005 Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals.
In 2004 98 High Production Volume chemicals with complete Screening Information Data Sets (SUDS) were submitted to
the OECD SIDS Initial Assessment Meeting.
In 2004 EPA reviewed all 1,377 Pre-manufacturing Notices reviewed during FY 2004, ensuring that those new chemicals
marketed were safe for humans and the environment.
In 2003 Of the approximately. 1,633 applications for new chemicals and microorganisms submitted by industry ensured
those marketed are safe for humans and the environment. Increased proportion of commercial chemicals that
have undergone PMN review to signify they are properly managed and may be potential green alternatives to
existing chemicals.
In 2002 EPA reviewed all 1,943 Pre-manufacturing Notices received during FY 2002. At the end of 2002, 21.5 percent of
all chemicals in commerce had been assessed for risks. A large fraction of these chemicals also may be "green"
alternatives to existing chemicals in commerce.
In 2001 Data was obtained from test plans submitted by industry for 724 chemicals already in commerce.
In 2001 EPA reviewed 1,770 Premanufacturing Notices. By the end of 2001, 21 percent of all chemicals in commerce
had been assessed for risks.
Appendix - 105
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Number of TSCA Pre-Manufacture Notice Reviews
Through chemical testing program, obtain test data
for high production volume chemicals on master
testing list.
Notice of Commencements
Make screening level health and environmental
effects data publicly available for sponsored HPV
chemicals
Reduction in the current year production-adjusted
Risk Screening Environmental Indicators risk-based
score of releases and transfers of toxic chemicals.
High Production Volume chemicals with complete
Screening Information Data Sets (SIDS) submitted
to OECD SIDS Initial Assessment Meeting
Percentage of chemicals identified as highest priority
by the Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs)
Program with short-term exposure limits established.
Number of chemicals or organisms introduced into
commerce that pose unreasonable risks to workers,
consumers, or the environment.
Percentage of HPV chemicals identified as priority
concerns through assessment of Screening
Infromation Data Sets (SIDS) and other information
with risks eliminated or effectively managed.
Cumulative number of chemicals for which VCCEP
data needs documents are issued by EPA in response
to Industry sponsored Tier 1 risk assessments.
FY2001
Actuals
1770
724
21.0
FY 2002 FY 2003
Actuals Actuals
1943 1,633
FY 2004
Actuals
1 377
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
843
1,309
Data lag 12%
98
52%
Notices
Chemicals
NOCs (Cum)
cum.
chemicals
Index
chemicals
60% Total
Chemicals
0 Chemicals
100
% of HPV
Chems.
Cumul.
Chems.
Appendix - 106
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Annual percent reduction in relative risk index for 3 % Reduction
chronic human health associated with environmental
releases of industrial chemicals in commerce as
measured by the RSEI Model.
Baseline: The baseline for TSCA PMNs in FY2004 is zero. (EPA receives about 1,700 PMNs per year for chemicals about
to enter commerce. From 1979-2002, EPA reviewed about 40,000 PMNs. Of the 78,000 chemicals potentially in
commerce, 16,618 have gone through the risk-screening process of Notice of Commencement.) The baseline for
FfPV measure is zero chemicals in 1998. The baseline for the RSEI measure is the index calculated for 2001.
Baseline is 2002; calculation methodology by addition of AEGL values (10 minute, 1 hour, 4 hour and 24 hour
exposure periods) and numbers of chemicals addressed. There is a list maintained by the AEGL FACA
committee of highest priority chemicals: 99 chemicals are on List 1 which was generated at the program's
inception in 1996 and 137 chemicals are highest priority on List 2 which was generated in 2001. Therefore the
total of highest priority chemical currently stands at 236 chemicals, however chemicals can be added or deleted
from the list to fit stakeholder needs which is why percentage targets have been provided. 2001 levels will serve
as the baseline reference point for the percent reduction in relative risk index for chronic human health associated
with environmental releases of industrial chemicals in commerce as measured by Risk Screening Environmental
Indicators Model analyzing results to date. Measurement Development Plans exist for HPV, VCCEP, and New
Chemicals.
Chemical Facility Risk Reduction
In 2006 Protect human health, communities, and ecosystems from chemical risks and releases through facility risk
reduction efforts and building community infrastructures.
In 2005 Protect human health, communities, and ecosystems from chemical risks and releases through facility risk
reduction efforts and building community infrastructures.
In 2004 Over 2,200 risk management plan audits were completed between FY 2000 and FY 2004.
In 2003 EPA audited 300 risk management plans.
Appendix - 107
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
In 2002
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Data not available.
In 2001 5 states implemented accident prevention programs and 438 risk management plan audits were completed.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of risk management plan audits completed. 438 Not 300 730 400 400 audits
Available
Number of states implementing chemical accident 5 1 states
prevention programs.
Baseline: 1,059 Risk Management Plan audits were completed between FY 2000 and FY 2003.
OBJECTIVE: COMMUNITIES
Sustain, clean up, and restore communities and the ecological systems that support them.
World Trade Organization - Regulatory System
In 2006 Assist key trade partner countries in assessing environmental effects of trade liberalization
In 2005 Assist trade partner countries in completing environmental reviews
Performance Measures
Number of environmental reviews initiated by
FTAA countries following the enactment of the
2002 Trade Promotion Act (TPA).
Latin American countries initiating environmental
assessments of trade liberalization
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
3 3
countries
countries
Baseline: As of the end of FY 2003, two environmental reviews (Chile and Singapore) have been initiated since the
enactment of the 2002 Trade Promotion Act.
Appendix - 108
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Mexico Border Outreach
In 2006 Develop air quality assessments and programs to improve air quality standards in border communities.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Border communities monitoring for a pollutant that 1 community
has not previously been monitored in that
community
Baseline: In 2004, there are no border communities monitoring for pollutants that have not previously been monitored in
their community. There are 17 monitoring stations along the US-Mexico Border (source: US-Mexico Border
XXI Program: Progress Report 1996-2000). Monitoring for: carbon monoxide, ozone, nitrogen dioxide, sulfur
dioxide, particulate matter 2.5 micrometers or less in diameter U.S. only, particulate matter 10 micrometers or
less in diameter, total suspended particulate matter Mexico only, lead.
Revitalize Properties
In 2006 Assess, clean up and promote the reuse of Brownfields properties, and leverage jobs and cleanup/redevelopment
funding.
In 2005 Leverage jobs by assessing, promoting the cleanup and reuse of Brownfields properties.
In 2004 Data will be available in mid-year 2005 to verify assessment of 1,000 properties, awarding of 25 cleanup grants,
cleanup of 60 properties, leveraging of 5,000 jobs, training of 200 job training participants, placement of 65% of
trainees, and leveraging of $1.0 billion in cleanup and redevelopment funds.
In 2003 $1.49B in cleanup and redevelopment funds were leveraged through brownfiled revitalization efforts.
In 2003 By the end of FY 2003, the Brownfields program leveraged 5,023 jobs, achieving a 62% placement rate for
Brownfields Job Training Program participants, and leveraged of $1.49 billion in cleanup and redevelopment
funding.
In 2002 $0.7 billion of cleanup and redevelopment was leveraged.
Appendix - 109
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2002 2,091 jobs were generated from Brownfields activities.
In 2001 $0.9 billion of cleanup and redevelopment was leveraged.
In 2001 3,030 jobs were generated from Brownfields activities.
Performance Measures
Number of Brownfields properties assessed.
Number of Brownfields cleanup grants awarded.
Number of properties cleaned up using Brownfields
funding.
Number of acres of Brownfields property available
for reuse.
Number of jobs leveraged from Brownfields
activities.
Percentage of Brownfields job training trainees
placed.
FY2001
Actuals
730
3,030
FY 2002 FY 2003
Actuals Actuals
983 1,052
2091
5,023
62%
FY 2004
Actuals
Data lag
75
Data lag
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
1,000
25
60
FY 2006
Request
1,000
25
60
assessments
grants
properties
Data lag no target no target acres
Data lag 5,000 5,000 jobs
Data lag
65%
65% trainees
placed
Amount of cleanup and redevelopment funds
leveraged at Brownfields sites.
$0.9B
$0.7B
S1.49B
$1.0B
$1.0B funds
Baseline: By the end of FY 2003, the Brownfields program assessed 1,052 properties, leveraged 5,023 jobs, achieved a
62% placement rate for Brownfields job training program participants, and leveraged $1.49B in cleanup and
redevelopment funding.
OBJECTIVE: ECOSYSTEMS
Protect, sustain, and restore the health of natural habitats and ecosystems.
Appendix - 110
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Protecting and Enhancing Estuaries
In 2006 Working with NEP partners, protect or restore an additional 25,000 acres of habitat within the study areas for the
28 estuaries that are part of the National Estuary Program (NEP).
In 2005 Working with NEP partners, protect or restore an additional 25,000 acres of habitat within the study areas for the
28 estuaries that are part of the National Estuary Program (NEP).
In 2004 Restored and protected 107,000 acres of estuary habitat through the implementation of Comprehensive
Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
In 2003 Restored and protected 118,171 acres of estuary habitat through the implementation of Comprehensive
Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
In 2002 Restored and protected over 137,000 acres of estuary habitat through the implementation of Comprehensive
Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
In 2001 Restored and protected 70,000 acres of estuaries through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and
Management Plans (CCMPs).
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Acres of habitat restored and protected nationwide 70,000 137,710 118,171 107,000 25,000 25,000 Acres
as part of the National Estuary Program.
(incremental)
Baseline: As of January 2000, there were over 600,000 acres of habitat preserved, restored, and/or created.
Gulf of Mexico
In 2006 Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic species in order to improve the health of the Gulf of Mexico.
In 2005 Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic species in order to improve the health of the Gulf of Mexico.
Appendix - 111
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2004 Assisted the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions in 71.2 impaired coastal river and estuary
segments.
In 2003 Assisted the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions in 95 impaired coastal river and estuary
segments.
In 2002 Assisted the Gulf States in implementing restoration actions by supporting the identification of place-based
projects in 137 State priority coastal river and estuary segments.
In 2001 Assisted the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration action strategies (WRAS) or their equivalent in 37
priority coastal river and estuary segments.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Impaired Gulf coastal river and estuary segments 37 137 95 71.20 Segments
implementing watershed restoration actions
(incremental).
Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems 2.4 Scale
so that overall aquatic system health of coastal
waters of the Gulf of Mexico is improved
Reduce releases of nutrients throughout the 14,128 14,128 KM2
Mississippi River Basin to reduce the size of the
hypoxic zone in the Gulf of Mexico, as measured by
the five year running average
Baseline: There are 95 coastal watersheds at the 8-digit hydrologic unit code (HUC) scale on the Gulf coast. The Gulf of
Mexico Program has identified 12 priority coastal areas for assistance. These 12 areas include 30 of the 95
coastal watersheds. Within the 30 priority watersheds, the Gulf States have identified 354 segments that are
impaired and not meeting full designated uses under the States' water quality standards. 71 or 20% is the target
proposed to reinforce Gulf State efforts to implement 5-yea basin rotation schedules. The target of 71 is divided
by 5 to achieve the goal for assistance provided in at least 14 impaired segments each year for the next 5 years.
The 1996-2000 running average size = 14,128 km2. In 2002, the Gulf of Mexico rating of fair/poor was 1.9
Appendix - 112
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
where the rating is based on a 5-point system in which 1 is poor and 5 is good and is expressed as an aerially
weighted mean of regional scores using the National Coastal Condition Report indicators.
Great Lakes Implementation Actions
In 2006
In 2005
In 2004
In 2003
In 2002
Performance Measures
Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall ecosystem health of the Great Lakes is
improved.
Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall ecosystem health of the Great Lakes is
improved by at least 1 point
The reduction in the phosphorus concentration in Lake Erie was not met; the problem continues to be studied in
conjunction with the Canadian government.
Phosphorus concentrations were exceeded.
By removing or containing contaminated sediments, 100,000-200,000 pounds of persistent toxics which could
adversely affect human health will no longer be biologically available through the food chain. This contributes to
decreasing fish contaminants and advances the goal of removing fish advisories
Long-term concentration trends of toxics (PCBs) in
Great Lakes top predator fish.
Long-term concentration trends of toxic chemicals in
the air.
Total phosphorus concentrations (long-term) in the
Lake Erie Central Basin.
Average concentrations of PCBs in whole lake trout
and walleye samples will decline.
Average concentrations of toxic chemicals in the air
in the Great Lakes basin will decline
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Declining Data Lag Available
2005
Declining Data Lag Available
2005.
Mixed
18.40 21.2Ug/l
10
5%
5%
Annual
decrease
Annual
decrease
Ug/1
5% Annual
Decrease
7% Annual
Decrease
Appendix - 113
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Restore and delist Areas of Concern (AOCs) within 3 3 AOC
the Great Lakes basin
Baseline: In 2003, Great Lakes rating of 20 on a 40 point scale where the rating uses select Great Lakes State of the Lakes
Ecosystem indicators based on a 1 to 5 rating system for each indicator, where 1 is poor and 5 is good. The trend
(starting with 1972 data) for toxics in Great Lakes top predator fish is expected to be less than 2 parts per million
(the FDA action level) but far above the Great Lakes Initiative target or levels at which fish advisories can be
removed. The trend (starting with 1992 data) for PCB concentrations in the air is expected to range from 50 to
250 picograms per cubic meter. In 2002, no Areas of Concern had been delisted. The 2.1 million yards of
remediated sediments are the cumulative number of yards from 1997 to 2001.
Wetland and River Corridor Projects
In 2006 Working with partners, achieve no net loss of wetlands.
In 2005 Working with partners, achieve no net loss of wetlands.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Working with partners, achieve no net loss of No Net 200,000 Acres
wetland acres (cumulative) Loss
Annually, in partnership with the Corps of Engineers No Net No Net Acres
and States, achieve no net loss of wetlands in the Loss Loss
Clean Water Act Section 404 regulatory program
Baseline: Annual net loss of an estimated 58,500 acres. In partnership with the Corps of Engineers, a baseline and initial
reporting will begin in FY 2004 on net loss of wetlands in the CWA Section 404 regulatory programs.
Chesapeake Bay Habitat
In 2006 Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall aquatic system health of the Chesapeake Bay
is improved enough so that there are 100,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation, (cumulative)
Appendix - 114
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2006 Reduce nitrogen loads by 80 million pounds per year; phosphorus loads by 9.0 million pounds per year, and
sediment loads by 1.16 million tons per year from entering the Chesapeake Bay, from 1985 levels
In 2005 Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall aquatic system health of the Chesapeake Bay
is improved enough so that there are 91,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation, (cumulative)
In 2005 Reduce nitrogen loads by 74 million pounds per year; phosphorus loads by 8.7 million pounds per year, and
sediment loads by 1.06 million tons per year from entering the Chesapeake Bay, from 1985 levels.
In 2004 Due to record wet weather in 2003, massive amounts of nutrients and sediments were washed into the
Chesapeake Bay, which resulted in a 30% decline in submerged aquatic vegetation in a single year.
In 2003 Improved habitat in the Chesapeake Bay.
In 2002 Meeting the annual performance goal to improve habitat in the Bay requires adherence to commitments made by
the Chesapeake 2000 agreement partners and monumental effort/resources from all levels of government (local,
state, and a range of Federal agencies) and from private organizations/citizens.
In 2001 Improved habitat in the Chesapeake Bay by reducing 48.1 million pounds of nitrogen, 6.84 million pounds of
phospherous and restored over 69,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Reduction, from 1985 levels, of nitrogen (M/lbs), 74/8.7/1.0 80/9.0/1.1 Lbs/Lbs/Tons
phosphorus (M/lbs), and sediment loads (tons) 6 6
entering Chesapeake Bay. (cumulative)
Acres of submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) 69,126 85,252 89,659 64,709 91,000 100,000 Acres
present in the Chesapeake Bay. (cumulative)
Baseline: In 1984, there were 37,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation in the Chesapeake Bay. In 2002, baseline for
nitrogen loads was 51 million pounds per year; phosphorus loads was 8.0 million pounds per year; and sediment
loads was 0.8 million tons per year.
Appendix - 115
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH
Through 2008, provide a sound scientific foundation for EPA's goal of protecting, sustaining, and restoring the health of people,
communities, and ecosystems by conducting leading-edge research and developing a better understanding and characterization
of environmental outcomes under Goal 4.
Research
Human Health Risk Assessment Research
In 2006 By 2006, deliver at least 20 dose-response assessments, provisional values, or pathogen risk assessments so that
by 2010, at least 100 assessments have been made available through the Integrated Risk Information System
(IRIS) database and other communications to EPA program offices, regions, states and Tribes providing the
necessary information to predict risk and make risk management decisions that protect public health.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Completed dose-response assessments, provisional 20 Assessments
values, or pathogen risk assessments
Background: This FY2006 APG produces dose-response assessments and health risk assessment information to support
regulatory actions and risk management decisions by clients including EPA, other Federal partners, states, tribes,
and local governments. These assessments integrate relevant peer-reviewed scientific literature and assessment
methods to characterize the known or potential effects of specific contaminants on human health. Many of these
dose-response assessments will be posted on EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) when completed.
IRIS is widely used throughout EPA and the broader risk management community as the premiere source of
hazard and dose-response information for health risk assessment. The assessments conducted in this APG will
serve to identify and characterize environmentally-related human health problems and support evaluation of the
effectiveness of risk management actions aimed at improving public health and safeguarding the environment. In
particular, these assessments will be used to inform the decision-making process and provide scientific
information to decision makers who must make regulatory, enforcement, and remedial action decisions for
chemical contaminant list microbes and chemicals in drinking water; residual risk assessments for air pollutants;
site-specific clean-up decisions at Superfund sites; pesticide registration; and control of multi-media toxicants.
Appendix - 116
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
EPA also uses risk assessment information as part of the Agency's risk communication efforts to convey
information on environmental hazards to the public. As a result, risk assessment information provided by
products under this APG, is an integral component of environmental decision-making and information transfer
processes under the statutes implemented by the Agency.
Research on Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals
In 2006 By 2006, develop and transfer standardized protocols for screening chemicals for their potential effects on the
endocrine system, so that EPA's Office of Prevention, Pesticides, and Toxic Substances has the necessary
protocols to validate for use in the Agency's Endocrine Disrupters Screening Program, mandated by the Food
Quality Protection Act, as determined by independent expert review.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Report on a protocol to screen environmental 1 Report
chemicals for their ability to interact with the male
hormone receptor
Background: The Endocrine Disrupters program provides EPA with the scientific information necessary for the Agency to
reduce or prevent potential unreasonable risks to human health and wildlife from exposures to chemicals that
adversely affect the endocrine system, called endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs). In 1998, the Endocrine
Disrupters Screening and Testing Advisory Committee, a FACA convened by EPA to provide advice on the
development and implementation of a screening program, identified a few assays to use as starting points.
However, as they affirmed, no assays were considered to be "validated" at the time. EPA's endocrine disrupters
research program refined these assays and developed new ones when the starting point assays were found to be
unreliable or inadequate. Between FY 2000 and FY 2006, EPA will have completed 22 milestones associated
with this APG, including reducing scientific uncertainty regarding the mechanisms by which chemicals interfere
with the endocrine system, developing reports on a variety of screening assays in different animal species (e.g.,
fish, frogs, rats), and transferring protocols that have been standardized in our laboratories and accompanying
background documentation to OPPTS. OPPTS will have the protocols validated by an external peer review panel
and will implement a screening program using them. The data that will be developed from the application of the
validated protocols will enable the Agency to conduct risk assessments from which decisions can be made that
will reduce or prevent unreasonable risks to humans and wildlife from exposure to endocrine disrupters.
Appendix - 117
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Beginning in FY 2005, regular evaluations by independent and external panels will provide reviews of EPA
research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date, and will determine whether EPA has
been successful in meeting its annual and long-term commitments for research.
Homeland Security Research
In 2006 Provide methods, guidance documents, technologies and tools to first responders and decision-makers to enhance
safety and to mitigate adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemical or biological materials
into the environment.
In 2005 By FY 2005, provide tools, case studies, and technical guidance so that, by FY 2006, first responders and
decision-makers will have the methods, guidance documents, and technologies to enhance safety and to mitigate
adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemical or biological materials into the environment.
In 2004 Provided a database of EPA experts on topics of importance to assessing the health and ecological impacts of
actions taken against homeland security that is available to key EPA staff and managers who might be called
upon to rapidly assess the impacts of a significant terrorist event.
In 2004 Provided to building owners, facility managers, and others, methods, guidance documents, and technologies to
enhance safety in large buildings and to mitigate adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous
chemical or biological materials into indoor air.
In 2004 Verified two point-of-use drinking water technologies that treat intentionally introduced contaminants in drinking
water supplies for application by commercial and residential users, water supply utilities, and public officials.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Request
Bud.
Verify two treatment technologies for application in 2 verifications
buildings by commercial and residential users, verifications
utilities, and public officials to treat contaminants in
drinking water supplies.
Prepare ETV evaluations on at least 5 new 10 verifications
Appendix - 118
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
technologies for detection, containment, or
decontamination of chemical/biological
contaminants in buildings to help workers select safe
alternatives.
Through SBIR awards, support as least three new
technologies/methods to decontaminate HVAC
systems in smaller commercial buildings or
decontaminate valuable or irreplaceable materials.
Prepare technical guidance for building owners and
facility managers on methods/strategies to minimize
damage to buildings from intentional introduction of
biological/chemical contaminants.
A restricted access database of EPA experts with
knowledge, expertise, and experience for use by
EPA to rapidly assess health and ecological impacts
focused on safe buildings and water security.
Risk assessment toolbox to predict and reduce the
consequences of chemical/biological attacks in U.S.
cities.
Technical guidance for water system owners and
operators on methods/strategies for minimizing
damage from intentional introduction of
biological/chemical contaminants
Water system-related case studies that provide a
spectrum of contingency planning situations and
responses, including one specifically focused on the
National Capital area
Comprehensive guidance document for building
owners and managers on restoration of buildings
after terrorist contamination with biological or
FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Request
Bud.
verification
4 techs/
method
guidance
1 database
09/30/05
09/30/05
techs/methods
guidance
database
toolbox
tech. guidance
case studies
1 Guidance
Appendix - 119
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
chemical hazards
Guidance document for emergency and remedial
response personnel and water utility operators for
the restoration of water systems after terrorist
contamination with biological or chemical hazards
Comprehensive guidance package including data,
methodologies, and other risk assessment tools that
will assist emergency responders in establishing
remediation goals at incident sites
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
FY2004
Actuals
FY2005
Pres.
Bud.
FY2006
Request
Guidance
Guidance
Background: EPA's homeland security research provides appropriate, effective, and rapid risk assessment guidelines and
technologies to help decision-makers prepare for, detect, contain, and decontaminate building and water treatment
systems against which chemical and/or biological attacks have been directed. The Agency intends to expand the
state of the knowledge of potential threats, as well as its response capabilities, by assembling and evaluating
private sector tools and capabilities so that preferred response approaches can be identified, promoted, and
evaluated for future use by first responders, decision-makers, and the public. This APG will provide guidance
documents for the restoration of buildings and water systems and the establishment of remediation goals. These
products will enable first responders to better deal with threats to the public and the environment posed by the
intentional release of toxic or infectious materials.
Appendix - 120
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Compliance and Environmental Stewardship
Improve environmental performance through compliance with environmental requirements, preventing pollution, and promoting
environmental stewardship. Protect human health and the environment by encouraging innovation and providing incentives for
governments, businesses, and the public that promote environmental stewardship.
OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH
Through 2008, strengthen the scientific evidence and research supporting environmental policies and decisions on compliance,
pollution prevention, and environmental stewardship.
Research
New Technologies
In 2006 Provide appropriate and credible performance information about new, commercial-ready environmental
technology that influences users to purchase effective environmental technology in the U.S. and abroad.
In 2005 By FY 2005, complete thirty verifications and four testing protocols for a program cumulative total of 280
verifications and 88 testing protocols for new environmental technologies so that, by 2009, appropriate and
credible performance information about new, commercial-ready environmental technology is available that
influences users to purchase effective environmental technology in the US and abroad.
In 2004 Verified 35 air, water, greenhouse gas, and monitoring technologies so that States, technology purchasers, and the
public will have highly credible data and performance analyses on which to make technology selection decisions.
In 2003 Developed 10 testing protocols and completed 40 technology verifications for a cumulative Environmental
Technology Verification (ETV) program total of 230 to aid industry, states, and consumers in choosing effective
technologies to protect the public and environment from high risk pollutants.
In 2002 EPA formalized generic testing protocols for technology performance verification, and provided additional
performance verifications of pollution prevention, control and monitoring technologies in all environmental
media.
Appendix - 121
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2001 EPA developed, evaluated, and delivered technologies and approaches that eliminate, minimize, or control high
risk pollutants from multiple sectors. Delivery of the evaluative report on the Environmental Technology
Verification (ETV) pilot program is delayed until FY 2002.
Performance Measures
Deliver a Report to Congress on the status and
effectiveness of the Environmental Technology
Verification (ETV) Program during its first five
years.
Complete 20 stakeholder approved and peer-
reviewed test protocols in all environmental
technology categories under ETV, and provide them
to testing organizations world-wide.
Verify and provide information to States, technology
purchasers, and the public on 40 air, water, pollution
prevention and monitoring technologies for an ETV
programmatic total of 230 verifications.
Complete an additional 10 stakeholder approved and
peer-reviewed test protocols in all environmental
technology categories under ETV, and provide them
to international testing organizations.
Through the ETV program, verify the performance
of 35 commercial-ready environmental technologies.
Verifications completed
Testing protocols completed
Percent of respondents to survey of vendors of ETV -
verified technologies stating that ETV information
positively influenced sales and/or vendor innovation.
FY2001
Actuals
0
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
FY2006
Request
20
40
10
35
verification
15
2
report
protocols
verifications
protocols
verifications
verifications
protocols
60% Respondents
Background: Actual environmental risk reduction can be directly related to performance and effectiveness of environmental
technologies purchased and used. Private sector technology developers produce almost all the new technologies
Appendix - 122
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
purchased in the U.S. and around the world. Purchasers and permitters of environmental technologies need an
independent, objective, high quality source of performance information in order to make more informed
decisions; and vendors with innovative, improved, faster, and cheaper environmental technologies need a reliable
source of independent evaluation to be able to penetrate the environmental technology market. EPA's
Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) program develops testing protocols for, and verifies the
effectiveness of, new environmental technologies. EPA has designed surveys of vendors, purchasers, and
permitters to determine ETV's impact on 1) vendor sales and technology innovation, 2) purchase decisions, and 3)
permitting/regulatory-related decisions. The surveys will also attempt to gather information that can be used to
assess vendor satisfaction with the verification process, the value placed on verification by vendors and others,
and that will quantify any added efficiencies or benefits (either cost or time) that verification provides to
innovative technologies entering the environmental marketplace. The information collected during the surveys
will allow the ETV program to further confirm its valuable role in encouraging the use of improved
environmental technologies, as well as provide information that can be used to refine or redirect future
verification efforts. These surveys are complemented by an ongoing Web site survey designed to assess customer
satisfaction with ETV's web site, as well as ongoing efforts to develop additional case studies highlighting various
potential impacts, or outcomes, associated with the use of verified technologies.
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE COMPLIANCE
By 2008, maximize compliance to protect human health and the environment through compliance assistance, compliance
incentives, and enforcement by achieving a 5 percent increase in the pounds of pollution reduced, treated, or eliminated, and
achieving a 5 percent increase in the number of regulated entities making improvements in environmental management
practices. (Baseline to be determined for 2005.)
Non-Compliance Reduction
In 2006 Through monitoring and enforcement actions, EPA will increase complying actions, pollutant reduction or
treatment, and improve environmental management practices (EMP).
In 2005 Through monitoring and enforcement actions, EPA will increase complying actions, pollutant reduction or
treatment, and improve environmental management practices (EMP).
In 2004 EPA focused its enforcement actions in areas with the greatest potential to protect human health and the
Appendix - 123
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2003
In 2002
In 2001
Performance Measures
environment by identifying significant environmental, public health, and compliance problems. The enforcement
actions taken required defendants to reduce, treat, or eliminate illegal emissions and discharges, establish
improved EMPs that will help to detect and prevent potential future non-compliance. The level of inspections and
investigations maintained an effective deterrent to violations of federal environmental laws.
EPA directed enforcement actions to maximize compliance and address environmental and human health
problems.
Based upon one measure, this APG was not met.
EPA directed enforcement actions to maximize compliance and address environmental and human health
problems.
Millions of pounds of pollutants required to be
reduced through enforcement actions settled this
fiscal year.(core optional)
Number of EPA inspections conducted (core
required)
Pounds of pollution estimated to be reduced, treated,
or eliminated as a result of concluded enforcement
actions.
Percentage of concluded enforcement cases
requiring that pollutants be reduced, treated, or
eliminated and protection of populations or
ecosystems.
Percentage of concluded enforcement cases
requiring implementation of improved
environmental management practices.
Number of inspections, civil investigations and
criminal investigations conducted.
FY2001
Actuals
660
17,812
FY 2002
Actuals
261
17668
FY 2003
Actuals
600
18,880
FY 2004
Actuals
1,000
21,000
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
300
30
60
18,500
300
30
60
M pounds
inspections
million
pounds
Percentage
percentage
18,500 insp&inv.
Appendix - 124
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Dollars invested in improved env. performance or
improved BMP as a result of concluded enforcement
actions (i.e., injunctive relief and SEPs)
Percentage of regulated entities taking complying
actions as a result of on-site compliance inspections
and evaluations..
Percent of concluded enforcement actions that
require an action that results in environmental
benefits and/or changes in facility management or
information practices.
Number of Criminal Investigations
Number of Civil Investigations
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002 FY 2003
Actuals Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
4 billion
10
FY 2006
Request
3.8 billion
29
79
482
368
77
484
541
63
471
344
83
425
455
Dollars
percentage
Percent
Investigation
s
Investigation
s
Baseline: Protecting the public and the environment from risks posed by violations of environmental requirements is basic
to EPA's mission. To develop a more complete picture of the results of the enforcement and compliance
program, EPA has initiated a number of performance measures designed to capture the results of monitoring and
concluded enforcement cases. These results address complying actions, pollutant reduction, and improved
environmental management practices. Baselines to be detemined in 2005.
Compliance Incentives
In 2006
In 2005
Through self-disclosure policies, EPA will increase the percentage of audits or other actions reducing pollutants
or improving EMP.
Through self-disclosure policies, EPA will increase the percentage of facilities reducing pollutants or improving
EMP.
In 2004 EPA offered an incentive program of reduced or eliminated penalties for facilities that conduct voluntary self-
audits, and report and correct violations. These incentives are often used in targeted initiatives directed at specific
Appendix - 125
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
industrial sectors and are occasionally developed in collaboration with the industry or industry associations.
Since 2001, the incentives programs have helped return thousands of facilities to compliance, furthering
environmental stewardship through the provision of information, incentives and innovative approaches to reduce
or eliminate pollution.
In 2003 Increased opportunities through new targeted sector initiatives for industries to voluntarily self-disclose and
correct violations on a corporate-wide basis.
In 2002 The number of facilities that participated in voluntary self-audit programs, disclosed and corrected violations
greatly exceeded the target.
In 2001 EPA increased opportunities through targeted sector initiatives for industries to use one of the self-disclosure
policies.
Performance Measures
Percentage of audits or other actions that result in
the reduction, treatment, or elimination of pollutants
and the protection of populations or ecosystems.
Percentage of audits or other actions that result in
improvements in environmental management
practices.
Pounds of pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated,
as a result of audits or other actions.
Dollars invested in improved environmental
performance or improved environmental
management practices as a result of audits or other
actions.
Facilities voluntarily self-disclose and correct
violations with reduced or no penalty as a result of
EPA self-disclosure policies.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
1754
1467
848
969
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
5
10
0.25
million
FY 2006
Request
5
60
0.25
million
percentage
Percentage
Pounds
2 million 2 million dollars
Facilities
Appendix - 126
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Baseline: EPA developed the Audit Policy to encourage corporate audits and subsequent correction of self-discovered
violations. The Small Business Policy and the Small Community Policy also promote voluntary self-disclosure
and correction of violations. These performance measures show the results of these incentive policies such as
pollutant reductions and improved environmental management practices. Baselines to be determined in 2005.
Regulated Communities
In 2006
In 2005
In 2004
Through compliance assistance, EPA will increase the
Environmental Management Practices, and reduce pollutants.
Through compliance assistance, EPA will increase the
Environmental Management Practices, and reduce pollutants.
understanding of regulated entities, improve
understanding of regulated entities, improve
In 2003
EPA continues to increase the regulated community's understanding of environmental regulations and improve
facility environmental management practices by providing direct and practical assistance through the Compliance
Clearinghouse, Compliance Assistance Centers, and direct assistance at the facility level or through state and
local workshops.
Increased the regulated community's compliance with environmental requirements through their expanded use of
compliance assistance. The Agency continued to support small business compliance assistance centers and
developed compliance assistance tools such as sector notebooks and compliance guides.
Performance Measures
Number of facilities, states, technical assistance
providers or other entities reached through targeted
compliance assistance (core optional)
Percentage of regulated entities seeking assistance
from EPA-sponsored CA centers and clearinghouse
reporting that they improved BMP as a result of their
use of the centers or the clearinghouse.
Percentage of regulated entities receiving direct
compliance assistance from EPA reporting that they
improved BMP as a result of EPA assistance.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
721,000
FY 2004
Actuals
731,000
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
60
50
FY 2006
Request
65
30
Entities
percentage
Percentage
Appendix - 127
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
% of regulated entities seeking assistance from EPA-
sponsored CA centers and clearinghouse reporting
that they reduced, treated, or eliminated pollution as
a result of that resource.
% of regulated entities seeking assistance from EPA-
sponsored CA centers and clearinghouse reporting
that they increased their understanding of env.
rqmts. as a result of their use of the resources.
% of regulated entities receiving direct CA from
EPA reporting that they increased their
understanding of env. rqmts. as a result of EPA
assistance.
% of regulated entities receiving direct assistance
from EPA reporting that they reduced, treated, or
eliminated pollution, as a result of EPA assistance.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
25
75
65
25
FY 2006
Request
40
75
80
10
Percentage
Percentage
percentage
percentage
Baseline: EPA provides compliance assistance to the regulated community and partners. EPA supports initiatives targeted
towards compliance in specific industrial and commercial sectors with certain regulatory requirements.
Compliance assistance ranges from on-line Compliance Assistance Centers to direct on-site assistance. Baseline
to be determined in 2005.
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE THROUGH POLLUTION PREVENTION AND
INNOVATION
By 2008, improve environmental protection and enhance natural resource conservation on the part of government, business, and
the public through the adoption of pollution prevention and sustainable practices that include the design of products and
manufacturing processes that generate less pollution, the reduction of regulatory barriers, and the adoption of results-based,
innovative, and multimedia approaches.
Appendix - 128
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Reducing PBTs in Hazardous Waste Streams
In 2006 Reduce pollution in business operations.
Performance Measures
Number of pounds reduced (in millions) in
generation of priority list chemicals from 2001
baseline of 88 million pounds
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
1.2
million
pounds
Baseline: In FY 2001, the baseline of priority chemicals in waste streams was established at
2008 goal is a reduction of 8.8 million pounds (10%).
Innovation Activities
million pounds. The FY
In 2006 Performance Track members collectively will achieve an annual reduction of: 600 million gallons in water use;
2.5 million MMBTUs in energy use; 15,000 tons of solid waste; 20,000 tons materials reduced; 6,000 tons of air
releases; and 10,000 tons in water discharges, compared with 2001 results.
In 2005 Performance Track members collectively will achieve an annual reduction of: 600 million gallons in water use;
2.5 million MMBTUs in energy use; 15,000 tons of solid waste; 6,000 tons of air releases; and 10,000 tons in
water discharges, compared with 2001 results.
Performance Measures
Specific annual reductions in 5 media/resource
areas: water use, energy use, solid waste, air
releases, and water discharges.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
5
FY 2006
Request
6
media
reductions
Baseline: For Performance Track, the baseline year is 2001. Performance will be measured against the 2001 baseline
annual reduction of 475 M gallons of water use, 0.24 million MMBTUs of energy use, 150,000 tons of solid
waste, 1,113 tons of air releases, 6,870 tons of water discharges, and an increase of 2,154 tons of materials.
Appendix - 129
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Reduction of Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2006 Prevent, reduce and recycle hazardous industrial/commercial chemicals and improve environmental stewardship
practices.
In 2005 Prevent, reduce and recycle hazardous industrial/commercial chemicals and improve environmental stewardship
practices.
In 2004 FY 2004 data will be avail, in FY 2006 to verify whether the quantity of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) pollutants
released, disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in 2004, (normalized for changes in industrial
production) was reduced by 200 million pounds, or 2%, from 2002.
In 2003 FY 2003 data will be avail, in 2005 to verify the quantity of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) pollutants released,
disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in 2003, (normalized for changes in industrial production)
will be reduced by 200 million pounds, or 2%, from 2002.
In 2002 The quantity of TRI pollutants released, disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in 2002
(normalized for changes in industrial production) increased by 366 million pounds of TRI pollutants, or 2% from
2001.
In 2001 No conclusions can be drawn regarding changes in TRI Non-recycled wastes from calendar year 2000 to calendar
year 2001 without data.
Performance Measures
Reduction of TRI non-recycled waste (normalized)
Alternative feed stocks, processes, or safer products
identified through Green Chemistry Challenge
Award
Quantity of hazardous chemicals/solvents eliminated
through the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards
Program
FY2001
Actuals
-464 M
Lbs
FY2002
Actuals
366 M
Lbs
FY2003
Actuals
Data Lag
FY2004
Actuals
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
429
460
Ibs
Prod/proc
(cum)
Ibs
Appendix - 130
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
For eco-friendly detergents, track the number of
laundry detergent formulations developed.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
FY2004
Actuals
38
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
FY2006
Request
formulations
Percent reduction in Toxics Release Inventory (TRI)
reported toxic chemical releases at Federal Facilities.
32%
40%
Releases
(Cum)
Percent reduction in both Toxics Release Inventory
(TRI) chemical releases to the environment from the
business sector per unit of production ("Clean
Index")
Percent reduction in TRI chemicals in production-
related wastes generated by the business sector per
unit of production ("Green Index").
Reduction in overall pounds of pollution.
Millions of dollars saved through reductions in
pollution.
Annual cumulative quantity of water conserved.
20% 28% Releases
(Cum)
10% 14% Waste (Cum)
34 Billion 42 billion Pounds
(Cum)
134 $170 Dollars
Million million (Cum)
1.5 billion 1.5 billion Gallons
Billions of BTUs of energy conserved.
143
Billion
175
billion
BTUs (Cum)
Baseline: The baseline for the TRI non-recycled wastes measure is the amount of non-recycled wastes in 2001 reported
FY2003. The baseline for eco-friendly detergents is 0 formulations in 1997. The baseline for the alternative feed
stocks / processes measure is zero in 2000. The baseline for the quantity of hazardous chemicals / solvents
measures is zero pounds in the year 2000. The baseline for the hospitals measure is zero in FY2001. The baseline
reference point for reductions of pollution and conservation of BTUs and water will be zero for 2003. The
baseline for money saved will be 2003. The baseline for reduction in CO2 will be zero for 1996. The baseline
for the Clean and Green Index would be 2001 levels. The baseline for chemical releases is 2001 level. The
Appendix - 131
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
baseline for chemical production related wastes is 2001 level. Note: Several output measures were changed to
internal-only reporting status in 2005. Annual Performance measures under development for EPA's
Environmentally Preferable Purchasing program for the FY2006 Annual Performance Plan.
OBJECTIVE: BUILD TRIBAL CAPACITY
Through 2008, assist all federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of their environment, help in building their
capacity to implement environmental programs where needed to improve tribal health and environments, and implement
programs in Indian country where needed to address environmental issues.
Tribal Environmental Baseline/Environmental Priority
In 2006 Assist federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of their environment, help in building their capacity
to implement environmental programs where needed to improve tribal health and environments, and implement
programs in Indian country where needed to address environmental issues.
In 2005 Assist federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of their environment, help in building their capacity
to implement environmental programs where needed to improve tribal health and environments, and implement
programs in Indian country where needed to address environmental issues.
In 2004 86% of Tribes have an environmental presence (e.g. one or more persons to assist in building Tribal capacity to
develop and implement environmental programs)
In 2003 In 2003, AIEO evaluated non-Federal sources of environmental data pertaining to conditions in Indian Country to
enrich the Tribal Baseline Assessment Project.
In 2002 A cumulative total of 331 environmental assessments have been completed.
In 2001 Baseline environmental assessments were collected for 207 Tribes.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Increase tribes' ability to develop environmental 90 89 % Tribes
program capacity of federally recognized tribes that
Appendix - 132
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
have access to an environmental presence.
Develop or integrate EPA and interagency data
systems to facilitate the use of EPA Tribal Enterprise
Architecture information in setting environmental
priorities and informing policy decisions.
Eliminate data gaps for environmental conditions for
major water, land, and air programs as determined
through the availability of information in the EPA
Tribal Enterprise Architecture.
Increase implementation of environmental programs
in Indian country by program delegations, approvals,
or primacies issued to tribes and direct
implementation activities by EPA.
Increase the number of EPA-approved quality
assurance plans for tribal environmental monitoring
and assessment activities. (Baseline 243)
Increase the percent of tribes w/ multimedia
programs reflecting traditional use of natural
resources.
Environmental assessments for Tribes, (cumulative)
Non-federal sources of environmental data
pertaining to conditions in Indian Country.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
5 10 Systems
17 % Data Gap
159
271
169 Programs
280
30
207
331
20
Plans
Agreements
Tribes, etc.
Data sources
Baseline: There are 572 tribal entities eligible for GAP program funding.
environmental assessments of their lands will be conducted.
These entities are the ones for which
Appendix - 133
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office for Administration and Resources Management
Energy Consumption Reduction
In 2006 By 2006, EPA will achieve a 20% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in its 21 laboratories. A 20% energy
consumption reduction from 1990 represents progress towards the 2010 requirement of a 25% energy consumption
reduction from the 1990 base. The reductions include Green Power purchases.
In 2005 By 2005, EPA will achieve a 20% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in its 21 laboratories which is in line to
meet the 2005 requirement of a 20% reduction from the 1990 base. This includes Green Power purchases.
In 2004 (Actual data available in 2005.) By 2004, EPA will achieve a 16% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in its 21
laboratories which is in line to meet the 2005 requirement of a 20% reduction from the 1990 base. This includes
Green Power purchases.
In 2003 The Agency achieved 15.3% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in its 21 laboratories.
Performance Measures
Cumulative percentage reduction in energy
consumption (from 1990).
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
15.3
FY2004
Actuals
Data
avail. In
2005
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
20 20 Percent
Baseline: In FY 2000, energy consumption of British Thermal Units (BTUs) per square foot is 320,000 BTUs per square foot.
Appendix - 134
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office of Environmental Information
Information Exchange Network
In 2006 Improve the quality, comparability, and availability of environmental data for sound environmental decision-making
through the Central Data Exchange (CDX).
In 2005 Improve the quality, comparability, and availability of environmental data for sound environmental decision-making
through the Central Data Exchange (CDX).
In 2004 Significant progress has been made in developing the Exchange Network over the past three years. The numbers of
Exchange Network nodes and data flows have increased making it possible to exchange and integrate large volumes
of environmental data to enhance environmental decision-making. A key component to the Network is EPA's Central
Data Exchange (CDX) and its ability to facilitate data exchange and information sharing. As a result, EPA has
experienced a tremendous growth in users of CDX and the Network.
In 2003 Continued to improve data access to ensure that decision makers have access to the environmental data that EPA
collects and manages to make sound environmental decisions while minimizing the reporting burden on data
providers.
In 2002 The Central Data Exchange (CDX), a key component of the environmental information exchange network, became
fully operational and 45 states are using it to send data to EPA; thereby improving data consistency with participating
states.
Performance Measures
States using the Central Data Exchange (CDX) to
send data to EPA.
CDX will fully support electronic data exchange
requirements for major EPA environmental systems,
enabling faster receipt, processing, and quality
checking of data.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
45
FY2003
Actuals
49
FY2004
Actuals
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
12
FY2006
Request
18
States
Systems
Appendix - 135
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Performance Measures
States will be able to exchange data with CDX
through state nodes in real time, using new web-
based data standards that allow for automated data-
quality checking.
States, tribes, laboratories, and others will choose to
use CDX to report environmental data electronically
to EPA, taking advantage of automated data quality
checks and on-line customer support.
Customer help desk calls are resolved in a timely
manner.
In preparation for increasing the exchange of
information through CDX, implement four data
standards in 13 major systems and develop four
additional standards in 2003.
Number of private sector and local government
entities, such as water authorities, will use CDX to
exchange environmental data with EPA.
CDX offers online data exchange for all major
national systems by the end of FY 2004.
Number of states using CDX as the means by which
they routinely exchange environmental data with
two or more EPA media programs or Regions.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
FY2004
Actuals
FY 2005 FY 2006
Pres. Bud. Request
40 50 States
20,000 47,000 Users
96
7,050
13
49
96 Percent
Data
Standards
Entities
Systems
States
Baseline: The Central Data Exchange program began in FY 2001.
Data Quality
In 2006 EPA will improve the quality and scope of information available to the public for environmental decision-making.
Appendix - 136
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
In 2005
In 2004
In 2003
In 2002
Performance Measures
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
EPA will improve the quality and scope of information available to the public for environmental decision-making.
EPA developed a management report on options for enhancing access to the next Report on the Environment by
making it easily available electronically.
The public had access to a wide range of Federal, state, and local information about local environmental conditions
and features in an area of their choice.
100% of the publicly available facility data from EPA's national systems accessible on the EPA Website is part of the
Integrated Error Correction Process; thereby reducing data error.
Publicly available facility data from EPA's national
systems, accessible on the EPA Website, will be part
of the Integrated Error Correction Process.
Establish an improved suite of environmental
indicators for use by EPA's programs and partners in
the Agency's strategic planning and performance
measurement process.
Re spenders to the baseline questionnaire on
customer satisfaction on the EPA Website report
overall satisfaction with their visit to EPA.GOV.
Window-to-My Environment is nationally deployed
and provides citizens across the country with
Federal, state, and local environmental information
specific to an area of their choice.
Establish the baseline for the suite of indicators that
are used by EPA's programs and partners in the
Agency's strategic planning and performance
measurement process.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
100
FY2003
Actuals
FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
60
Nationally
Percent
Report
Percent
Deployed
Report
Appendix - 137
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Baseline: An effort to develop a State of the Environment report based on environmental indicators was initiated in FY 2002.
Information Security
In 2006 OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
In 2005
In 2004
In 2003
In 2002
Performance Measures
EPA has made significant progress over the last 4 years in improving its information security program. For example,
EPA succeeded for a second year in achieving 100% intrusion detection, and the Agency's compliance with OMB's
security program criteria increased from 75% in FY 2003 to 91% in FY 2004.
OMB reported that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
Completed risk assessments on the Agency's critical infrastructure systems (12), critical financial systems (13), and
mission critical environmental systems (5).
FY2001
Actuals
Critical infrastructure systems risk assessment
findings will be formally documented and
transmitted to systems owners and managers in a
formal Risk Assessment document.
Critical financial systems risk assessment findings
will be formally documented and transmitted to
systems owners and managers in a formal Risk
Assessment document.
Mission critical environmental systems risk
assessment findings will be formally documented
and transmitted to systems owners and managers in
a formal Risk Assessment document.
FY2002
Actuals
12
13
FY2003 FY2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Systems
Systems
Systems
Appendix - 138
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Percent compliance with criteria used by OMB to
assess Agency security programs reported annually
to OMB under Federal Information Security
Management Act/Govt. Information Security
Reform Act.
Percent of intrusion detection monitoring sensors
installed and operational.
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
75
FY2004
Actuals
91
75
100
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
75
FY2006
Request
90
Percent
Percent
Baseline: In FY 2002, the Agency started planning an effort to expand and strengthen its information security infrastructure.
Appendix - 139
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office of the Chief Financial Officer
Strengthen EPA's Management
In 2006 Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included
in the President's Management Agenda
In 2005 Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included
in the President's Management Agenda
In 2004 EPA met pre-established Agency or Government-wide performance goals.
In 2003 EPA made progress to strengthen its management services and support the President's Management Agenda in the
areas of workforce planning and financial management.
In 2002 EPA prepared and submitted its FY 2001 financial statements and received a clean audit opinion.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Agency audited Financial Statements are timely, and Goal Met 1111 Finan
receive an unqualified opinion. statement
The number of financial and resource performance 14 14 14 Metrics
metrics where the Agency has met pre-established
Agency or Government-wide performance goals.
Baseline: The Agency's audited FY 2004 Financial Statements will be submitted on time to OMB and receive an unqualified
opinion.
Appendix - 140
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office of Inspector General
Fraud Detection and Deterrence
In 2006
In 2005
In 2004
In 2003
In 2002
Performance Measures
In 2006, the OIG will improve Agency business and program operations by identifying 240 recommendations,
potential savings and recoveries equal to 150 percent of the annual investment in the OIG, 108 actions for better
business operations, and 80 criminal, civil, or administrative actions reducing risk or loss of integrity.
In 2005, the OIG will improve Agency business and operations by identifying 240 recommendations, potential
savings and recoveries equal to 150 percent of the annual investment in the OIG, 102 actions for better business
operations, and 80 criminal, civil, or administrative actions reducing risk or loss of integrity.
The OIG exceeded its annual targets except it only achieved a 48% potential dollar return on its budget.
In the Annual Performance Report, our results for this APG were combined with the results for the APG on Audit
and Advisory Services.
OIG is promoting partnering relationships across governmental entities for collaborative goal setting planning
performance measurement evaluation and resource sharing for greater economies of scale. OIG in collaboration
w/PCIE produced an environmental compendium a web enabled catalogue of federal
Number of improved business practices and systems.
Number of criminal, civil, and administrative
actions.
Number of business recommendations, risks, and
best practices identified.
Return on the annual dollar investment in the OIG.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
120
FY2003
Actuals
856
FY2004
Actuals
133
108
390
48
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
102
80
240
150
FY2006
Request
108
80
240
150
Improvements
Actions
Recommendac
tions
Percent
Appendix - 141
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Baseline: In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of 150 business recommendations, 70 improved business practices, and
50 criminal, civil, and administrative actions for improving Agency management; and a 100% potential dollar return
on the investment in the OIG from savings and recoveries.
Audit and Advisory Services
In 2006 In 2006, the OIG will contribute to improved environmental quality and human health by identifying 105
environmental recommendations, risks, best practices, or opportunities for improvement; contributing to the
reduction or elimination of 28 environmental or infrastructure security risks; and 50 actions influencing
environmental improvements or program changes.
In 2005 In 2005, the OIG will contribute to improved environmental quality and human health by identifying 95
environmental recommendations, risks, best practices, or opportunities for improvement; contributing to the
reduction or elimination of 23 environmental or infrastructure security risks; and 45 actions influencing
environmental improvements or program changes.
In 2004 The OIG exceeded the targets for this goal by including measures of results in promoting economy and efficiency and
preventing and detecting fraud, waste, and abuse in EPA programs and operation in addition to measures of
environmental recommendations and improvement.
In 2003 Improved environmental quality and human health by identifying 312 environmental recommendations, risks, and
best practices; contributing to the reduction of 92 environmental risks, and 185 actions influencing positive
environmental or health impacts.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of environmental risks reduced. 92 45 23 28 Risks
Number of environmental actions. 185 49 45 50 Improvements
Number of environmental recommendations, risks, 312 116 95 105 Recommenda-
and best practices identified. tions
Baseline: In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of: 75 recommendations, best practices and risks identified contributing
to improved Agency environmental goals; 15 environmental actions; and the reduction of 15 environmental risks.
Appendix - 142
------- |